Module 1 Our Body and Healthy HabitsSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading Pre-reading
Each day our body should receive 50 nutrients from the food we eat. The six essential nutrients are protein (蛋白质), carbohydrates (碳水化合物), fat, vitamins, minerals and water. The Chinese diet is considered to be the healthiest in the world. It contains a lot of fruits and green vegetables. Itis rich infibre (纤维) and low in sugar and fat.
Many health experts stress the importance of eating a good breakfast and having one’s main meal earlier in the day. There is a saying:Breakfast like a king, lunch like a prince (王子) and dinner like a pauper (穷人). Why? Because the food you eat for breakfast will give you energy to use while you are active during the day. There is evidence thateating a good breakfast, particularly one containing grains and fruits, can improve your concentration and mood.
Many nutritionists suggest that people eatsmall, low-fat meals five or six times a day. Most agree, however, that good nutrition and what you eat are more important than when you eat it. Keeping a balanced diet is the best way to enjoy a healthy life.
But how to keep a balanced diet and keep our bodies healthy? In this module I’ll introduce my good friend Zhou Kai to you and I think you’ll learn a lot from him, which will be helpful for your healthy life.
Section_ⅠIntroduction & Reading — Pre-reading
[原文呈现] [读文清障]
Zhou Kai (1)
When Zhou Kai’s mother saw① him heading② towards the front door without a jacket on③， sheeyed④ him anxiously⑤.
“Zhou Kai, where are you going？” she asked.
“To the park. I’m going to play football⑥，” said Zhou Kai.
“But it’s raining! You’ll catch a bad cold⑦，” said his mother.
“No, I won’t. I’ll be fine，” said Zhou Kai, as he opened the door⑧.
“Zhou Kai, you’ll get ill⑨. You know you will. You can at least⑩ go and get your jacket.”
“OK, OK.” Zhou Kai went and did as he was told?.
①see sb.doing sth.看见某人正在做某事
②head/hed/vi.朝……方向前进，常与for, towards连用。
③without复合结构，on是副词，表示“穿着，戴着”。
④eye/aI/vt.注视；观看
⑤anxiously adv.焦虑地；不安地；渴望地
⑥play football 踢足球，注意球类活动前不加冠词。
⑦catch a cold 患感冒，表示动作。
have/get a cold感冒，表示状态。
⑧as引导时间状语从句，意为“当……时候”。
⑨get ill(＝fall/become ill) 生病
⑩at least至少
?as引导方式状语从句，意为“正如，正像”。
周凯(1)
当周凯的妈妈看到他没有穿夹克衫就朝前门走去时，她担心地盯着他。
她问道：“周凯，你要去哪儿？”
“去公园踢足球，”周凯说。
“但是下着雨呢！你会得重感冒的，”他妈妈说。
“不会的，没事，”周凯边说边开门。
“周凯，你会生病的，肯定会的。至少你可以去拿上你的夹克衫。”
“好吧，好吧，”周凯走过去照着妈妈的话做了。
Zhou Kai (2)
My mother has always made sure? we eat very healthily, and fresh fruit and vegetables are a very important part of our diet?. We live near the sea and we have fish about four times a week?. We don’t eat much fat? or sugar. A lot of my school friends eat sweets every day but I’m lucky because I don’t have a sweet tooth?— I’d rather? eat a nice piece of fruit. And I’m not too heavy, so I never have to diet, or anything like that?.
I’m quite healthy. I very rarely? get colds, although, unusually for me, I had a bad cold and a bit of a fever? last week. But that’s because I was stupid enough to play football in the rain.I don’t often get things like flu either. Last winter almost all my classmates got flu — but I didn’t. I think I don’t get these things because I take a lot of exercise and am veryfit. Two years ago I broke my arm playing football. Theinjury was quite painful and I couldn’t move my arm for a month — I hated that.
So as you can see from what I’ve said， I’m a normal kind of person. But there’s one thing I really love — I’m crazy about football. I’mcaptain of the class team at school and I’m also a member of the Senior High team. Because of this, I make sure that I have a good diet, and as I’ve said, this isn’t a problem because my mother feeds us so well.
?make sure 确保，确信
?diet/’daI?t/n．饮食；日常食物 vi.照医生的规定饮食
?four times a week 一周四次
?fat/f?t/n．脂肪adj.肥胖的
?have a sweet tooth 爱吃甜食
?would rather 宁愿，后跟动词原形表示“宁愿做某事”。
?anything like that 类似的事情
?rarely/’re?li/adv.稀少地；极少地
?a bit of a fever 有点发烧
that’s because ... 那是因为……，because引导表语从句。
flu/flu?/n．流行性感冒
take exercise锻炼，注意此处exercise为不可数名词。
fit/fIt/adj.健康的；强健的 break vt.折断
playing football为现在分词短语作时间状语。
injury/’Ind??ri/n．伤害；损伤；受伤处
painful/’peInfl/adj.疼痛的
as引导定语从句，可以置于句首；该从句中又含有what引导的宾语从句。
normal/’n??ml/adj.正常的；一般的
be crazy about 迷恋
captain/’k?ptIn/n．队长，在句中作表语，表示独一无二的职位，其前不加冠词。
because of 因为；由于，为介词短语，后接名词或代词。
feed (fed, fed) vt.喂(养)；饲(养)
周凯(2)
我妈妈总是确保让我们吃得非常健康，新鲜的水果和蔬菜是我们饮食中很重要的一部分。我们家靠近大海，我们一周大约吃四次鱼。脂肪和糖分的摄取不是很多。我的很多校友每天都吃糖果，但我很幸运，因为我不爱吃甜食——我更愿意吃一块可口的水果。我不是很胖，所以我不必节食，也不必做其他类似的事情。
我很健康。我很少感冒，不过很少见的是，上周我得了重感冒，还有点儿发烧。但那是因为我真是够蠢的，居然在雨中踢足球。我也不常患流感。去年冬天我们班同学几乎都得了流感——我却没有。我认为我不得这些病是因为我经常锻炼，很健康。两年前我在踢足球时胳膊骨折了。伤口疼得厉害，胳膊一个月都不能动——真讨厌。
所以从我说的话你可以看出，我是个普通人。但是有一件事我的确很喜欢——我对足球太着迷了。我在学校是班级足球队的队长，也是高中足球队的球员。正因为如此，我确保自己饮食合理，我早就说过，这没问题，因为妈妈让我们吃得真是太好了。
Pre-reading
Please match the following words with their proper meanings.
1．diet A．vi.朝……方向前进
2．fit B．vt.伤害
3．proverb C．adj.焦虑的；不安的；渴望的
4．head D．n.饮食；日常食物
5．eye E．n.队长
6．normal F．adv.稀少地；罕有地
7．anxious G．n.谚语
8．captain H．vt.注视；观看
9．rarely I．adj.正常的；一般的
10．injure J．adj.健康的；强健的
答案：1～5 DJGAH 6～10 ICEFB
Lead-in
Are these habits healthy? Please answer yes (Y) or no (N)．
While-reading
Fast-reading
(Ⅰ)Skim the text and match the main idea with each part.
Part 1: Zhou Kai(1) A．Zhou Kai’s healthy diet
Part 2: Para.1 of Zhou Kai (2)
B．Show us a real scene in Zhou Kai’s life
Part 3: Para.2 of Zhou Kai (2)
C．A simple summary of Zhou Kai’s life
Part 4: Para.3 of Zhou Kai (2)
D．Zhou Kai’s healthy body
答案：Part 1～Part 4 BADC
(Ⅱ)What does the text mainly tell us?
参考答案：The_passage_mainly_tells_us_Zhou_Kai’s_healthy_habits,_such_as_having_a_good_diet_and_taking_a_lot_of_exercise.
Careful-reading
(Ⅰ)Read the text carefully and choose the best answers.
1．Zhou Kai’s mother watched him worriedly as he was walking towards the front door, because ________.
A．Zhou Kai hadn’t finished his homework yet
B．Zhou Kai had caught a bad cold
C．it was raining outside and he would catch a bad cold
D．she needed help from her son
2．From what Zhou Kai said we can infer that ________.
A．he often plays football while it’s raining
B．he often gets injured while doing sports
C．he is a lot healthier than his classmates
D．he catches no cold all the time
3．If you were Zhou Kai, what would you do to avoid catching a cold on a rainy day?
A．Eat more food.
B．Put on more than one jacket.
C．Stay at home and play football another day.
D．Take some medicine first.
4．From the two texts we learn that ________ play(s) an important role in Zhou Kai’s daily life.
A．Zhou Kai’s classmates and teacher
B．the football team members
C．having fish
D．Zhou Kai’s mother
答案：1～4 CCCD
(Ⅱ)Fill in the blanks according to the text.
Items
Details
Zhou Kai’s eating 1.habits
?Fresh fruit and vegetables 2.are a very important part of his diet.
?He has fish four times 3.a week.
?He doesn’t eat much 4.fat or sugar.
About Zhou
Kai’s health
?He 5.rarely gets colds.
?He takes a lot of exercise and he is very 6.fit/healthy.
?He never has to 7.diet,_or anything like that.
About Zhou
Kai’s 8.hobby
He is crazy 9.about football. He is 10.captain of the class team at school and he’s also a member of the Senior High team.
Study-reading
Analyze the following difficult sentences in the text.
1．When Zhou Kai’s mother saw him heading towards the front door without a jacket on, she eyed him anxiously.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 当周凯的妈妈看到他没有穿夹克衫就朝前门走去时，她担心地盯着他。
2．A lot of my school friends eat sweets every day but I’m lucky because I don’t have a sweet tooth — I’d rather eat a nice piece of fruit.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 我的很多校友每天都吃糖果，但我很幸运，因为我不爱吃甜食——我更愿意吃一块可口的水果。
3．Because of this, I make sure that I have a good diet, and as I have said, this isn’t a problem because my mother feeds us so well.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 正因为如此，我确保自己饮食合理，我早就说过，这没问题，因为妈妈让我们吃得真是太好了。
Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
Forgiving someone who has hurt you or let you down is never an easy thing. Several new studies, however, say that it could have a lot of benefits to your health. When you think of forgiveness, you probably don’t think of it as a health or medical problem. Studies from Stanford University, on the other hand, show that something like anger can affect your well-being.
When cartoon characters like the Incredible Hulk get angry, they change colours and often gain special power. In the real world, anger is less obvious and may be more dangerous. That’s why Professor Fred Luskin, founder of the Stanford Forgiveness Project and author of ForgiveforGood, says holding_on_to anger and hatred can harm your physical and mental health. Two new studies seem to show the same idea. The studies find that people who are able to forgive feel less stress, less back pain, and less depression. They also have fewer headaches, lower blood pressure, and fewer problems on sleeping.
So it doesn’t matter if your anger is caused by traffic or other things. Learning to let it go is important. Techniques such as deep breath or thought can help. Or just ask yourself if it’s worth hurting yourself by staying angry with someone else.
Forgiveness does not mean that you simply accept what happened and say it’s OK. Instead, it’s a way of making peace with yourself about what happened in the past.
语篇解读：本文讲述了宽恕的好处。生气会使人压力增大，对人的健康造成损害，所以作者提倡人们要学会宽恕。
1．The author of the passage tries to make his viewpoint clear ________.
A．by raising his own examples
B．by basing it on his own experience
C．by mentioning some studies
D．by mentioning some typical patients
解析：选C 细节理解题。从第一段及第二段可以看出，作者是通过几项研究的结果来证明自己的观点的。
2．The example of the cartoon characters is taken in the passage to ________.
A．support the viewpoint that anger and hatred harm physical and mental health
B．introduce a famous expert
C．let the reader know the different colours of cartoon faces
D．show how to control one’s temper
解析：选A 推理判断题。事例通常是为文章的主题服务的，第二段中举卡通人物的例子是为了说明生气对人身心的危害。
3．The underlined phrase “holding on to” in this passage possibly means “________”．
A．removing B．keeping
C．getting rid of D．learning about
解析：选B 词义猜测题。文章主要讲的是宽恕的好处，而“holding on to anger and hatred”是有害的，那么显然，它的意思是“抓住愤怒与仇恨不放”，故keeping切题。
4．Which of the following is NOT mentioned in this passage?
A．People who are able to forgive feel less stress.
B．People who are able to forgive feel less depression.
C．People who are able to forgive have fewer problems on sleeping.
D．People who are able to forgive feel less tired.
解析：选D 推理判断题。A、B、C三项文中第二段最后两句中都有提到，故选D。
B
Bottled water has become the choice for people who are healthy and thirsty. Bottled water is all over the world. But some say the planet’s health, and people’s health may be suffering from it.
The idea that bottled water is safer for humans may not be true. The Natural Resources Defense Council of America said，“There is no promise that because water comes out of a bottle, it is cleaner or safer than water from the tap.” Another New York City-based action group added that some bottled water is “really just tap water in a bottle — sometimes more clean, sometimes not.”
It is not proven that bottled water is better than tap water. Nick Reeves from the Chartered Institution of Water and Environmental Management said, “The high mineral content (含量) of some bottled water makes them not good for feeding babies and young children.” Also, most bottled water doesn’t have fluoride (氟化物), which can make teeth stronger.Kids are drinking more bottled water and less fluoridated tap water, and some say that’s behind the recent rise in bad teeth.
Storing is another problem. Placed near heat, the plastic bottles can produce bad chemicals (化学物质) into the water.
According to the Environmental Protection Agency, some 2.7 million tons of plastic are used worldwide to bottle water each year. The plastic can take between 400 and 1,000 years to break down.
In terms of energy use，plastic bottles are also not cheap. One report said that if water and soft drink bottlers had used 10 percent recycled materials in their plastic bottles, they would have saved about 72 million gallons of gas.
So, if you are worried about the effect of bottled water on the Earth, you can take the following steps.
●Drink from your tap. Unless your government warns against this, it should be fine.
●Get a container (容器). Carry your tap water in a steel or a lined drinking container, and clean it between uses.
●Keep it cool. Don’t drink from a bottle that has been sitting in the sun, don’t store it near chemicals, and don’t reuse plastic bottles.
●Choose glass containers over plastic if possible.When finished, recycle!
语篇解读：本文主要讲述了全世界都在使用瓶装水。瓶装水在给我们带来方便的同时，也给我们的健康和地球的环境带来了许多问题。
5．What is the main idea of the article?
A．Drinking tap water is the only choice for people.
B．Glass containers are better than plastic bottles.
C．Plastic bottles are harmful to the environment.
D．Bottled water may not be as good as we think.
解析：选D 主旨大意题。文章主要讲瓶装水给地球带来各种环境问题，瓶装水可能并不像我们认为的那么好。
6．What can we learn about plastic bottles from the article?
A．They break down in less than 300 years.
B．They can be used for many other things.
C．They are a risk to the environment.
D．They are cheap to make.
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章第五段可知塑料瓶对环境有害。
7．According to the article, we can know that bottled water is ________.
A．no problem for the environment
B．more expensive than tap water
C．always safer than tap water
D．better for babies
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章第六段中的“In terms of energy use, plastic bottles are also not cheap.”可知瓶装水不便宜。
8．Which of the following about tap water is NOT mentioned in the article?
A．There are a lot of problems storing tap water.
B．Bottled water can be just tap water in a bottle.
C．It may be better for your teeth.
D．It may contain fluoride.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据文章最后几段可知自来水的好处，B、C、D三项符合文章的叙述，A项文章中没有提及。
C
Nine out of 10 parents want their children to take part in competitions in school, a survey found.
Despite (尽管) the current trend of few or no competitions in many schools — they worry that they place kids under too much pressure or cause some damage to their bodies — most parents believe competitions help to prepare children for adulthood. They also believe competitions make children more ambitious (志向远大的) and ready for work.
And 84 percent of parents worry their children will feel regretful once they leave school because they have little or no experience of competitions. More than two thirds think competitions teach children that they have to work for things, while 69 percent think they help kids realize they don’t always win or come out on top of everything.
One in three parents also believe competitions raise standards in education as children strive (努力) to win. One in five parents don’t think that their children’s schools offer enough opportunities to their children to compete against others, and one in 10 even say the schools don’t allow children to win or lose at all.
As a result, 24 percent of parents have complained to their children’s schools as they don’t feel that enough emphasis (重视) is put on competitions. Nine out of 10 teachers agree that it is important for children to experience losing at an early age.
Former World Cup rugby (橄榄球) star Will Greenwood said, “Competitions make you strive to be better as an individual (个体) and as part of a team. In any walk of life, experiencing success as an individual is a great motivator and helps to breed a culture that strives to succeed, whether in education or employment.”
Chairwoman Carole Stott said, “Many schools have, in recent years, moved their emphasis for children away from winning and losing to simply taking part.”
语篇解读：一项调查显示大部分家长希望孩子们在学校能多参加竞赛。
9．Why do many schools offer few or no competitions to their students?
A．To keep the students safe.
B．To reduce families’ expenses.
C．To reduce the teachers’ pressure.
D．To make sure that the students have enough time to study.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据文章第二段中的“they worry that they place kids under too much pressure or cause some damage to their bodies”可知，许多学校不安排或少安排竞赛的原因是他们担心竞赛给学生们带来压力，同时还有可能给学生们的身体带来伤害。
10．According to most parents, taking part in competitions won’t help kids ________.
A．prepare themselves well for their future work
B．know that they don’t need to win all the time
C．gain the experience of competitions
D．enjoy their school life
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据文章第二段中的 “...make children more ambitious and ready for work ...”以及第三段中的“...they help kids realize they don’t always win ...”和“... children will feel regretful once they leave school because they have little or no experience of competitions ...”可知A、B、C三项是孩子们参加竞赛的好处，D项所给信息在文中没有对应信息。
11．What can be used as the best title of the passage?
A．The benefits of taking part in competitions
B．Parents want their children to compete at school
C．Most schools offer more competitions to students
D．Should students take part in competitions in school?
解析：选B 标题归纳题。根据文章中所列出的一系列的调查结果可总结出，大部分家长希望孩子们在学校能多参加竞赛，由此可知B项作为文章标题最佳。
12．What is Will Greenwood’s attitude towards kids’ taking part in more competitions?
A．Doubtful. B．Worried.
C．Supportive. D．Uncertain.
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据文章倒数第二段中Will Greenwood所讲的“...experiencing success as an individual is a great motivator and helps to breed a culture that strives to succeed ...”可知，他认为参加竞赛并体验输赢对孩子们是有很大帮助的，由此可推断出他支持学生们多参加竞赛。
Ⅱ.阅读七选五
In the world nothing is more important than health. If people took away our money, houses, cars, or even our clothes, we could still survive. __1__ Then how can we keep healthy?
First of all, we should eat healthily. I usually avoid eating food high in fat, like French fries or cookies, which are junk food. __2__ I only eat little meat. __3__ It helps us build a strong body. Regular exercise is an important part of keeping me healthy. In addition, I think friends are an important part of one’s health. __4__ I always feel better when I am with friends than when I am alone. When I am with my friends, I always laugh. Laughing is also an important part of health. It is good to stay with my friends.
By eating properly and exercising regularly, I can keep my body at a proper weight and keep healthy. By spending time with my friends, I can keep my mind as well as my body happy. These things sound easy to do, but not many people can manage them. __5__
A．But if our health were taken away, we could surely die.
B．Some people appear fat because they often eat too much.
C．I think a strong will is necessary if we want to keep fit.
D．Many studies show that people with few friends often get sick.
E．There are some people who like staying alone, but they keep healthy.
F．What’s more, taking exercise is very important.
G．I eat a lot of vegetables and fresh fruits which are full of vitamins.
答案：1～5 AGFDC
Module 1 Our Body and Healthy HabitsSection Ⅱ Introduction & Reading Language Points
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.dietn． 饮食；日常食物
vi. 按照医生的规定饮食
2.fitadj. 健康的；强健的
3.proverbn. 谚语
4.captainn. 队长
5.lifestylen. 生活方式
6.headvi. 朝……方向前进
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.rareadj.稀少的；罕有的→rarelyadv.稀少地；极少地
2.unhealthyadj.不健康的；有碍健康的→healthy adj.健康的→health n．健康
3.wealthyadj.富裕的；有钱的→wealth n．财富
4.anxiousadj.焦虑的；不安的；渴望的→anxiously adv.焦虑地；急切地→anxiety n．焦虑；渴望；挂念
5.injurevt.伤害→injuryn．伤害；损伤；受伤处
6.painn．&v．疼痛→painfuladj.疼痛的
7.normaladj.正常的；一般的→abnormal adj.不正常的
1.toothache n．牙痛
[联想] ①headache n．头痛 ②stomachache n．胃痛
③backache n．背痛 ④earache n．耳朵痛
2.wealthy adj.富裕的；有钱的
[联想] -y后缀常见形容词荟萃
①cloudy多云的，阴天的 ②dirty脏的
③lucky幸运的 ④rainy下雨的；多雨的
3.head vi.朝……方向前进n.头，头脑，上方
[词块]
①head towards/for 朝……方向而去
②raise one’s head 抬头
③nod one’s head 点头
④shake one’s head 摇头
⑤use one’s head 动脑筋
⑥hold one’s head high 昂首挺胸
[联想] 常见身体部位用作动词的还有：
①eye v．注视；观看 ②hand v．传递
③face v．面对 ④arm v．武装；装备
⑤shoulder v．肩负 ⑥back v．后退；支持
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.be_connected_with 与……有联系
2.at_least 至少
3.keep_..._away 远离……，使……不靠近
4.make_sure 确保，保证
5.have_a_sweet_tooth 喜好甜食
6.take_exercise 锻炼
7.be_crazy_about 迷恋
8.because_of 因为；由于
1.get/catch a cold 感冒
2.play football 踢足球
3.get ill 生病
4.a healthy lifestyle 健康的生活方式
5.four times a week 一周四次
6.anything like that 类似的东西
7.a bit of a fever 有点发烧
8.have a good diet 饮食合理
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.When Zhou Kai’s mother saw him headingtowards the front door without a jacket on, she eyed him anxiously.
当周凯的妈妈看到他没有穿夹克衫就朝前门走去时，她担心地盯着他。
“感官动词＋宾语＋宾补”结构，其中宾补由现在分词充当。
From the window, I saw_her_watering_the_
flowers in the court.
透过窗子，我看到她正在院子里浇花。
2.Zhou Kai went and did as he was told.
周凯走过去照着妈妈的话做了。
as引导方式状语从句，意为“正如，按照”。
You should do as_the_teacher_tells_you_to.
你应该按照老师告诉你的去做。
3. ...but I’m lucky because I don’t have a sweet tooth — I’d rather eata nice piece of fruit.
……但我很幸运，因为我不爱吃甜食——我更愿意吃一块可口的水果。
would rather do sth.“宁愿做某事”。
He would_rather_be_poor than have got money by dishonest methods.
他宁可穷也不愿意用不诚实的手段获取金钱。
4.But that’s becauseI was stupid enough to play football in the rain.
但那是因为我真是够蠢的，居然在雨中踢足球。
That’s because ...“那是因为……”，because引导表语从句。
She never gives in to any difficulty and that’s_because she is a strong-willed woman.
她从未向困难屈服过，那是因为她是一个意志坚强的女人。
1．(教材P1)Which of them are connected with illness?
他们哪些与疾病有关系？
be connected with与……有联系
connect ... with/to ... 把……与……联系/连接
have connection with 与……有联系
in connection with 与……有关
①Human health is connected with whether the drinking water is clean or not.
人类健康与饮用水是否干净有关。
②Please connect the wire to/with the television.
请把这根电线连接到电视上。
③The police arrested the men in_connection_with/connected_with a bank robbery.
警察拘留了与一起银行抢劫案有牵连的那几个人。
[名师点津] 其他表示“与……有关”的短语还有：have something to do with, be related to, be associated with, be linked to, be involved in等。
2．(教材P1)I take at least two hours’ exercise a week.
我每周至少锻炼两个小时。
?at (the) least至少
not in the least 一点也不
at (the) most 至多
①Fortune knocks once at least at every man’s gate.
人人都有走运的一天。
②I’m not_in_the_least interested in what they are talking about.
我对他们所讨论的事情丝毫不感兴趣。
③He’ll be back in five minutes, ten minutes at_(the)_most.
他会在五分钟后回来，最多十分钟。
3．(教材P1)I rarely get toothache.
我很少牙疼。
?rarely adv.稀少地；极少地
rare adj. 稀少的；罕有的
It is rare to do sth. 做某事是罕见的
①She rarely went anywhere except to her office.
她除了去办公室以外，很少去别的地方。
②It is rare to_find (find) such a genius nowadays.
这样的天才现在很少见。
[名师点津] rarely 是含有否定意义的副词，位于句首时，句子应部分倒装，有类似用法的否定副词还有never, seldom, hardly, little等。
③Rarely did (do) she speak, and she had no connection with the world.
她寡言少语，与外界毫无联系。
4．(教材P1)I’m quite fit.
我非常健康。
?fit
(1)adj.健康的，强健的；适合的，胜任的
keep fit 保持健康
be fit for 适合；胜任
be fit (for sb.) to do 适合(某人)做……
①He tries to keep fit by running five miles every day.
他每天跑五英里以保持健康。
②The bottle of milk is not fit to_drink (drink) because it is out of date.
这瓶奶不适合再喝了，因为已经过期了。
(2)v.适合；使(衣服)合身；使适应，使胜任
fit in (with sb./sth.) 适应(……)，(与……)合得来
(sth.) fit sb. (衣帽等)适合某人，合身
③He’s never done this type of work before. I’m not sure how he’ll fit_in_with the other people.
他过去从未干过这种工作，很难说他是否会与其他人相处得好。
④You ought to have that coat tailored to fit you.
你应该把那件大衣裁得合身。
(3)n.适合，合身
⑤Don’t you think the clothes are a nice fit?
难道你们不认为这衣服非常合身吗？
[辨析比较] fit, suit, match
fit
适合。指大小、尺寸、形状等合适，引申为“吻合，协调”
suit
适合。多指衣服颜色、样式适合某人，还可指合乎需要、口味、地位、条件等。另外，用于比喻意义时多用suit
match
和……匹配，适合。多指色调、形状、性质等方面的搭配
选用上述单词填空
⑥I want to take this jacket because it fits me well and matches my trousers, though the style doesn’t suit me.
我想买这件衬衫，因为大小合适而且和我的裤子很相配，尽管样式不适合我。
5．(教材P2)Why is Zhou Kai’s mother anxious?
周凯的妈妈为什么担心？
?anxious adj.焦虑的；不安的；渴望的
(1)be anxious for/about ... 为……担心(忧虑)
be anxious for 渴望得到
be anxious to do sth. 渴望/急于做某事
(2)anxiously adv. 焦急地，忧虑地，渴望地
anxiety n. 焦虑，忧虑，担心
with anxiety 焦虑地
①We are anxious forthe news of your safe arrival.
我们渴望得到你安全到达的消息。
②She is anxious to_go (go) to college now, but anxious about/for not passing the College Entrance Examination.
她现在渴望上大学，但又担心不能通过高考。
③The old woman was waiting for the return of her relatives anxiously/with_anxiety.
老妇人焦急地等待亲人归来。
[名师点津] anxious强调担心或焦虑，对结果感到不安。而eager强调对成功的渴望或进取的热情，含有积极向上的意思。
6．(教材P2)When Zhou Kai’s mother saw him heading towards the front door without a jacket on, she eyed him anxiously.
当周凯的妈妈看到他没有穿夹克衫就朝前门走去时，她担心地盯着他。
?eye vt.注视，看n.眼睛；眼光，视角
in sb.’s eyes/in the eyes of sb./to sb.’s eyes
在某人看来
turn a blind eye to ... 对……视而不见
shut/close one’s eyes to ... 对……视而不见
keep an eye on ... 照看/留意……
keep an eye open/out for ... 密切注意/提防……
have an eye for ... 对……有鉴赏力
①He couldn’t help eyeing the cakes hungrily.
他饥肠辘辘地盯着那些蛋糕。
②The boy has_an_eye_for pictures, which makes his parents very happy.
这个男孩对画有鉴赏力，这使得他的父母很高兴。
③Mary offered to keep an eye on my baby while I was away.
玛丽提出在我外出期间照看我的宝宝。
7．(教材P3)My mother has always made sure we eat very healthily, and fresh fruit and vegetables are a very important part of our diet.
我妈妈总是确保让我们吃得非常健康，新鲜的水果和蔬菜是我们饮食中很重要的一部分。
?diet n．饮食；日常食物vi.照医生的规定饮食
go on a diet 节食(表示动作)
be on a diet 在节食(表示状态)
a balanced/healthy diet 均衡的/健康的饮食
①You will have todiet before you get well again.
在恢复健康之前，你必须按照医生的规定饮食。
②I’ve gained much weight recently. I have to go on a diet.
最近我胖了许多，我得节食了。
③A balanced (balance) diet and regular exercise are both important for your health.
均衡的饮食和有规律的锻炼对你的健康都很重要。
8．(教材P3)Theinjurywas quite painful and I couldn’t move my arm for a month — I hated that.
伤口疼得厉害，我的胳膊一个月都不能活动——真讨厌。
?injury n.伤害；损伤；受伤处
(1)do sb. an injury 伤害某人
(2)injure vt. 伤害
injured adj. 受伤的
the injured 伤者
①If you exercise like that, you’ll do yourself an injury!
如果你那样锻炼的话，你会受伤的！
②The injured were rushed to hospital in an ambulance.
救护车把伤者火速送往医院。
[辨析比较] injure, hurt, wound
injure
主要指在偶然事故中受伤。名词是injury，指平时的大小创伤，还可指事故中的伤害
hurt
既可指肉体的伤害也可指精神上的伤害，还可指比较轻的疼痛。hurt本身还可作名词
wound
指刀伤、枪伤、刺伤等皮肉之伤，尤指战场上或打斗中的受伤。wound也可作名词，指战斗中因刀或枪而受的创伤、伤口
形象
记忆
选用上述单词填空
③After being wounded in the fighting, he was injured in an accident, which hurt his wife very much.
在战斗中负伤后，他又在一次事故中受了伤，这使他妻子很受伤害。
?painful adj.疼痛的；痛苦的
pain n． 疼痛；痛苦；努力，辛苦
have a pain/pains in ... ……部位疼
in pain 在痛苦中；在苦恼中
take pains to do sth. 努力做某事；费尽力气做某事
spare no pains 不遗余力，全力以赴
①No pains,no gains.
[谚语]不劳无获。
②The little girl is in_pain because she has a painful(pain) cut in a finger.
小女孩感觉很痛苦，因为手指上有一个疼痛的伤口。
③To be admitted into a key university, you must take pains to_study (study) all subjects.
要想进入一所重点大学，你必须努力学习所有的课程。
④We mustspare no pains to finish the task on time.
我们必须不遗余力地按时完成任务。
[名师点津] pain指精神上的痛苦时为不可数名词；指肉体上的痛苦时，可数、不可数均可；指“努力；辛苦”时要用复数形式。
9．(教材P3)So as you can see from what I’ve said, I’m a normal kind of person.
所以从我说的话你可以看出，我是个普通人。
?normal adj.正常的；一般的n.通常；标准；常态
(1)It is normal (for sb./sth.) to do sth.(对……而言)做某事是正常的
(2)above/below normal 高于/低于正常水平
bring ... back to normal 使……恢复正常
be back to normal/return to normal
恢复正常
(3)abnormal adj. 不正常的
①It’s normal to feel nervous before an exam.
考试之前觉得紧张是正常的。
②The situation has returned_to_normal here.
这儿的形势已恢复正常。
③They thought that his behaviour was abnormal (normal)．
他们认为他的行为反常。
10．(教材P3)But there’s one thing I really love — I’m crazy about football.
但是有一件事我的确很喜欢——我对足球太着迷了。
?be crazy about迷恋；热衷于
be crazy for 渴望
drive sb. crazy 逼得某人发疯
go crazy 变得疯狂
like crazy 发疯似地；拼命地
be crazy to do sth. 做某事是疯了
①Many students are crazy about computer games.
很多学生迷恋电脑游戏。
②Doing this mindless work all day is going to drive_me_crazy.
整天做这种不用动脑筋的工作，会使我发疯的。
③Both my parents and friends told me I was crazy to_quit (quit) a job like that.
我父母和朋友都告诉我，辞去一份那样的工作是疯狂的做法。
1．When Zhou Kai’s mother saw him heading towards the front door without a jacket on, she eyed him anxiously.
当周凯的妈妈看到他没有穿夹克衫就朝前门走去时，她担心地盯着他。
(1)saw him heading为 “see＋宾语＋宾补”结构。其常见形式有：
see＋宾语(名词/代词)＋
①I saw them playing football on the playground.
我看见他们正在操场上踢足球。
②I would like to see the work finished (finish) tomorrow morning.
我想看到工作明早被完成。
[名师点津] 在主动语态中跟不带to的不定式作宾补，但在被动句中作宾补的不定式必须带to。
③I saw him walk out of the school.
＝He was seen to_walk (walk) out of the school.
我看见他走出了学校。
(2)和see有相同用法的感官动词还有：notice 注意； observe 观察； see, watch, look at, 三看； listen to, hear, 二听；feel，一感觉。用口诀记忆如下：“注意”“观察”不可缺，“三看”“两听”“一感觉”。
④They noticed the young man leave in a hurry.
他们注意到那个年轻人匆忙离开了。
⑤I once heard the song sung (sing) in English.
我曾听到有人用英语唱这首歌。
2．Zhou Kai went and did as he was told.
周凯走过去照着妈妈的话做了。
(1)as在本句中引导方式状语从句，意为“正如，按照”。
①She stayed in bed as the doctor had ordered.
她依照医生的吩咐卧床休息。
(2)as引导时间状语从句，意为“随着；一边……一边……”。
②The two boys sang in a loud voice as they walked along the river.
两个男孩沿着河边一边走，一边高歌。
(3)as引导原因状语从句，意为“因为”。
③As I don’t know the meaning of the word, I have to look it up in the dictionary.
因为我不知道这个单词的意思，只好查字典了。
(4)as引导比较状语从句，意为“像……一样”。
④He speaks English as well as_you_do.
他英语说得和你一样好。
(5)as引导让步状语从句，意为“尽管，虽然”，需注意此时应用倒装句式。
⑤Young_as_he_is,_he knows a lot about astronomy.
虽然他很年轻，但他知道很多天文学知识。
3．But that’s becauseI was stupid enough to play football in the rain.
但那是因为我真是够蠢的，居然在雨中踢足球。
(1)That/This/It is because ... 是一个常用句型，意为“那/这是因为……”，其中because 引导表语从句。
①He wouldn’t like to go out today; this is because he doesn’t feel well.
他今天不想出去，这是因为他觉得不舒服。
②He wants to find another job; this_is_because he can’t put up with the pressure here any more.
他想另找份工作，这是因为他再也无法忍受这儿的压力了。
(2)That/This/It is why ...这/那是……的原因。
③Tom overslept this morning. That_is_why he was late for work.
汤姆今天早晨睡过头了，那就是他上班迟到的原因。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．Listen! Do you hear someone calling (call) for help?
2．I don’t think such a young man is fit for so important a position.
3．Rarely does (do) he communicate with other students on campus.
4．It can be painful (pain) to leave the house in which you grew up.
5．The students are waiting for the result of the final exam with anxiety.
6．Tom was taken to hospital with several injuries (injure) to his legs and arms.
7．His parents thought it was abnormal (normal) for a boy to be interested in ballet.
8．The weather is not very pleasant, but at least the fog has gone.
9．I’ve never had much of an eye for fashion.
10．It is said that Linda is on a diet in order to lose weight.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．Health problems are_connected_with_bad_eating_habits (与不好的饮食习惯有关) and a lack of exercise.
2．She is a warm-hearted person. Rarely_does_she_refuse_to_help_others (她极少拒绝帮助别人)．
3．This morning I_saw_my_grandma_walking (我看见奶奶正在散步) in the yard.
4．In common with many young people, he_is_crazy_about_pop_music (他迷恋流行音乐)．
5．He didn’t come to school yesterday, and that’s_because_he_was_ill (那是因为他病了)．
6．As_time_went_on (随着时间的推移), he came to realize the importance of study.
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．The normal (正常的) body temperature is between 36℃ and 37℃.
2．Do you know the wealthy (富裕的) woman with a diamond necklace?
3．The government has passed a law forbidding the killing of rare (稀有的) animals.
4．The woman injured (受伤) in the car crash is still under treatment in hospital.
5．He enjoys good health, although he has some unhealthy (不健康的) habits.
6．Hearing a child stolen, many anxious (焦虑的) parents dare not ask their kids to go out.
7．If you’d like to succeed in the work, you must take great pains (努力) to do it.
8．When I turned around, I found someone eyeing (注视) me from the shop window.
9．She’s always dieting (节食) but she never seems to lose any weight.
10．When the ship was damaged by a typhoon, the captain (船长) refused to leave his sinking ship.
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．This dress fits for her in size but not the color.去掉for
2．She has been on diet for two weeks and has lost five pounds.diet前加a
3．She took great pain to learn a foreign language well.pain→pains
4．The injuring were taken good care of by the nurses.injuring→injured
5．He missed the school bus. That’s why he got up late.why→because
6．I think sports are good for you and everybody shall take exercises.exercises→exercise
7．He rare goes out for a walk and never does any shopping.rare→rarely
8．His fear of meeting people is connecting with his unhappy childhood.
connecting→connected
9．A crowd of local children gathered around, and eyeing us in silence.eyeing→eyed
10．He is the captain of the school chess team.去掉captain前的the
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．As is shown in the report, teenager problems are_often_connected_with_family_life and education.
正如这份报告中表明的那样，青少年问题常常与家庭生活和教育有关。
2．To keep healthy, there are at_least_three_things we can do every day.
为了保持健康，我们每天至少可以做三件事。
3．We should eat breakfast on time every day. That’s_because breakfast is really important for us.
我们应该每天按时吃早餐，那是因为早餐对我们来说真的非常重要。
4．If you can do as_I_tell_you,_you will be very healthy.
如果你能照着我说的去做，你会非常健康的。
5．She would_rather_buy_her_clothes through the Internet than in the mall.
她宁愿在网上买衣服也不愿在商场买。
6．He was so nervous that he could hear_his_heart_beating_wildly.
他是如此紧张以至于能听到自己的心在狂跳。
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
One day, when my mother saw me 1.heading (head) towards the front door without 2.a jacket on, she eyed me anxiously and asked me to put on my jacket. I had to do what I 3.was_told (tell)．
My mother always makes sure we eat 4.healthily (health). We eat fresh fruit, vegetables and fish instead of fat, sugar and sweets. 5.So I never have diet. I 6.rarely (rare) get colds, and I am very fit because I take a lot of exercise. I don’t often get things like flu, 7.either. But two years ago, I broke my arms while playing football. The injury was quite 8.painful (pain)．
Now you can see from 9.what I’ve said, I’m a normal kind of boy. But there is one thing I have to tell you. I’m crazy 10.about football.
Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达
汤姆曾经喜欢甜食(have a sweet tooth)，吃了很多糖果。那时他痴迷于(be crazy about)电子游戏，每天在这方面花至少(at least)三个小时。因为他不健康的(unhealthy)生活方式
(lifestyle)，他变得更胖(fat)，更虚弱。那就是父母担心(anxious)他健康的原因(that’s why ...)。为了确保(make sure)汤姆养成健康的生活习惯，父亲和汤姆一起锻炼(take exercise)并按医生的建议饮食(diet)。这些习惯终于使汤姆远离了(keep ...away)游戏和甜食。
Once_Tom_had_a_sweet_tooth_and_ate_many_sweets._He_was_crazy_about_playing_computer_games_and_spent_at_least_three_hours_on_them_every_day._He_became_fatter_and_weaker_because_of_his_unhealthy_lifestyle._That_was_why_his_parents_were_anxious_about_his_health._To_make_sure_that_Tom_developed_healthy_living_habits,_his_father_took_exercise_and_dieted_with_Tom._These_habits_finally_kept_Tom_away_from_games_and_sweets.
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.完形填空
My dad also taught me, by example, that a healthy lifestyle is important. He was __1__ ever sick. I don’t think my dad ever even had a cup of coffee. He seldom __2__ alcohol.
He would say, “Bonnie, your __3__ is a reflection of your overall physical well-being. So __4__ you want to sing well, take better care of yourself.” If I became hoarse (嘶哑) or caught a cold, he didn’t __5__ me directly，“Well, Bonnie, you know, if you get to sleep a little earlier, that would probably be a good __6__.” When I decided to get silent about 18 years ago, he told me, “See, Bonnie, it’s so great to see you in such strong voice __7__.”
He just did not complain (抱怨), even when he was uncomfortable towards the end, __8__ the cancer that eventually __9__ his life. He simply made a __10__ to be positive.
I am so glad that we had the __11__ to perform together. I was touched that he tried singing my music, __12__ the bluesy style didn’t come __13__ to him. Then, when I had so much Grammy (格莱美奖) __14__ with my album NickofTime in 1990, I __15__， hey, I had one of the greatest __16__ of all time in my family. I was very __17__ about doing TheBostonPopsShow on TV with my dad. To __18__ me, he said, “Bonnie, a beautiful song is a beautiful song. Just __19__ it.” I looked in my dad’s __20__， and there we were singing the Irving Berlin song. Of all the duets (二重唱) I’ve done, that one will always be a highlight.
语篇解读：本文为记叙文。文章通过一对父女的故事告诉我们健康的生活方式的重要性。
1．A.possibly B．hardly
C．nearly D．almost
解析：选B 根据第一段的第一句话和最后一句话可知，作者父亲的生活方式是健康的，因此这里填hardly符合语境，即“他几乎从来不生病”。
2．A.avoided B．banned
C．served D．touched
解析：选D avoid“避免”；ban“禁止”；serve“提供，服务”；touch“接触”。 显然D项符合语境，即“他很少喝酒”。
3．A.voice B．beauty
C．habit D．health
解析：选A 根据后面句子中的“sing”可知，这里说的是嗓音。
4．A.whether B．when
C．if D．though
解析：选C if引导条件状语从句，符合题意。句意：如果你想唱好歌，你就要更好地保护自己(的嗓子)。
5．A.punish B．scold
C．blame D．order
解析：选C blame表示“责备”。根据作者父亲说的话可知，他是在责备作者，但是他说得比较委婉。punish“惩罚”；order“命令”；scold“责骂，训斥”，语气太重，不符合语境。
6．A.idea B．question
C．decision D．deed
解析：选A idea表示“主意，想法”，即“你早点儿睡觉是个好主意”。其他几项不符合题意。
7．A.all in all B．all over
C．all the time D．all right
解析：选C an in all“总之”；all over“彻底地，完全地”；all the time“一直”；all right“好，同意”。根据文章内容可知C项正确。
8．A.from B．by
C．in D．at
解析：选A from表示原因。句意：他从来不抱怨，甚至在他因为癌症而不舒服时都是如此，直到最后癌症夺走了他的生命。
9．A.carried B．took
C．changed D．lost
解析：选B take one’s life是固定短语，意为“夺去某人的生命”。
10．A.plan B．living
C．choice D．promise
解析：选C make a plan“制订计划”；make a living“谋生”；make a choice“作出选择”；make a promise“许诺”。根据上下文内容可知C项正确，即“他选择的是积极(乐观)的生活态度”。
11．A.time B．luck
C．energy D．chance
解析：选D 句意：我很高兴我们有机会同台演出。chance“机会”，符合语境。
12．A.if only B．even though
C．whenever D．unless
解析：选B even though“尽管”，引导让步状语从句，符合语境。
13．A.happily B．fortunately
C．truly D．naturally
解析：选D happily“高兴地”；fortunately“幸运地”；truly“真实地”；naturally“自然地”。根据文章内容知D项符合语境。
14．A.difficulty B．success
C．process D．effort
解析：选B success表示“成功”，即取得了很大的成功。其他选项不符合题意。
15．A.said B．guessed
C．meant D．realised
解析：选D realise表示“感觉到，意识到”。句意：当“我”获得成功的时候，“我”意识到家里有一位伟大的歌手(即父亲)。
16．A.dancers B．editors
C．listeners D．singers
解析：选D “我”意识到自己家里有一位伟大的“歌手”，即父亲。dancer“舞蹈演员”；editor“编辑”；listener“听众”。
17．A.nervous B．shy
C．scared D．upset
解析：选A nervous表示“紧张的”。从后面作者父亲说的话可知，他在安慰和鼓励作者，因此本题选nervous。shy“害羞的”；scared“恐惧的”；upset“不高兴的”。
18．A.teach B．train
C．calm D．praise
解析：选C calm表示“使平静”，符合语境。
19．A.forget B．believe
C．make D．see
解析：选B 父亲的意思是“你要相信这一点”，即让作者相信他前面说的话。
20．A.mind B．thought
C．heart D．eyes
解析：选D 根据“looked in”可知，只有D项符合题意，即望着父亲的眼睛(并从父亲的眼神中得到了鼓励)。
Ⅱ.短文改错
My name is Julie. As a nurse I work in a school to make sure that our children are health and able to learn. I work with teachers, school doctors and other to offer them some advices and help them when they have difficulties. I enjoy my job because I love being with children. They were very active and lovely. I am very glad stay with them so I feel much young than before. They are honest about what they feel — glad or sad. When children are ill, I try my best to take a good care of them. When they are sad, I always make them happy. They also love me but sometimes give me apples and candies by return.
答案：第二句：health→healthy
第三句：other→others; advices→advice
第五句：were→are
第六句：glad后加to; young→younger
第七句：what→how
第八句：去掉a
第十句：but→and; by→in
Module 1 Our Body and Healthy HabitsSection Ⅲ Grammar 名词用作动词及will和be going to表示将来
?语法图解
?探究发现
①When Zhou Kai’s mother saw him heading towards the front door without a jacket on, she eyed him anxiously.
②And I’m not overweight so I never have todiet.
③Stop mothering me! I’m not a child.
④The large hall can seat a thousand people.
⑤My sister’s going to attendthe lecture this afternoon.
⑥My wife’s going to pickme up in half an hour.
⑦Can you lie down, please, and I’ll examine you?
⑧I’ve got a bad headache. I think I’ll liedown.
[我的发现]
(1)head, eye, diet, mother, seat等通常用作名词，但在例句①～④中用作动词。
(2)在例句⑤～⑧中，用“will＋动词原形”与“be going to＋动词原形”结构表示将来。
(3)例句⑤⑥表示“事先考虑好要做某事”；例句⑦⑧表示“临时决定做某事”。
一、名词用作动词
在英语中，同一个词可以转变其词性，而词义没有多大的改变。这种构词法叫作词的转化。本单元介绍的是名词转化为动词的情况。
1．表示器官的名词用作动词
head n．头→v.朝……去
hand n．手→v.交出；传递
face n．脸→v.面对
back n．背→v.倒车；支持
shoulder n．肩膀→v.肩负；承担
nose n．鼻子→v.闻出；觉察
eye n．眼睛→v.注视
When the famous star came in, all people eyedher.
当那位著名明星进来时，所有的人都注视着她。
Many of his friends backedhis plan.
他的很多朋友支持他的计划。
I’d like to live in a room whose windowfaces south.
我想居住在窗子朝南的屋子里。
2．表示职业、身份和称呼的名词用作动词
nurse n．护士→v.护理
doctor n．医生→v.诊治
host n．主人→v.主办
guard n．卫兵→v.守护
brother n．兄弟→v.像兄弟般对待
mother n．母亲→v.悉心照顾
She nursed her husband back to health.
她照料丈夫恢复了健康。
The dog was guarding its owner’s luggage.
狗守护着主人的行李。
Although I am no longer a child, Mother still mothers me.
尽管我已经不是小孩了，但母亲对我依然悉心照料。
3．表示工具的名词用作动词
paper n．纸→v.用纸包装
pen n．钢笔→v.(用钢笔)写
book n．书籍→v.预订
house n．房屋→v.提供住处
ship n．船→v.用船运输
knife n．刀→v.用刀切
She penned a few words of thanks.
她写了几句致谢的话。
The company shipsits goods all over the world.
公司把货物运往世界各地。
The government has built new houses tohouse the homeless people.
政府建了新房子给无家可归的人提供住处。
4．表示装置的名词用作动词
can n．罐→v.装进罐子
box n．箱子；盒子→v.把……装入箱/盒内
bottle n．瓶子→v.用瓶装
These oranges were boxed and sent off quickly.
这些橘子被装箱，然后迅速地发走。
5．物质名词用作动词
air n．空气→v.通风
cash n．现金→v.兑现
rain n．雨→v.下雨
water n．水→v.浇水
flower n．花→v.开花
oil n．油→v.加油
root n．根→v.扎根
dust n．灰尘→v.拂去灰尘
picture n．图画→v.描绘；想象
These trees need to be watered.
这些树需要浇水。
It was raining heavily when we arrived there.
当我们到达那里时正在下大雨。
6．抽象名词用作动词
anger n．愤怒→v.使发怒
number n．数字→v.给……编号
lunch n．午饭→v.吃午饭
hunger n．渴求；渴望→v.渴望
time n．时间→v.计时，安排时间
Their words angered me greatly.
他们的话使我非常愤怒。
[名师点津] 有些名词转化为动词时元音字母或词尾会发生变化。如：song(歌)→sing(唱歌)；food(食物)→feed(喂养)；bath(洗澡)→bathe(洗澡)等。
[即时演练1]
(1)写出下列句中黑体词的含义
①No one nosed the danger before the earthquake.觉察
②He decided to shoulderthe burden of his family.肩负，承担
③She fingeredthe beautiful cloth with envy (羡慕)．抚摸；触摸
④He is doctoring an old man. 诊治
⑤He was a disturbed child who neededmothering. 悉心照顾
⑥Which country is to host the next Olympic Games？主办
⑦He was ill for some days, and his wifenursed him kindly. 护理
⑧This apartment can house six people and a dog. 提供住处
⑨You should picture to yourself the brilliant future ahead of us. 描绘，想象
⑩Every year, fresh fruit from these trees is shipped from one country to another. 用船运输
(2)句型转换
①We had lunch together after the meeting.
→We lunched together after the meeting.
②Let’s fill the water into this bottle.
→Let’s bottle the water.
③You are so fat that you have to go on a diet.
→You are so fat that you have to diet.
④Snow often falls in my hometown in winter.
→It often snows in my hometown in winter.
二、will和be going to表示将来
1. “will＋动词原形”表示将来
(1)表示纯粹的将来
The agreement will come into force next spring.
协议将在明年春天生效。
(2)表示说话人的推测
She will beall right after taking the medicine.
吃了这药，她就会好的。
(3)表示将来的意愿、允诺、决心、命令等
I won’t go shopping this afternoon, but shewill.
今天下午我不想去购物，但她想去。
(4)表示一种倾向性或习惯性动作
Every Sunday we will go out for dinner.
每个星期天我们都会出去吃饭。
(5)表示临时决定做某事
—Have you posted the letters for me?
—Sorry, I forgot. I’ll post them right away.
——你替我把信件寄出去了吗？
——对不起，我忘了。我马上就去寄。
2．“be going to＋动词原形”表示将来
(1)表示已经决定或安排好要做某事。
I’m going to sell this old car, and buy a new one.
我打算卖掉这辆旧车，买一辆新的。
(2)表示有迹象表明即将发生某事。
Listen to the wind. We are going to have a rough navigation.
听那风声，我们航行时困难一定很大。
[名师点津] be going to表示按计划或安排将要发生的事情；而will不强调行为的计划性，多指临时的决定或安排。
—Mary is ill. I am going to visit her.
—Sorry, I didn’t know. I will go with you.
——玛丽病了，我打算去看她。
——抱歉我不知道，我和你一块去。
[即时演练2] 选词填空：will, be going to
①I’m 16 now, and I will be 17 next week.
②If you accept that job, you will regret it.
③There is_going_to be a football game tomorrow afternoon.
④The students will come and work in the lab once a week.
⑤The dark clouds in the sky suggest that it is_going_to rain.
⑥—You’ve left the light on.
—Oh, I’m sorry. I will go and turn it off.
3．将来时的其他表示方法
(1)有些表示位置转移的动词如go, come, leave, start, fly, return等的进行时表示很快就要发生的动作。
They are flyingto Beijing tomorrow.
他们将于明天飞往北京。
(2)表示按时间表、时刻表、日程表等安排将要发生的动作，常用一般现在时表示将来；在时间、条件状语从句中，常用一般现在时表示将来。
The train to Shenzhen leavesat 9.
去深圳的火车在9点离开。
When he grows up, he will work as a lawyer.
他长大后，要当律师。
(3)“be to＋动词原形”表示按计划或安排将要发生的动作；也可表示按职责、义务的要求要发生的动作。
The studentsare to leaveschool next month.
这些学生下个月就要离校了。
You are to arrive on time for the meeting.
你们必须按时参加会议。
(4)“be about to＋动词原形”表示即将发生的动作，常与when连用。需注意它不与表示时间的副词或其他时间状语连用。
Be quiet. The film is about to start.
安静，电影马上开始。
Hewas about to gooutwhen the telephone rang.
他正要出去，这时电话铃响了。
[即时演练3]
(1)选词填空：be going to, be about to, be to
①I was_about_to go to bed when my mother came in.
②You are_to go to bed and keep quiet, kids.
③The film is_going_to be released next Saturday in our school.
(2)完成句子
①We will_go_to_the_park (会去公园) if it doesn’t rain tomorrow.
②You are_to_hand_in_your_papers (必须交卷) by 10 o’clock.
③The plane takes_off(起飞) at 8 o’clock tomorrow morning.
④He is_about_to_come_out (马上就要出来). Please wait a moment.
⑤We are_flying_to/are_going_to_fly_to/will_fly_to (飞往) Hong Kong next Monday.
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．My father waters (water) the vegetables once a week.
2．He couldn’t help eyeing (eye) the superstar excitedly.
3．The little boy isn’t old enough to_dress (dress) himself.
4．They shouldered (shoulder) the boat and took it down to the river.
5．Henry will_be (be) twenty years old next year.
6．Look at that car! We are_going_to crash.
7．The live football match starts (start) at 9 o’clock this evening.
8．You are_to_finish (finish) the task on time.
9．—Did you tell Tom about the result?
—Oh, no, I forgot. I will_call (call) him now.
10．Look out! The tree is_about_to_fall (fall). It’s dangerous standing under it.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．In the next three years of your senior high school life, you will_face_more_and_more_
challenges.
在你随后三年的高中生活中，你将会面对越来越多的挑战。
2．From her eyes, we can see that the little girl is hungering_for_education.
从小女孩的眼中我们能看出她对求学的渴望。
3．I am_going_to_travel and I have booked the ticket online.
我打算去旅行，而且我已经在网上订了票。
4．The little boy is_going_to_fall_over.
小男孩要摔倒了。
5．I was_about_to_give_up_when my best friend encouraged me to go on.
我正要放弃，这时我最好的朋友鼓励我继续下去。
6．If you work_hard_enough,_you will_succeed sooner or later.
如果足够努力，你早晚会成功的。
7．I am_leaving_for/am_going_to_leave_for Beijing in a few days. Do you know when the earliest plane takes_off?
我几天后要去北京，你知道最早的飞机何时起飞吗？
8．I am_going_to_work_hard if I get_this_chance. I hope I will_have_a_chance to cooperate with you.
如果我得到这个机会，会努力工作。我希望能有机会与你们合作。
Ⅲ.短文改错
Dear Jack，
Welcome to my school! Upon your arrival, there will be a party for you organising by my classmates. You may attend to English classes to feel a differently learning style. After that, you can go to your host family that you can experience the Chinese way of life. You can have meals together chatting about whatever interest you.
The host family will also show you off some famous scenic spots. You can see people selling kites everywhere because our city was home to kites. There are varieties of kites to choose. So isn’t that a good idea to buy some for your friends? Write to me if you will have any questions about the schedule.
答案：第二句：organising→organised
第三句：去掉attend后的to; differently→different
第四句：第二个that→where
第五句：interest→interests
第六句：off→around/round
第七句：was→is
第八句：choose后加from
第九句：that→it
第十句：去掉will
Module 1 Our Body and Healthy HabitsSection Ⅳ Other Parts of the Module
[原文呈现][读文清障]
The health care system of a country is very important and different countries have different ways of① paying for② it.
Britain was the first country in the world to have③ a free④ health care system paid for by the government⑤. Health care is free for everyone living in Britain⑥. Most doctors and nurses work for the government and most hospitals are owned by the government. Until recently this system was very successful but recently there have been problems. This is because⑦ the government has not put enough money into⑧ the health service⑨. As a result， more people are using private? health insurance?. They see doctors who work for themselves and pay the doctors through the health insurance company?.
In America the system is very different. Most people have private health insurance. Doctors work for themselves and hospitals are privately owned.The health insurance company pays the doctors and the hospitals.The problem with? this system is that poorer people don’t have the money to pay for private health insurance.? As a result, they often have both health and money problems.
Canada has a different system again. Health care is free. Doctors work privately and hospitals are privately owned.When you become ill?， medical fees? are paid for by the government.
①have different ways of 有……的不同方法
way后接to do或of doing作后置定语。
②pay for 支付
③the first ...to do sth. 第一个做某事的……，不定式作定语。
④free adj.免费的，be free for 对……免费
⑤paid for ...为过去分词短语作后置定语。
⑥living in Britain为现在分词短语作后置定语。
⑦This/That/It is because ...句型中，because引导表语从句。
⑧put ...into ... 将……投入到……
⑨service n．服务
as a result 结果，因此
?private adj.私人的，privately adv.私下里，个人地
?insurance/In’???r?ns/n.保险
?health insurance company健康保险公司
?the problem with (关于)……的问题
?that引导表语从句，该从句中的不定式短语作定语。
?become ill生病
?medical fees 医疗费用
[课文译文]
一个国家的医疗保障体制是很重要的，而且不同的国家对于这一体制的支付方式也是不同的。
英国是世界上第一个由政府负担经费，建立起免费医疗体系的国家。对于任何一个居住在英国的人来说，医疗都是免费的。大多数医生和护士都为政府工作，而且大多数医院也归政府所有。直到最近，这种体制一直是很成功的，但是近来出现了一些问题。这是因为政府没有在医疗服务方面投入足够的资金。因此，更多的人在使用私人健康保险。他们看私人医生，并通过健康保险公司向医生付款。
在美国，这一体制非常不同。大多数人拥有私人健康保险。医生独立营业，医院也是私人所有。医生的薪水和医院的费用都由健康保险公司来支付。这个体制的问题是穷人们负担不起私人健康保险。因此，他们常常面临健康和经济问题。
加拿大也有不同的健康保障体制。医疗是免费的。医生独立营业，医院也归私人所有。当你患病时，所需的医疗费用由政府来承担。
Step 1 True (T) or False (F)．
1．American health care system was successful in the beginning.( )
2. People in Canada needn’t pay for their medical fees.( )
3. There are no private hospitals in Britain.( )
4. Recently there have been problems with the health care system in Britain.( )
5. In America, doctors work for themselves while in Britain, most doctors work for the government.( )
答案：1～5 FTFTT
Step 2 Choose the best answers according to the text.
1．Which country is the first country in the world to have a free health care system paid for by the government?
A．America. B．Britain.
C．Canada. D．China.
2．In Britain today ________ have private health insurance.
A．more people B．people all
C．people didn’t D．none
3．What’s the reason that makes the American health care system not so good to the poorer people?
A．It’s different from Britain.
B．People often have both health and money problems.
C．Poorer people don’t have the money to pay for private health insurance.
D．Doctors get pay from the government.
4．The text is mainly about ________.
A．the health care systems in Britain, America and Canada
B．the advantages and disadvantages of a health care system
C．the best health care system in the world
D．the ABC of health insurance
答案：1～4 BACA
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.lungn． 肺
2.throatn. 喉咙；咽喉；嗓子
3.symptomn. 症状
4.awfuladj. 可怕的；吓人的
5.questionnairen. 问卷；问卷调查；调查表
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.breathevi.呼吸→breath n．呼吸
2.insurancen．保险→insure v．给……保险
3.prescriptionn．处方→prescribe v．开处方
1.overweight adj.(人)太胖的；超重的
[记法] over-为前缀表示“太甚，过度”
[联想] 盘点over-前缀形容词
①overcrowded过于拥挤的 ②overheated过热的
③over-optimistic过于乐观的 ④overtired劳累过度的
2.breathe vi.呼吸
[词块] ①breathe a sigh of relief 松一口气
②breathe deeply 深呼吸
3.insurance n．保险
[词块] ①an insurance company 保险公司
②medical insurance 医疗保险
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.lie_down 躺下
2.off_work 休班
3.pick_up 用车接
4.begin_with 以……开始
5.pay_for 支付
6.put_..._into_... 将……投入……
7.for_oneself 为自己
8.as_a_result 因此，所以
1.in order of importance 按照重要性的顺序
2.make a prediction 作预测
3.have a temperature 发烧
4.sore throat 咽喉发炎
5.lose weight 减肥
6.become ill 生病
7.health care system 医疗保障体制
8.medical fees 医疗费用
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.Go to bed now or you’ll be really tired tomorrow.
现在上床睡觉吧，否则明天你会很累的。
祈使句＋and/or＋陈述句。
Work_hard_or you will fall behind.
你要努力学习，否则会落后。
2.That couldn’tbe better.
那再好不过了。
can’t/couldn’t与比较级连用表示最高级。
The meal couldn’t_have_been_worse.
这饭菜糟糕透顶。
3.Britain was the first country in the world to have a free health care system paid for by the government.
英国是世界上第一个由政府负担经费，建立起免费医疗体系的国家。
序数词后用不定式作后置定语。
He is always the_first_to_come and the_last_to_leave.
他总是第一个来，最后一个走。
1．(教材P5)When webreathe,the air goes into our lung.
我们呼吸时，空气进入我们的肺。
?breathe vi.呼吸
(1)breathe in 吸气
breathe out 呼气
(2)breath n. 呼吸
hold one’s breath 屏住呼吸
take a deep breath＝breathe deeply 深呼吸
out of breath 气喘吁吁地，上气不接下气地(表状态)
lose one’s breath 喘不过气来(表动作)
①The doctor told her tobreathe in deeply and then breathe out.
医生告诉她深吸一口气然后将气呼出。
②We all held_our_breath when the teacher announced the results of the competition.
当老师宣布竞赛结果时，我们都屏住呼吸。
③They reached the company out_of_breath only to be told they were fired.
他们上气不接下气地赶到公司，不料却被告知他们被开除了。
2．(教材P6)My wife’s going to pick me up in half an hour.
我妻子半小时后要来接我。
?pick up捡起，拾起；接收；收听；(无意中)学会；恢复健康；逐渐好转；(用车)接；(碰巧或廉价地)买到
写出下列句中pick up的含义
①He picked upa wallet when crossing the street.捡起，拾起
②The school bus picks up the children three times every day.用车接
③I managed to pick up an American news broadcast.收听
④After the operation, her health has greatly picked up.恢复健康
⑤I don’t know where my children have picked up those rude words.(无意中)学会
⑥I was lucky to pick up some used stamps.(碰巧或廉价地)买到
[巧学妙记]
pick up词义虽多变，口诀巧记挺简单；
拿起捡起开车接，接收收听视野开；
好转改善又增强，学到东西也偶然；
若能买到便宜货，想必心情会很high。
3．(教材P7)I’ll beoff work for a week.
我要休息一周。
?off work休班
(1)at work 在工作；在运转
in work 有工作，就业
out of work 失业
(2)work on 致力于
work as 任……工作，当……
work out 计算出；解出
①He has beenoff workfor five days this month.
他这个月已经休了五天班。
②He has been working_on a new novel for over a year now.
近一年多来，他一直在写一部新小说。
③It’s hard for me to work out the problem.
我很难解出这道题。
4．(教材P9)Begin with some information about yourself.
以关于你自己的某些信息开头。
?begin with (＝start with) 以……开始
begin ... with ... 以……开始……
to begin/start with 首先，第一(常作插入语)
①A journey of a thousand miles begins witha single step.
[谚语]千里之行，始于足下。
②The teacher beganthe lesson with an English song.
老师以一首英文歌曲开始了课程。
③To_begin/start_with,_we haven’t enough money, and secondly we haven’t enough time.
首先，我们没有足够的资金；其次，我们没有足够的时间。
[名师点津] 常见的插入语有：
①to sum up 总之
②to tell the truth 老实说
③to be brief/short 简而言之
④to be sure 的确，当然
⑤to conclude 总之
⑥to be frank/honest 老实说
⑦to summarize 总的说来
⑧to make matters worse 更糟的是
5．(教材P9)This is because the government has not put enough money into the health service.
这是因为政府没有在医疗服务方面投入足够的资金。
?put ... into ...将……投入……
put ...into effect 执行……，实行……
put ...into use 将……投入使用
put ...into practice 把……付诸实施
put ...into words 把……用语言表达
①Nothing in the world is too difficult if youputyour heart into it.
世上无难事，只怕有心人。
②It’s important to put the fitness program into practice.
实施这项健身计划很重要。
③We should learn to put our ideas into words (word).
我们要学会把我们的思想用语言表达出来。
6．(教材P9)Doctors work for themselves and hospitals are privately owned.
医生独立营业，医院也是私人所有。
?for oneself为某人自己；亲自
in oneself 本来，本身
to oneself 独自占有或享用，在心中
by oneself 单独地，独立地
①One should not live for himself/herself alone.
人不应该只为自己而活。
②Modern technology is not dangerous in_itself.
现代科技本身并不危险。
③When I dine in a restaurant, I like a table to_myself.
我在餐馆吃饭时喜欢一个人占一张桌子。
④The little boy went out by_himself.
那个小男孩独自出去了。
1．Go to bed now or you will be really tired tomorrow.
现在上床睡觉吧，否则明天你会很累的。
(1)本句为“祈使句＋and/or＋陈述句”句型。祈使句相当于if引导的条件状语从句。“祈使句＋and＋陈述句”表示祈使句与后面的句子是顺承关系；而“祈使句＋or＋陈述句”表示祈使句与后面的句子是转折关系。
①Work hard and believe in yourself andyou’ll succeed one day.
努力学习、相信自己，总有一天你会成功的。
②Follow your teacher’s advice, or you will fail in the exam.
听从老师的建议，否则你考试就会失败。
(2)“名词词组＋and＋陈述句(名词词组中通常含有 another, more, other等)”和“祈使句＋破折号＋陈述句”也有上述句式功能。
③More fine food, andyou’ll be healthier and healthier.
多吃好的食品，你的身体会越来越健康。
④Try (try) some of this juice — perhaps you’ll like it.
尝尝这种果汁，也许你会喜欢的。
2．That couldn’t bebetter.
那再好不过了。
(1)“can’t/couldn’t＋形容词或副词的比较级”常用来表示对某件事的评价或判断，意为“不可能更……；最……不过了”。这一结构是用比较级的形式表达最高级的含义。
①I can’tfind a better hotel than this one.
＝This hotel isthe best onethat I can find.
我再也找不到比这家旅馆更好的了。(这是我能找到的最好的一家旅馆了)。
②—What was his performance like?
—Oh, it couldn’t have been more_wonderful (wonderful)．
——他的演出怎么样？
——噢，他的演出再好不过了。
(2)can’t/couldn’t 与enough或too连用，表示“无论……都不过分”。
③You can’tpraise him enough.
你如何表扬他都不过分。
④You can’t be careful_enough/too_careful while driving a car, for accidents happen frequently.
你驾车时再小心也不过分，因为交通事故经常发生。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．The animal was still breathing (breath), so we knew it was still alive.
2．The Olympic Games began with a parade of all the competing nations.
3．Tom caught a bad cold and had to be_off work for a week.
4．—What do you think of the film last night?
—It couldn’t be worse (bad)．
5．He paid a visit to his teacher for himself (he) yesterday.
6．Take more exercise and you’ll become stronger and healthier.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．It’s reported that the government will_put_more_money_into_education this year.
据报道，政府今年会把更多的钱投入到教育上。
2．By making friends with the native speakers, one can_pick_up_a_lot_of_their_languages.
通过与当地人交朋友，一个人可以学会很多他们的语言。
3．One_more_step,_and the baby will fall into the well.
再多迈一步，这个小孩儿就掉进井里了。
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
[本课语言点针对练习]
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．The audience held their breath (呼吸) to see who would win the gold medal.
2．We had an awful (可怕的) experience in the street just now.
3．Fever is one of the symptoms (症状) of an illness.
4．A fish bone was stuck in her throat (喉咙), which made her in pain.
5．The insurance (保险) company paid all my medical fees.
6．We gave them some questionnaires (问卷) for collecting data.
7．Smoking is harmful to one’s health, especially lungs (肺)．
8．He had to pay more at the airport because his case (包裹) was overweight (超重的)．
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．The old man has become ill for nearly a week.become→been
2．He had an illness after breath in coal dust for many years.breath→breathing
3．The last getting on the bus was a middle-aged man.getting→to_get
4．How could you pick up your brother in the crowd？up→out
5．He lied down on the grass and went to sleep.lied→lay
6．The sports meet was put off as result of the bad weather.result前加a
7．Listen carefully and you’ll miss something important.and→or
8．The movie last night couldn’t be good. I want to see it a second time.good→better
Ⅲ.选词填空
1．This book begins_with a moving story.
2．How are you going to put your plan into practice?
3．Jack broke his arm and had to be off_work for a month.
4．The man was tired and fell asleep shortly after he lay_down.
5．If you don’t work now, you’ll pay_for it later when you fail your exams.
6．It’s surprising that your brother picked_up Russian so quickly — he hasn’t lived there very long.
[本单元语言点温故练习]
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．These two subjects are closely connected with each other.
2．No sugar for me, please. I am going on a diet.
3．It’s reported that the injured (injure) in the fire included five children.
4．You shouldn’t miss the opportunity to see the play — it’s rarely (rare) put on.
5．As everyone knows, improper diet will make people unhealthy (health)．
6．The person, heading (head) towards the hall, suddenly turned right facing me.
7．Keep an eye on my suitcase while I buy my ticket.
8．She took great pains (pain) to learn English and got high marks.
9．Around noon they arrived in Toronto, a wealthy (wealth) city in Canada.
10．She was anxious to_go (go) home as soon as possible, for her little son had a high fever.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．To be honest, I would_rather_have_a_quiet_night in front of the TV.
老实说，晚上我宁愿安静地看电视。
2．As_he_grew_older,_he gained his confidence.
随着年龄的增长，他的自信心增强了。
3．Laughter is the best medicine — at_least_when_it_comes_to protecting your heart.
笑是最好的药——至少当谈到保护心脏时是这样。
4．She is the only woman to_have_been_elected to such a post.
她是唯一一位当选这个职位的女性。
5．He is seriously ill. He is_going_to_die.
他病得厉害，快要死了。
6．He has lung cancer. That’s_because he has been smoking too much.
他得了肺癌，那是因为他吸烟太多了。
7．I saw the girl heading_towards_the_school_library with a smile on her face.
我看见这个女孩面带笑容朝校图书馆而去。
8．Take more exercise and have enough sleep, and_you_will_feel_relaxed and energetic.
多加锻炼，保证足够的睡眠，你会感到轻松和精力充沛。
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.阅读理解
According to a new study, a lot of kids don’t drink enough water. Erica Kenney, a scientist at Harvard’s T．H. Chan School of Public Health, planned to look into the amount of sugary drinks kids drank at first. However, she found many kids had not enough water to drink.
Kenney and her team studied a group of 4,000 children, aged 6 to 19, between the years 2009 and 2012. She noticed that more than half of the kids were dehydrated (脱水的). Boys were 76% more likely than girls to lack (缺乏) enough water. Nearly one quarter of the kids reported having no plain water.
“These findings are important because they show a potential (潜在的) health problem that has not been given a lot of attention in the past，” said Erica Kenney.
60% of the human body is made up of water. It controls the body temperature, sends oxygen all over the body, helps digestion, and performs various other tasks that keep our bodies healthy.
Not drinking enough water can lead to health problems. Your body needs more water when you are in hot climates, when you take part in physical exercise, and if you have a fever.
The United States National Agriculture Library says on average, kids need between 10 to 14 cups of water every day. This water can come from some foods that contain high amounts of water, such as melons or tomatoes, instead of sugary drinks that are high in calories and can lead to weight problems.
“The good news is that this is a public health problem with a simple solution，” said senior author on the study and professor health sociology at Harvard University, Steven Gortmaker.“If we can focus on helping children drink more water, we will help them feel better throughout the day and do better in school.”
语篇解读：科学家进行的一项研究发现很多儿童摄入的饮用水不足，这可能会对他们的健康构成威胁。
1．At first, Erica Kenney’s study was to ________.
A．find out how much water schools offered to kids
B．test the bad effects sugary drinks have on kids
C．research how much sugary drinks kids drank
D．figure out whether kids like drinking sugary water
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的“...planned to look into the amount of sugary drinks kids drank at first”可知，Erica Kenney的研究最初是想调查一下学生们对含糖饮料的摄入量。
2．After the study, Erica Kenney found that ________.
A．most kids have health problems
B．many kids don’t drink enough water
C．girls drink more sugary drinks than boys
D．lacking enough water can be bad for kids’ health
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章第一段的最后一句“However, she found many kids had not enough water to drink.”可知，Erica Kenney发现很多孩子摄入的饮用水不足。
3．Which of the following is TRUE according to Steven Gortmaker?
A．It is just a simple health problem for kids to be dehydrated.
B．The more water kids drink, the better grades they will get.
C．Everyone has to drink 14 cups of water every day.
D．Kids can benefit from drinking more water.
解析：选D 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段的最后一句可知，在Steven Gortmaker看来，儿童喝足够的水后，不仅感觉良好，而且他们的学习效率也会提高，由此可知选D。
4．In which part of a newspaper can we find this passage?
A．Science. B．Education.
C．Health. D．Economy.
解析：选C 文章出处题。本文主要讲的是科学家发现很多儿童摄入的饮用水不足，这可能会对他们的健康构成威胁，由此可知本文最有可能出自报纸的健康版块。
Ⅱ.语法填空
Fast food is becoming more and __1__ popular in China, especially among children and __2__ (teenager). There are several explanations for __3__ (it) popularity. First, it is very convenient and saves lots of time. You just go into a fast food restaurant to order your food, and your food is ready __4__ (immediate). Second, you can either eat it there __5__ take it away. Third, the environment of fast food restaurants is both clean and __6__ (comfort). Fourth, excellent service __7__(provide) and the quality of food is high. However, fast food isn’t healthy enough. It is usually not a __8__ (balance) diet and low in nutritional value. Fast food is only a good choice when you are in __9__hurry and have it once in a while. So I would say that it’s good for people, especially children, __10__ (eat) fast food as little as possible.
答案：1.more 2.teenagers 3.its 4.immediately
5．or 6.comfortable 7.is provided 8.balanced
9．a 10.to eat
Module 1 Our Body and Healthy HabitsSection Ⅴ Writing-有关健康生活习惯的说明文
写有关健康生活习惯的说明文时，一般要写明什么样的做法会对健康有利或有害，人们应该怎样做才能保持健康等。这样的文章尽管属于说明文，但也不可避免地会使用叙述、议论等手法。
一、写作策略
该类文章一般采用以下写作策略：
1．开门见山提出主题，说明自己所发现的关于健康问题的现象。
2．分析所给内容，然后进行详细说明。说明所给内容时可以先说现象，也可以先说结果，再说引起这种结果的原因。
3．最后归纳总结或发表意见。这一部分的内容主要是提出解决办法及给出自己的保持健康的建议。
二、增分佳句
1．As far as I am concerned, health is more important than wealth.
依我看，健康远比财富重要。
2．Taking exercise is closely related to health.
运动和健康息息相关。
3．Early to bed and early to rise makes a person healthy, wealthy and wise.
早睡早起会使人健康、富有和聪明。
4．It is widely believed that plenty of fresh air contributes to good health.
人们普遍认为足够的新鲜空气有助于健康。
5．Nowadays people are beginning to pay more attention to their health than ever before.
目前人们开始比以前更关注健康。
6．We should reject junk food, such as instant noodles and hamburgers.
我们应该拒绝垃圾食品，例如方便面和汉堡。
7．Doctors advise us teenagers to sleep at least 8 hours each day.
医生建议我们青少年每天至少要睡8个小时。
8．People come to realize that good health is the most valuable thing a person can have.
人们开始意识到健康是人所能拥有的最有价值的东西。
[题目要求]
假设你是王林。过去，由于一些不健康的生活习惯，你的健康出现了问题。之后，你改变了生活方式，现在又恢复了健康。请你根据此经历写一篇英语短文，内容包括：
1．之前不健康的生活习惯：不吃早饭，经常熬夜，很少锻炼；
2．导致的问题：肥胖，易生病；
3．解决的办法：保持均衡饮食，积极锻炼，早睡早起；
4．给其他同学的建议：尽快改掉不健康的生活习惯，以保持身体健康。
注意：1.词数100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
第一步：审题构思很关键
一、审题
1．确定体裁：本文介绍生活习惯的改变，属于说明文，但叙述会占相当大的部分；
2．确定人称：本文的主要人称为第一人称；
3．确定时态：本文主要用一般过去时。
二、构思
第一部分，引入：介绍过去不健康的生活习惯以及造成的危害。
第二部分，阐述：介绍摆脱不良习惯的几种方式。
第三部分，总结：给其他学生提出建议。
第二步：核心词汇想周全
1．unhealthy_living_habits/unhealthy_lifestyle
不健康的生活习惯
2．skip_breakfast/no_breakfast 不吃早餐
3．junk_food/rubbish_food 垃圾食品
4．stay_up_late 熬夜
5．take_exercise/have_physical_training/do_physical_exercise
锻炼
6．as_a_result/therefore/thus 结果；因此
7．become_aware_of 意识到
8．keep_fit/healthy 保持健康
9．break oneself of/get out of bad habits 摆脱坏习惯
10．a_balanced_diet 均衡饮食
第三步：由词扩句雏形现
1．过去，我养成了一些不健康的生活习惯。(主谓宾结构)
In_the_past,_I_formed_some_unhealthy_living_habits._
2．我经常熬夜，并且很少进行体育锻炼。(and连接两个并列谓语)
I_often_stayed_up_late_and_took_little_physical_exercise.
3．结果，我肥胖，易生病。(and连接两个系表结构)
As_a_result,_I_became_too_fat_and_often_fell_ill.
4．我意识到了不健康的生活习惯引起的危害。(which引导定语从句)
I_became_aware_of_the_harm_which_was_caused_by_unhealthy_living_habits.
5．为了保持健康，我决心改掉这些坏习惯。(so that引导目的状语从句；不定式短语作宾语)
I_determined_to_break_myself_of_these_bad_habits_so_that_I_could_keep_fit.
6．我养成了早睡早起的习惯。(主谓宾结构)
I_developed_the_habit_of_going_to_bed_early_and_getting_up_early.
7．两个月过去了，我恢复了健康。(as引导时间状语从句)
As_two_months_passed,_I_recovered.
8．我建议其他学生尽快改掉他们不健康的生活习惯。因为健康比任何其他事情都重要。(suggest；because引导原因状语从句)
I_suggest_other_students_get_out_of_their_unhealthy_living_habits_as_soon_as_possible,_because_health_is_more_valuable_than_anything_else.
第四步：句式升级造亮点
1．用过去分词作定语改写句4
I_became_aware_of_the_harm_caused_by_unhealthy_living_habits.
2．用不定式作目的状语改写句5
To_keep_fit,_I_determined_to_break_myself_of_these_bad_habits.
3．用with复合结构改写句7
With_two_months_passing,_I_recovered.
第五步：过渡衔接联成篇
In_the_past,_I_formed_some_unhealthy_living_habits._For_example,_I_often_skipped_breakfast_and_liked_eating_junk_food._Besides,_I_often_stayed_up_late_and_took_little_physical_exercise._As_a_result,_I_became_too_fat_and_often_fell_ill.
Luckily,_I_became_aware_of_the_harm_caused_by_unhealthy_living_habits._To_keep_fit,_I_determined_to_break_myself_of_these_bad_habits._Firstly,_I_began_to_have_a_balanced_diet._Secondly,_I_took_exercise_actively_every_day._Lastly,_I_developed_the_habit_of_going_to_bed_early_and_getting_up_early._With_two_months_passing,_I_recovered.
I_suggest_other_students_get_out_of_their_unhealthy_living_habits_as_soon_as_possible,_because_health_is_more_valuable_than_anything_else.
Module 1 Our Body and Healthy Habits
Several years ago, I had much food high in fatand rarely took exercise. As a result, I became overweight, which is too awful for my lung. It is hard for me to breathe. When I lay down, it was hard for me to get up. I couldn’t live a normallife. When I walked in the street, many people would stop to eye me. My mother was anxious aboutme and took me to a doctor. The doctor advised me to change my unhealthy lifestyle, tobe on a diet andtake exercise. I began witheating vegetables and fruits. Even the captain of our school team allowed me to exercise with his team. Gradually, things headedtowards the better. I lost fifteen kilograms and my body didn’t pain. Now I am fit and if one member is injured, I will take the place of him.
几年前我吃了很多脂肪含量很高的食品，很少锻炼。结果，我太胖了，这对我的肺来说太可怕了，我呼吸困难。当我躺下后，我再起来就很难了，我不能过正常的生活。当我走在街上时，很多人盯着我看。妈妈为我担心，带我去看医生。医生建议我改变不健康生活方式，进行节食并锻炼。我从吃蔬菜和水果开始，我们校队的队长允许我跟着他的队员训练。慢慢地，事情朝着好的方向发展了，我减了30斤，我身上不疼了。我现在很健康。如果有队员受伤了，我会顶替一会儿。
Module 2 No DrugsSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading Pre-reading
Some facts about smoking
1．Quitting smoking at the age of 65 or older reduces by nearly half a person’s risk of dying from a smoking-related disease.
2．The risk of dying from lung cancer is about 12 times higher among women who smoke cigarettescompared with women who never smoke.
3．Unlike many other health conditions or diseases, you have the ability to prevent yourself from suffering from smoking-related illnesses or deaths. The benefits of not smoking start after a few days of quitting.
4．Women who smoke have more heart attacks, cancers and lung problems.
5．Teens who smoke are more likely than teens who don’t smoke to use alcohol and drugs. Smokingisalso related to some other risky behaviours, such as fighting and lying.
6．The three leading smoking-related causes of death in women are lung cancer, heart disease and chronic (慢性的) lung disease.
7．Second-hand smoke causesup to300,000 lung infections (感染) in infants (婴幼儿) and young children every year.
8．Second-hand smoke causes coughing, colds and asthma (哮喘) attacks.
From the above we can know how harmful it is to smoke. But do you know taking drugs is very harmful as well? And I think you’ll believe me after learning this module about a drug addict — Adam Rouse.
Section_ⅠIntroduction & Reading — Pre-reading
[原文呈现] [读文清障]
Article 1
My name is Adam Rouse. I’m 19 years old and I used to① be a drug②addict③. I first started using drugs when I was 15. I bought cannabis④ from a man in the street. I continued to buy cannabis from the same man for about six months. One day, he offered me some crack⑤cocaine⑥.
Article 2
Cocaine is a powerfully⑦addictive⑧ drug. Some drug usersinject⑨ cocaine, others smoke it. Both ways are dangerous. Users who inject the drug are also in more danger⑩ if they share?needles? with other users.
①used to过去常常……，后跟动词原形。
②drug/dr?g/n．毒品；药品
③addict/’?dIkt/n．对(药物等)上瘾的人；瘾君子
④cannabis/’k?n?bIs/n．大麻
⑤offer sb. sth.主动向某人提供某物
⑥cocaine/k??’keIn/n．可卡因
⑦powerfully/’pa??fl/adj.有力的；(药等)有效的
⑧addictive/?’dIktIv/adj.(药物等)上瘾的
⑨inject/In’d?ekt/vt.注射
⑩danger/’deInd??/n．危险
in danger 处于危险中
?share ...with sb. 与某人分享……
?needle/’ni?dl/n．(注射用的)针；针管
文章1
我叫亚当·劳斯。我19岁，曾经是个瘾君子。15岁时我开始尝试毒品。我从街上一个男人手中购买大麻。大约有六个月我一直从这个人手里买大麻。一天，他给了我一些强效纯可卡因。
文章2
可卡因是一种极容易使人上瘾的毒品。有些毒品使用者注射可卡因，有些则吸入体内。两种途径都很危险。如果那些注射毒品的人和其他毒品使用者共用针头的话，他们会处在更大的危险中。
1
Crack cocaine is the most addictive form of cocaine. Users become addicted to? crack cocaine much more easily if they smoke it. Smoking allows cocaine to reach? the brain very quickly.
2
When I went back to the man again, I wanted more crack cocaine. But he asked me for a lot of money. I didn’t have enough money so he didn’t give me any drugs. I was in terrible pain?.
3
The next day, I broke into? a house and stole? a television and a video recorder. I took them to the drug dealer?. He told me to take them to a shop in a nearby street?. The man in the shop gave me some money. I took the money to the drug dealer and he gave me some more crack cocaine. ,
?become addicted to对……上瘾；沉迷于，其中become亦可用be或get替换
?allow sb. to do sth. 允许某人做某事
allow doing sth. 允许做某事
?pain n．疼痛；痛苦
in pain 处于痛苦中
painful adj.疼痛的；痛苦的
?break into 破门而入；强行闯入
?steal vt.偷，窃
steal ...from ... 从……偷……
?drug dealer毒贩
?nearby/?nI?’baI/adj.附近的
in a nearby street是shop的定语。
1,强效纯可卡因是最能让人上瘾的一种可卡因。毒品使用者如果直接吸入体内的话，会更容易上瘾。吸入的方式可以让可卡因很快进入大脑。
2,当我再回到那个男人那儿的时候，我想要更多的强效纯可卡因。但他向我要很多的钱。我的钱不够，所以他就不给我毒品了。我痛苦得要命。
3,第二天，我闯进一户人家，偷了一台电视机和一台录像机。我把它们带给那个贩毒的人。他告诉我把它们送到附近一条街的一家商店里。店里的人给了我一些钱。我把钱给了贩毒者，他又给了我一些强效纯可卡因。
4
Using cocaine increases the user’s heart rate? and blood pressure. As a result， cocaine users sometimes have heart attacks. Smoking crack cocaine also causes anti-social behaviour.
5
By this time, I was addicted to crack cocaine. If I didn’t have any drugs, I was in terrible pain. And I had to steal something every day to pay for the drugs. One day, the police took me to the police station.
6
The next day, a doctor came to see me. He told me that I could die if I didn’t stop taking crack cocaine, so I took his advice and stopped immediately. Now I work in a centre for drug addicts, helping others to stop taking drugs.
?heart rate 心率
blood pressure 血压
as a result 结果
heart attack 心脏病
anti-social adj.反社会的
Smoking crack cocaine为动名词短语作主语，谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。
be addicted to 对……上瘾
pay for 支付……的费用
to pay for the drugs为不定式短语作目的状语。
stop doing sth. 停止做某事
stop to do sth. 停下来去做某事
take one’s advice 听某人的意见
follow one’s advice 听某人的意见
ask (sb.) for advice 征求(某人)建议
helping others ...为现在分词短语作伴随状语。
4
使用可卡因会加快使用者的心率并使血压升高。所以可卡因使用者有时会患心脏病。吸食强效纯可卡因还会引起反社会的行为。
5
到此时我已经对强效纯可卡因上了瘾。要是我不使用任何毒品，就会难受极了。我不得不每天行窃以购买毒品。有一天，警察把我带到了警察局。
6
第二天，一位医生来看我。他告诉我如果我不停止吸食强效纯可卡因我就可能会死，因此我听取了他的建议，立刻戒毒了。现在我在一家戒毒中心工作，帮助其他人戒毒。
Pre-reading
Please match the following words with their proper meanings.
1．addictive A．adj.有力的；(药等)有功效的
2．reduce B．vt.注射
3．drug C．n.危险
4．cancer D．adj.附近的
5．cigarette E．n.癌症
6．nearby F．n.香烟
7．danger G．n.毒品；药品
8．inject H．vt.减少，缩减
9．needle I．n.(注射用的)针；针管
10．powerful J．adj.(药物等)上瘾的
答案：1～5 JHGEF 6～10 DCBIA
Lead-in
Match the information with the following pictures.
A．cannabis
B．destroying drugs
C．keep away from drugs and cherish our life
D．tobacco
E．cocaine
F．China National Narcotic Control Commission
答案：1～6 DAEFBC
While-reading
Fast-reading
Skim the text and match the main idea with each paragraph.
1．Paragraph 1 A．Smoking cocaine can cause many diseases.
2．Paragraph 2 B．I was addicted to drugs.
3．Paragraph 3 C．I had no money to buy drugs.
4．Paragraph 4 D．I stopped taking cocaine.
5．Paragraph 5 E．A brief introduction about crack cocaine.
6．Paragraph 6 F．I broke into a house and stole sth.
答案：1～6 ECFABD
Careful-reading
(Ⅰ)Read the text carefully and answer the following questions.
1．When did Adam Rouse begin to use drugs?
He_began_to_use_drugs_when_he_was_15.
2．Why did Adam steal something every day?
He_stole_something_every_day_to_pay_for_the_drugs.
3．What does he do now?
Now_he_works_in_a_centre_for_drug_addicts,_helping_others_to_stop_taking_drugs.
(Ⅱ)Read the text carefully and choose the best answers.
1．Users become addicted to crack cocaine more easily if they smoke it because ________.
A．crack cocaine is the most addictive form of cocaine
B．smoking is much easier than injection
C．smoking allows cocaine to reach the brain very quickly
D．crack cocaine is much cheaper than other drugs
2．From Adam Rouse’s story, we learn that ________.
A．though cocaine is addictive, you can give it up if you want to
B．cannabis has the same dangers as crack cocaine
C．once you become addicted to drugs, you’ll never get away from them
D．Adam Rouse didn’t follow the doctor’s advice
3．Why did that man offer Adam some crack cocaine?
A．To see Adam in terrible pain.
B．To send Adam to the police station.
C．To make more money from Adam.
D．To find a job in a centre for Adam.
4．The writer tells us the danger of taking drugs by means of ________.
A．introducing the harm of cocaine
B．telling his own terrible experiences
C．comparing cannabis and crack cocaine
D．describing the cruelty of drug dealers.
答案：1～4 CACB
Study-reading
Analyze the following difficult sentences in the text.
1．Users who inject the drug are also in more danger if they share needles with other users.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 如果那些注射毒品的人和其他毒品使用者共用针头的话，他们会处在更大的危险中。
2. He told me that I could die if I didn’t stop taking crack cocaine, so I took his advice and stopped immediately.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 他告诉我如果我不停止吸食强效纯可卡因我就可能会死，因此我听取了他的建议，立即戒毒了。
Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
What is one of the most boring and tiresome words ever? Responsibility, I think, is one of those words you have probably heard so many times from authority figures (权威人物). Sometimes, it asks us to do things that are unpleasant or even frightening.
Once in a hospital a male patient knocked over a cup of water, which spilled (洒) on the floor beside the patient’s bed. The patient was afraid he might slip on the water if he got out of the bed, so he asked his nurse’s assistant to mop it up.
The patient didn’t know it, but the hospital policy said that small spills were the responsibility of the assistant while large spills were to be mopped up by the hospital’s housekeepers.
The nurse’s assistant decided that the spill was a large one and she called a housekeeper. The housekeeper arrived but said that the spill was a small one. An argument followed.
“It’s not my responsibility，” said the nurse’s assistant.“Because it’s a large puddle (水洼)．” The housekeeper did not agree.“Well, it’s not mine，” she said.“The puddle is too small.”
The patient listened for a while, and then he took a bottle of water from his night table and poured the whole thing on the floor.“Is that a big enough puddle now for you two to decide？” he asked. It was the end of the argument.
So, responsibility is about our ability to respond to situations and to choose the attitudes, actions and reactions that shape our lives. It is a concept (观念) of power that puts us in the driver’s seat. If you want more control over your life, all you have to do is to be responsible. Responsible people not only depend on themselves, but show others that they can be depended on.
语篇解读：一个人要想掌控自己的生活，就要勇于担当。
1．According to Para. 1, the author thinks that responsibility ________.
A．is the most boring word
B．may upset people sometimes
C．causes people to do bad things
D．matters more to authority figures
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章第一段的内容可知，作者认为责任有时会让我们做些不情愿去做的甚至是让我们感到害怕的事情。
2．The nurse’s assistant argued with the housekeeper because ________.
A．they looked down upon each other’s job
B．they didn’t want to break the hospital policy
C．they didn’t know what the hospital policy was
D．they each thought the other should mop up the puddle
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据文章内容可知，护工和清洁人员都认为清理水洼是对方的责任，应该由对方去打扫。
3．Who probably mopped the water up at last?
A．The patient. B．The patient’s nurse.
C．The nurse’s assistant. D．The housekeeper.
解析：选D 推理判断题。护工和清洁人员根据医院的规定来确认自己的职责，都不想去拖地，于是病人将一整壶水都倒在了地上，地上的水更多了，所以应该由负责清理大水洼的清洁人员来处理。
4．The author wants to tell us that, to control our life, we should ________.
A．show others that we are reliable
B．respond to situations quickly
C．learn to be responsible
D．trust no one but ourselves
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段中的“If you want more control over your life, all you have to do is to be responsible.”可知，要想掌控自己的生活，我们要学会勇于担当。
B
Drugs have for years been one of the number one destroyers of people’s lives, as well as their families. People who do these drugs might not even realise that what they’re doing has changed the lives of not only themselves, but of the people closest to them in their lives.
People on drugs have usually become addicted because of the fact that they’ve used drugs in the past and have always used drugs to deal with their problems. Finally, they have no other way to deal with their problems and go to other drugs to deal with the feelings caused by these life problems.
There are several ways to do away with drug addic tion. The first step, as I’m sure you have heard hundreds of times, is to realise that there’s a problem. If there are people in your life taking drugs, you’ll need to let them know that it’s hurting more than just themselves.
Once you’ve gotten them to realise this, if possible, you’ll need to help them. You’ll need a way to work out the problems that pull them towards drugs, or to create something else that will keep these people away from drugs.
Sometimes other drugs are in line. For example, most heavy drinkers are affected by depression (抑郁症). Over 40% of Americans are affected by depression, and over 60% of the male population of these people have turned towards drinking to deal with their problems related to depression. This greatly increases the chances of abuse (虐待), as well as many other horrible effects of alcohol.
When someone becomes addicted to any drug, you’ll need to deal with it immediately. It’s better to deal with the problem before it turns into one which cannot be controlled. The best thing you can do for yourself is to get help from anyone else or the people within your family before you turn to any drugs.
语篇解读：本文为说明文。文章主要警示人们要认识到毒品的危害并尽早帮助别人摆脱毒品。
5．We can learn from the passage that those addicted to drugs ________.
A．are mainly heavy drinkers or heavy smokers
B．have more problems than others to deal with
C．are used to using drugs to deal with problems
D．don’t know how to get help from their families
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句可知，对毒品上瘾的人总是通过吸毒来解决问题，即“他们习惯了通过吸毒来解决问题”。
6．What should you do first to help someone deal with drug addiction?
A．Let him know that drug addiction is harmful.
B．Help him get away from depression.
C．Keep him away from alcohol.
D．Create something interesting.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第三段最后两句可知，首先要让他认识到毒瘾是有害的。
7．According to the passage, some American men would like to drink probably because ________.
A．they lead a hard life
B．they are abused at home
C．their children are naughty
D．they want to deal with their problems
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第五段第三句可知，有些美国男人饮酒是因为他们想解决与抑郁症有关的问题。
8．What does the author mainly advise us to do in the last paragraph?
A．Be always ready to help others.
B．Enjoy the help from our family members.
C．Keep away from bad habits and ill feelings.
D．Help others break away from drugs as early as we can.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据最后一段中的关键词immediately和该段第二句可知，本段中作者主要建议我们尽早帮助别人摆脱毒品。
C
Internet addiction (上瘾), in today’s world, is so common that some of you may not even consider it addiction. While the Internet has lots of benefits, it can also badly affect the users’ mind and health. Understanding how to get over your Internet addiction can help you lead a healthy life.
Develop a hobby
Developing a hobby helps keep your mind off the Internet. In fact, if you have a hobby, the chances of getting addicted to the Internet reduce greatly. Learning to play an instrument, painting, singing, dancing, etc., can be of great help to keep you in a positive (积极的) state. When you are doing something you really love, your mind becomes relaxed and more focused (集中精力的). A hobby will not only help you get over your Internet addiction but also change your life attitude.
Use reference books (工具书)
These days, most students make use of Internet resources to do homework. However, using ready-made notes to do your homework will not only make you lazy and addicted to the Internet, but also stop you from developing your analytical (分析的) ability. Students must be encouraged to do their homework using reference books. The process of reading and analyzing information helps sharpen their mind and keep them from getting addicted to the Internet.
____________
Going to bed early is one of the most effective ways of getting over Internet addiction. Once we get into the habit of sleeping late, we will search for things to do online. By going to bed early, you can get over this addiction and keep your mind and body in a healthy state.
语篇解读：本文作者给出三条戒除网瘾的建议。
9．The author believes that Internet addiction ________.
A．will disappear naturally
B．is seldom seen nowadays
C．is a problem that can be solved
D．is of great benefit to some people
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的“Understanding how to get over your Internet addiction can help you lead a healthy life.”可知，作者认为网瘾是可以戒掉的。
10．According to the passage, using reference books can ________.
A．help students relax
B．save students more time
C．improve students’ ability
D．provide students with ready-made notes
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据作者给出的第二条建议可知，学生们在写作业时过于依赖网络不仅会让他们变得懒惰，而且还会阻碍他们分析能力的发展。相反，使用工具书可以让他们的思维在查找信息和分析信息的过程中变得更加敏锐，故可以提高学生的能力。
11．What can be put into the blank in the passage?
A．Get rid of bad habits
B．Have a good sleeping habit
C．Keep your mind and body healthy
D．Surf the Internet only in the daytime
解析：选B 段落大意题。作者在第三条建议中建议养成良好的睡眠习惯。每天早睡既可以减少上网的时间，又可以保持健康，由此可知B项是本段的段落大意。
12．The main purpose of the passage is to ________.
A．show how to use the Internet properly
B．discuss the bad effects of Internet addiction
C．explain why people have Internet addiction
D．give advice on getting over Internet addiction
解析：选D 写作意图题。本文中作者主要给出三条戒除网瘾的建议。
Ⅱ.阅读七选五
Even if you think that your parents are mean-spirited at times, loving your parents is a normal and fulfilling part of life. You love them for the fact that they created you, raised you, and are in part a source of who you are. Here are some ways to love your parents.
__1__ A gentle “Good morning” and “I love you” will warm a coldest heart. Remember that they brought you into this world. Without your parents, we might still wander at an unknown corner in an unknown world.
Respect them more and cherish these moments. You can use these moments to learn from them when you’re off on your own. It’s OK to get angry but angry actions don’t help you or your parents. Act calmly, cool off, or talk to a friend. __2__
Obey their requests. It will make your attitude better and earn you more respect from them. It may seem that you are going through hell (痛苦) when you don’t get what you want. However, you had better remember they keep a roof over your head when it’s cold, raining, snowing, or too hot. Understand that parents are human beings and make mistakes. __3__ Since you can forgive your friends, why not forgive your parents?
Keep company with them. Do things with your parents like watching TV, or go somewhere with them. __4__ Listen to their old stories and learn from them. You will find they are your teachers in this way or another.
Some people simply may not be able to love their parents. __5__ Seek help if you are being abused in any way. Parents do not have a right to harm you.
A．Forgiveness is the key.
B．Tell them you love them every morning.
C．Parents will in turn express their love to you.
D．After this, share your feelings with your parents.
E．Anyway, spend as much time with them as you can.
F．Please remember parents are as important as friends.
G．There can be realistic reasons for this, family violence for example.
语篇解读：也许你的父母在你的心目中并不完美，有这样那样的缺点和不足，但是，毕竟他们养育了你，也曾为你撑起一方无风无雨的天空。所以，一定要学会爱你的父母！
1．选B 根据下文“A gentle ’Good morning’ and ’I love you’”可知，此处建议读者每天早晨向父母表达你对他们的爱。
2．选D 上文介绍了一些处理愤怒等不良情绪的办法，最终，作者建议我们要向父母倾诉我们的情感。
3．选A 根据下文“Since you can forgive your friends, why not forgive your parents？”可知，此处建议要学会原谅父母的错误，因为他们也是普通人。
4．选E 根据上下文语境以及该段的主题句“Keep company with them.”可知，作者建议读者要尽可能多和父母待在一起。
5．选G 根据上下文语境可知，有些人对自己的父母爱不起来，是因为有一些客观的理由，比如家庭暴力，下文的“if you are being abused”是关键信息。
Module 2 No DrugsSection Ⅱ Introduction & Reading Language Points
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.cancern． 癌症
2.tobaccon. 烟草；烟丝
3.needlen. (注射用的)针；针管
4.nearbyadj. 附近的
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.addictiveadj. (药物等)上瘾的→addictn．&vt.对(药物等)上瘾的人；瘾君子；使上瘾→addiction n．瘾；入迷
2.dangern．危险→dangerous adj.危险的
3.injectvt.注射→injection n．注射
4.powerfuladj.有力的；(药等)有功效的→powerfully adv.有力地；强大地；强烈地→power n．力量；权力
5.reducevt.减少→reduction n．减少
1.drug n．毒品；药品
[词块] ①take/use drugs 吸食毒品
②powerful/strong drugs 强效药
③a drug addict 瘾君子
2.cancer n．癌症
[词块] ①contract/develop/set cancer 患癌症
②fight against cancer 与癌症抗争
③breast/skin cancer 乳腺/皮肤癌
④liver/lung/stomach cancer 肝/肺/胃癌
⑤cancer cell 癌细胞
3.powerful adj.有力的；(药等)有功效的
[联想] 后缀-ful形容词集合
①wonderful美妙的 ②careful仔细的
③harmful有害的 ④helpful有帮助的
⑤successful成功的 ⑥useful有用的
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.die_from 死于
2.(be)_related_to 有关系的/有关联的
3.look_up 查阅
4.share_...with_sb. 与某人分享……
5.belong_to 属于
6.become/be_addicted_to 对……上瘾；沉迷于
7.break_into 破门而入；强行闯入
8.in_danger 处于危险之中
1.during the 1990s 在二十世纪九十年代
2.heart disease/attack 心脏病
3.blood pressure 血压
4.heart rate 心率
5.be in terrible pain 非常痛苦
6.anti-social behaviour 反社会行为
7.take one’s advice 听取某人的意见
8.drug dealer 贩毒者
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.Smoking allows cocaine to reach the brain very quickly.
吸入的方式可以让可卡因很快进入大脑。
allow sb./sth. to do sth. “允许某人/某物做某事”。
My parents don’t allow_me_to_go to the party.
我的父母不允许我去参加宴会。
2.Using cocaineincreases the user’s heart rate and blood pressure.
使用可卡因会加快使用者的心率并使血压升高。
动名词(短语)作主语。
Reading_English_aloud in the morning will do you a lot of good.
早晨大声朗读英语会给你带来许多好处。
3.Now I work in a centre for drug addicts, helping others to stop taking drugs.
现在我在一家戒毒中心工作，帮助其他人戒毒。
现在分词短语作伴随状语。
They sat in the classroom, reading_the_books borrowed from the library.
他们坐在教室里，看从图书馆借来的书。
1．(教材P11)Thirteen peopledie(every hour/every day)from illnesses related to smoking tobacco, such as cancer, bronchitis and heart disease.
(每小时/每天)有13人死于与吸烟有关的疾病，像癌症、支气管炎和心脏病。
?die from死于……(通常指死于外因，如灾祸、暴力、负伤等)
die of 死于(内因)
die off 相继死去
die out 灭绝；完全消失
die down 逐渐减弱，平息
die away 逐渐消失
①A large number of ocean animals died fromglobal warming.
大量的海洋动物死于全球变暖。
②The flowers are dying_off because there has been no rain.
由于没有下雨，这些花正相继枯死。
③No one has come up with a better explanation of why dinosaurs died_out.
对于恐龙为什么灭绝，没有人给出更好的解释。
?(be) related to有关系的；有关联的
(1)relate ... to/with ... 把……与……联系起来
relate to 与……有关系/关联；涉及；有关
(2)relation n. 关系
in/with relation to 关于；与……相比
①Much of the crime in this area is related to drug abuse.
这一地区的许多犯罪都与吸毒有关。
②I can’t relate what you said to/with what I saw.
我不能把你说的与我看到的联系在一起。
③I have a lot to say in/with_relation_to that thing.
关于那件事，我有很多话要说。
2．(教材P12)reduce vt.减少；降低
(1)reduce ... to ... 把……减少到……
reduce ... by ... 把……减少了……
(2)reduce ... to (doing) sth.使……沦落到(更坏的)境地/(做)某事
①Everyone should try to reducethe amount of salt in our diet.
大家都应该在饮食中减少盐的摄入量。
②Though the price of the house has been reduced_by 10%, we can’t afford it either.
尽管房价下降了10%，我们还是买不起。
③They were reduced to begging (beg) for their living.
他们沦落到以乞讨为生的境地。
[名师点津] reduce和介词to搭配时，后接具体数字，与by搭配时，通常接百分数或具体数字，有类似用法的还有decrease, increase, rise等。
3．(教材P12)I’m 19 years old and I used to be a drug addict.
我19岁，曾经是个瘾君子。
?used to过去(常常)……(仅用于一般过去时)
①There used tobe low and dirty houses.
那里曾是些又矮又脏的房舍。
②He didn’t use to drive to work.
他过去不常开车去上班。
③Did he use to live in the countryside?
他过去常住在乡下吗？
[辨析比较] used to do sth., be used to (doing) sth., be used to do sth.
used to do sth.
表示过去惯常化的动作或经常存在的状态
be used to (doing) sth.
表示“习惯于……”，其中to为介词，后接(动)名词
be used to do sth.
为被动语态，表示“被用来做某事”
选用上述短语填空
④Mr White used_to live in China, so he is_used_to eating Chinese dishes.
怀特先生过去常住在中国，所以习惯吃中国菜。
⑤The wood can be_used_to make furniture.
木头可以被用来做家具。
?addict n．对(药物等)上瘾的人；瘾君子vt.使上瘾；使沉溺于……
(1)addict oneself to 沉溺于……；醉心于……
be/become/get addicted to ...
沉迷于……；热爱……，迷上……
(2)addictive adj. 使人上瘾的
addiction n. 瘾，入迷，嗜好
①Don’t addict yourself tosuch foolish things.
不要沉迷在这些愚蠢的事情上面。
②They are/become/get_addicted_to computer games, which will have a bad effect on their studies.
他们沉迷于电脑游戏，这会对他们的学习有不良影响。
③Some students are now fighting their addiction(addict) to computer games.
现在一些学生正努力戒除电脑游戏的瘾。
4．(教材P12)Users who inject the drug are also in more danger if they share needles with other users.
如果那些注射毒品的人和其他毒品使用者共用针头的话，他们会处在更大的危险中。
?danger n．[U]危险；[C]危险的人或物
(1)in danger 处于危险之中
in danger of 有……的危险
out of danger 脱离危险
(2)dangerous adj. 危险的
①Police said the man was a dangerto the public.
警方说这名男子对公众来说是个危险分子。
②Many dangerous animals are_in_danger_of dying out.
很多危险的动物正面临灭绝的危险．
③The operation was a success and she is now out_of_danger.
手术成功了，她现在已脱离危险。
[名师点津] in danger意为“处于危险之中”，说明某一主体所处的状态；而dangerous意为“危险的”，指某一主体给他人带来危险。
形象记忆
?share sth. with sb.与某人共用/分享/分担某物
share ... among/between ... 在……之间分配……
share joys and sorrows (with sb.) (与某人)同甘共苦
①I have very good news to share withyou.
我有很好的消息与你分享。
②After his death, his money was shared among/between his children.
他死后，他的钱就分给了孩子们。
③Good friends are those who can share joys and sorrows with you.
好朋友就是那些能与你同甘共苦的人。
5．(教材P13)Read parts 1－6 and decide which article they belong to.
阅读1－6部分，判断它们属于哪篇文章。
?belong to属于
①Time goes by quietly and the past doesn’t belong to us.
时间悄无声息地流逝，过去的已不再属于我们。
②All the workers belonging(belong) to the factory must obey the rule.
这个工厂的所有工人必须遵守规章制度。
[名师点津] belong to不用于进行时态和被动语态，后面接人称代词作宾语时，要用宾格形式。
[译] 这辆自行车是我的。
[误] The bike is belonging to me.
[误] The bike is belonged to me.
[误] The bike belongs to mine.
[正] The bike belongs to me.
6．(教材P13)The next day, Ibroke intoa house and stole a television and a video recorder.
第二天，我闯进一户人家，偷了一台电视机和一台录像机。
?break into破门而入；强行闯入；突然……起来
break in 打断；闯入
break out 爆发
break through 突破
break down (身体)垮掉；(机器)出故障；(化学)分解
break up 打碎；拆散；分解
break off 折断；中断
①She heard footsteps behind her and broke into a run.
她听到身后有脚步声，拔腿跑了起来。
②Scientists hope to break_through soon in their fight against heart disease.
科学家希望在治疗心脏病方面能很快有所突破。
③You will break_down sooner or later if you go on working like that.
如果你继续像那样工作的话，迟早会累垮的。
[名师点津] break into中into为介词，其后须接宾语；而break in中in为副词，属不及物动词短语，表示“强行闯入；插嘴”。
④Daddy would occasionally break in with a suggestion.
爸爸偶尔会插话来提出建议。
7．(教材P13)He told me that I could die if I didn’t stop taking crack cocaine, so I took his adviceand stopped immediately.
他告诉我如果我不停止吸食强效纯可卡因我就可能会死，因此我听取了他的建议，立刻戒毒了。
?take one’s advice ＝ follow one’s advice 听取某人的意见
ask (sb.) for advice (向某人)征求建议
give sb. advice on 就……给某人提建议
a piece of advice 一条建议
①If you take/follow my advice, you’ll pass the exam.
如果你听从我的建议，你考试会及格的。
②Can you give me some advice on where to buy good maps?
在哪里能买到好的地图，你能给我些建议吗？
③He asked me for advice on how to make friends.
他曾经就如何交友向我征求建议。
1．Using cocaine increases the user’s heart rate and blood pressure.
使用可卡因会加快使用者的心率并使血压升高。
using cocaine为动名词短语，在句中作主语。谓语动词用了单数increases。
(1)动名词(短语)作主语通常表示经常性或习惯性的动作或行为，表示具体的动作或行为需用不定式(短语)。
①Eating too much fat is no good for your health.
吃太多肥肉对健康没好处。
②To see him is my purpose of coming here.
我来这儿的目的是看望他。
(2)动名词(短语)作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。
③Missing the bus means(mean) waiting for another hour.
错过了这班公交车意味着再等一个小时。
(3)动名词(短语)作主语时，有时可用it作形式主语，而将作真正主语的动名词(短语)置于句末。
④It is no use talking to him — he won’t listen.
跟他谈没有用，他不会听的。
(4)动名词(短语)作主语时，可以用名词所有格或形容词性物主代词作逻辑主语。
⑤Rose’s comingwon’t be of much help.
罗丝的到来不会起到很大作用。
⑥His_being_late made our teacher very angry.
他的迟到使我们的老师非常生气。
2．Now I work in a centre for drug addicts, helping others to stop taking drugs.
现在我在一家戒毒中心工作，帮助其他人戒毒。
(1)句中现在分词短语helping others ...作伴随状语，伴随状语的逻辑主语通常是全句的主语，其表示的动作或状态与谓语动词的动作或状态是同时发生的。
①They walked along the street, singing and laughing.
他们又唱又笑地沿着街道散步。
②He sat in the armchair, reading_a_newspaper.
他坐在扶手椅上读报纸。
(2)现在分词短语作状语，还可以表示时间、条件、原因、结果、让步等。
③Walking by the lake, I met an old friend.
沿着湖边散步时，我遇到了一位老朋友。(时间状语)
④Living far from my company, I have to get up early every morning.
由于住得离公司太远，我每天早晨只好早起。(原因状语)
⑤The parents died, leaving (leave) the child an orphan.
父母死了，使这个孩子成了孤儿。(结果状语)
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．I’m not used to eating (eat) so much at lunchtime.
2．Mary shared her chocolate with the other kids.
3．Tom, addicted (addict) to the Internet, failed in the exam.
4．The number of unemployment has been reduced by 10 percent.
5．It is dangerous (danger) for a girl to go out alone at night.
6．It is no use asking him for help.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．The landscape belongs_to_the_man (属于那个人) who looks at it.
2．Going_to_bed_early_and_getting_up_early (早睡早起) is a good habit.
3．The old man died_from_a_car_accident (死于车祸) last year.
4．They were so angry that they broke_into_a_quarrel (突然开始争吵起来).
5．I’ll take_your_advice (听从你的意见) and go to see a doctor soon.
6．More and more people die of illness related_to_using_drugs (与吸毒有关的)．
7．They stood outside the classroom, talking_and_laughing (有说有笑)．
8．He usedn’t_to/didn’t_use_to (过去没有) be so fat.
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．As we all know, smoking can cause lung cancer (癌症)．
2．The problem with computer games is that they are addictive (令人上瘾的)．
3．One of the biggest dangers (危险的事情) we face may be the climate change.
4．They have reduced (降低) the prices in the shop, so it’s a good time to go shopping.
5．We went out to have dinner in a nearby (附近的) restaurant.
6．This drug (药品) can’t be swallowed; it has to be injected (注射)．
7．The newly-made medicine is the most powerful (有功效的) in stopping headaches.
8．Her finger was hurt by the needle (针) while she was making the dress.
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．The thief broke in the office and stole some money.in→into
2．Though he was badly injured, he is now out of the danger.去掉the
3．He took the book belonged to Jack by mistake.belonged→belonging
4．Some animals died from starvation in winter.from→of
5．Now I have been used to get up early.get→getting
6．Addicting to Chinese culture, he decided to learn Chinese in a night school. Addicting→Addicted
7．One evening Harry phoned me, asked me to come to his flat as soon as possible.asked→asking或在asked前加and
8．Listening to loud music have caused hearing loss in some teenagers.have→has
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．Mastering_a_foreign_language is of great help in our life.
掌握一门外语对我们的生活非常有帮助。
2．Many people in the area died_from accidents related_to drinking alcohol.
这个地区很多人死于与饮酒有关的事故。
3．Diaoyu Islands consisting of a group of islands, have_belonged_to_China since ancient times.
由一群岛屿构成的钓鱼岛，从古代起就属于中国。
4．As a kid, he was willing to share_his_toys_with_his_friends.
小时候，他很喜欢和他的朋友分享他的玩具。
5．The boy didn’t_take_the_teacher’s_advice so he missed the chance.
这个男孩不听老师的建议，因而错过了机会。
6．The boy sat by the door, waiting_for_his_mother_to_return.
那男孩坐在门旁，等着妈妈回来。
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
Adam Rouse used to be a drug addict, 1.who first started using drugs at 15 and continued to buy cannabis from a man in the street for about six months. Then the man offered him some 2. powerful (power) crack cocaine. When Adam went back and wanted 3.more (much) crack cocaine, the man asked him for a lot of money. 4.But he didn’t have enough money, and was in great pain.
Then Adam broke 5.into a house, stole a television and a video recorder and sold them in a shop. With the money he bought some more crack cocaine from the same man. By this time, he was addicted 6.to crack cocaine. And he had to steal something every day 7.to_pay (pay) for the drugs. Finally he 8.was_taken (take) to the police station, where he took the doctor’s advice and stopped taking crack cocaine 9.immediately (immediate). Now Adam Rouse works in a center for drug addicts, 10.helping (help) others to stop taking drugs.
Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达
二十世纪90年代(during the 1990s)，麦克的妻子生病了。这种病和她常年劳累、不休息有关(be related to)。不久，医生宣布麦克的妻子死于(die from)癌症(cancer)。听到这个消息(现在分词短语作状语)，他哭着闯进(break into)了妻子的病房。妻子去世之后，他把属于(belong to)妻子的所有东西收拾好。由于(as a result of)悲痛，麦克染上(become addicted to)了酒瘾。他常常(used to)上班迟到，在上班睡觉。因此，他处在了失去工作的危险境地(in danger of)。朋友们劝他不要放弃自己。麦克接受了朋友的劝告(take one’s advice)，戒掉了酒瘾。现在麦克是一个志愿者，帮助那些癌症患者(现在分词短语作伴随状语)。
During_the_1990s,_Mike’ s_wife_fell_ill._The_illness_was_related_to_her_hard_work
_and_no_rest_all_the_year_round._Soon，the_doctor_said_Mike’ s_wife_died_from_cancer.
_Hearing_the_news,_he_broke_into_his_wife’ s_sickroom,_crying._He_put_away_ all_the
_things_belonging_to_his_wife_after_her_death._And_Mike_became_addicted_to_drinking_as_a_result_of_great_grief._He_used_to_be_late_for_work_and_fell_asleep_at_work._As_a_result,_he_was_in_danger_of_losing_his_job._His_friend_advised_him_not_to_give_himself_up._Mike_took_his_friend’ s_advice_and_stopped_drinking._Now_he_works_as_a_volunteer, _helping_other
_people_with_cancer.
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.完形填空
Over the past six years my life has changed. I moved from a __1__ neighborhood to a neighborhood where drugs were of higher value than __2__.
Every time I saw the violence in the street, I __3__ to study hard. My determination was what __4__ me to work hard at my lessons. I do let the negatives influence me ( __5__， right？). I let them influence me in a way that makes me try very hard for something better. I refuse to be the beggar and drug taker at the corner, __6__ endlessly, asking for a dollar in order to see another __7__.
My parents want the best for me. They are both __8__ to me and it was sad to learn that their marriage broke up. Seeing them both in pain is something that I have to __9__. There are times when I feel like I could have done something different to __10__ the situations.
I like playing baseball. It is __11__ to me. One day, I felt a sharp pain in my __12__. It kept me from __13__ entirely. A yoga (瑜伽) teacher __14__ me. She said, “That is some knot (硬结), Sean! You’re __15__！” At that moment, tears filled my eyes. The year-long suffering seemed to __16__ at once. That knot in my back was more than just a __17__. It meant the pain that I felt but nobody could __18__. It was a symbol for how greatly my __19__ affected me. I needed someone to __20__ me, someone to push that knot out of my back.
语篇解读：生活中许多不如意的事让作者非常痛苦，但是他决定要让它们给他带来好的影响。
1．A.distant B．large
C．poor D．safe
解析：选D 由第3空前的violence可知，作者原来住的社区非常安全，但是现在这个地方充满着暴力和毒品。
2．A.survival B．money
C．education D．hope
解析：选C 从第3空后的study hard可知，在这个地方，毒品比教育更重要。
3．A.decided B．remembered
C．prepared D．agreed
解析：选A 根据下句中的determination可知，每次作者看到街头的暴力事件，他都会决定要刻苦学习。
4．A.taught B．pushed
C．allowed D．begged
解析：选B 从上句作者的行动判断，他的决心激励着他努力学习。
5．A.strange B．difficult
C．obvious D．simple
解析：选A 由本空前的“I do let the negatives influence me”可知，作者要让这些消极的事情影响他，这听起来很奇怪，不是吗？
6．A.sleeping B．crying
C．complaining D．shaking
解析：选D 从本空前后的“at the corner”和“asking for a dollar”推断，作者可不想成为那个缩在角落的流浪汉或吸毒者，在那里瑟瑟发抖。
7．A.solution B．friend
C．day D．point
解析：选C 这个人缩在角落里乞讨，活一天算一天。
8．A.familiar B．similar
C．true D．important
解析：选D 从“it was sad to learn that their marriage broke up”可知，父母对作者来说很重要。
9．A.live with B．wait for
C．clear away D．talk of
解析：选A 父母的婚姻破裂，他们很痛苦，但作者还得看着这些痛苦生活。
10．A.report B．improve
C．check D．create
解析：选B 由本空前的“I could have done something different”可知，作者想改善这种状况。
11．A.close B．equal
C．meaningful D．useful
解析：选C 作者喜欢棒球，它对作者很有意义。
12．A.leg B．head
C．hand D．back
解析：选D 从下文中的“That knot in my back”可知，作者感到后背一阵巨痛。
13．A.running B．playing
C．walking D．fighting
解析：选B 背上的巨痛让作者无法打球。
14．A.examined B．found
C．asked D．changed
解析：选A 从下文内容可知，一个瑜伽老师帮作者做检查。
15．A.angry B．stressed
C．young D．dangerous
解析：选B 从上文作者最近遇到的事可知，瑜伽老师说，这是由于作者心情不愉快，有压力造成的。
16．A.fall behind B．build up
C．come back D．set off
解析：选C 从上句中的“tears filled my eyes”可知，作者一年来的痛苦似乎一下子又回来了。
17．A.pity B．pain
C．worry D．shock
解析：选B 作者后背上的硬结不仅仅是一种疼痛，它意味着他内心没有人能看到的痛苦。
18．A.discover B．control
C．see D．believe
解析：选C 参见上题解析。
19．A.situations B．habits
C．efforts D．ideas
解析：选A 作者面临的种种不愉快的情况对他造成了很大影响。
20．A.protect B．remind
C．help D．warn
解析：选C 由本空后的“push that knot out of my back”可知，作者需要有人来帮他一把。
Ⅱ.短文改错
Now some of the students are addicting to network novels and some even read them in class, affecting their study. The school will organize a one-month reading project help students choose good books to read them. Every student is requiring to read a famous book and then write a essay after finishing the book. By doing so, the students can develop their read skill and enrich their life. They can get away from bad affects and form a good attitude of life. At the end of the month, all the students would also hold a speech competition to praise those the teachers think stand out in the activity.
答案：第一句：addicting→addicted
第二句：在help前加to；去掉them
第三句：requiring→required; a essay→an essay
第四句：read→reading
第五句：affects→effects; of→to/towards
第六句：would→will；在those之后加who
Module 2 No DrugsSection Ⅲ Grammar 不定式（短语）作目的状语和结果状语从句
?语法图解
?探究发现
①I stole something every dayto payfor the drugs.
②I took the doctor’s advice in order not to continue taking drugs.
③I refused to take the drug so as not to become addicted.
④He raised his voice in order to be heard by all the students.
⑤He spoke slowly for us to followhim.
⑥Some people feelsonervous that they call the police.
⑦It was such a dangerous drug that he nearly died.
⑧He worked hard at his lessons, so thathe gained high grades in the exams.
[我的发现]
(1)在例句①～⑤中，不定式(短语)都作目的状语。
(2)不定式的否定形式只需在不定式符号to前加not，如例句②③。
(3)不定式的被动式为to_be_done，如例句④。
(4)不定式作目的状语时，句子的主语应是不定式动作的发出者。但如果不是，就要用for_sb._to_do_sth.，如例句⑤。
(5)例句⑥⑦⑧是结果状语从句。其中such修饰名词(短语)，so修饰形容词或副词。
一、不定式(短语)作目的状语
不定式(短语)作目的状语，主要用来修饰动词，表示某一动作或状态的目的。
1．to do ...为了……
这种形式可置于句首(起强调作用，有逗号与句子隔开)或句尾(通常不用逗号隔开)。在句首时常译为“为了……”；在句尾时常译作“以便……，目的是……”。
To catch the early bus, I got up early this morning.
为了赶上早班车，我今天早上很早就起床了。
We work hard to be admitted to a key university.
我们努力学习，目的是考上重点大学。
[名师点津] 不定式(短语)表示的是主语的目的，因此其逻辑主语通常是句子的主语。
[译]为了画好地图，你需要一支特殊的钢笔。
[误]To draw maps properly, a special pen is needed.
[正]To draw maps properly, you need a special pen.
2．in order to do ...为了……
这种形式更能突出目的性，既可以置于句首又可以置于句尾。
In order to lose weight, he takes exercise like crazy.
＝He takes exercise like crazy in order to lose weight.
为了减肥，他拼命锻炼。
3．so as to do ...为了……
这种形式与in order to do ... 一样突出目的性，但so as to do ... 不能置于句首。
He closed the window so as to keepwarm.
为了保暖他关上了窗户。
[名师点津] 不定式的否定式均是在to前加not。
We had better hurry up in order/so as not to be late for class.
为了不上课迟到，我们最好快点。
[即时演练1]
(1)选出不定式作目的状语的句子
①We must do everything we can to help them.
②He left, never to return.
③To do a good job, we must have the right tools.
④We jumped with joy to hear the news.
⑤She was too young to understand all that.
⑥She studied very hard to get high grades.
⑦Many farmers fertilize their crops in order to make them grow more quickly.
⑧We plant trees every year so as to protect the soil on the hill.
答案：①，③，⑥，⑦，⑧
(2)一句多译
我们将召开会议来讨论这种不健康的生活方式。
①We’ll hold a meeting to_discuss the unhealthy lifestyle.
②We’ll hold a meeting in_order_to_discuss the unhealthy lifestyle.
③We’ll hold a meeting so_as_to_discuss the unhealthy lifestyle.
④In_order_to_discuss the unhealthy lifestyle, we’ll hold a meeting .
⑤To_discuss the unhealthy lifestyle, we’ll hold a meeting .
4．不定式的复合结构作目的状语
当不定式(短语)有自己的执行者时，需用不定式的复合结构for sb. to do作状语。
He opened the doorfor the children to come in.
他打开门以便孩子们进来。
5．目的状语从句与不定式的转换
不定式(短语)作目的状语可以与目的状语从句相互转换。
(1)当目的状语从句中的主语与主句中的主语相同时，可以直接简化为不定式或不定式短语作状语。例如：
We dressed up in order that/so thatwe could start early.
＝We dressed up in order to/so as tostart early.
我们穿戴整齐以便早点动身。
(2)当目的状语从句中的主语与主句中的主语不相同时，要用动词不定式的复合结构作状语。
I came early in order thatyou might read my report before the meeting.
＝I came earlyfor you to read my report before the meeting.
我早点来是为了你在会前可以看我的报告。
[即时演练2] 句型转换
①We stayed in Beijing so that/in order that we could visit the Bird’s Nest.
→We stayed in Beijing so_as_to/in_order_to_visit the Bird’s Nest.
②We will do everything for them to live happily.
→We will do everything in_order_that/so_that_they_can_live happily.
③We’ll hold a meeting in order that you can know the programme.
→We’ll hold a meeting for_you_to_know the programme.
二、结果状语从句
结果状语从句表示事情的结果，常置于主句之后。 结果状语从句常用so ... that ..., such ... that, so that三种形式来表示。
1. so ... that ...句型
(1)so ＋形容词/副词＋that从句
His father was so angry that he turned the table upside down.
他父亲很生气，以至于把桌子掀翻了。
(2)so＋形容词＋a/an＋可数名词(单数)＋that从句
It was so hot a day that they wanted to go swimming.
天那么热，他们想去游泳。
(3)so＋many/much/little (少)/few＋名词＋that从句
There were so many people there thatI couldn’t pick her out.
那儿有很多人，我不能认出她来。
[名师点津] 当little作“小的”解时，其前用such。试比较：
He gave me so little time thatI could not finish the work on time.
他给我的时间如此少，以至于我不能按时完成任务。
He is such a little boy that he can’t understand this word.
他是如此小的一个男孩，以至于他不懂这个词的意思。
2. such ... that ...句型
(1)such＋a/an＋形容词＋可数名词(单数)＋that从句
She is such a lovely girl thatwe all like her.
她是一个如此可爱的女孩，以至于我们大家都喜欢她。
(2)such＋形容词＋可数名词(复数)/不可数名词＋that从句
They are such friendly kids thatwe all like to be friends with them.
他们是一群友善的孩子，我们都喜欢和他们做朋友。
He has madesuch great progress thatthe teachers are pleased with him.
他进步很快，老师们对他很满意。
[名师点津] 当“so/such＋被修饰的部分”位于句首时，主句要部分倒装。
So strong was the wind that he could hardly move forward.
风刮得如此猛烈，以至于他几乎是寸步难行。
Such a beautiful park is it that lots of visitors come here every year.
它是一个如此美丽的公园，每年有很多游客来这里。
[即时演练3]
(1)选词填空：so/such
①He speaks so fast that no one can catch him.
②It is such nice weather that I would like to go to the beach.
③It was so cold a day that there was nobody in the street.
④They are such good villagers that we get on well with them.
⑤You can’t imagine such little birds can eat so many insects in such a short time.
(2)句型转换
①He spoke so loudly that everyone could hear him clearly.
→So loudly_did_he_speak that everyone could hear him clearly.
②It is such a lovely day that I’d like to go on a picnic.
→Such a_lovely_day_is_it that I’d like to go on a picnic.
3．so that句型
so that可引导结果状语从句，译为“因此，结果”，通常用逗号和主句隔开。还可引导目的状语从句，此时从句中常有can, could, might, may等情态动词。试比较：
He turned up the radio,so thateveryone heard the song.
他把收音机的音量调高了，结果每个人都听到了那首歌。(结果状语从句)
He turned up the radio so thateveryone could hear the song.
他把收音机的音量调高，目的是每个人都能听见那首歌。(目的状语从句)
[即时演练4] 完成句子
①他起得很早，结果赶上了第一班车。
He got up early, so that he_caught_the_first_bus.
②请说得再大点声，以便我们能听得清楚。
Please speak louder so that we_can_hear_clearly.
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．To_keep (keep) fit, she takes exercise every day.
2．I ran all the way so as not_to_be (not be) late for the important meeting.
3．He has so little education that he is unable to find a job.
4．Tom was such an honest boy that he was praised.
5．She has so many friends that she never feels lonely.
6．The shop sells such expensive goods that I want to buy nothing in it.
7．We paid him immediately, so that he left (leave) happily.
8．The children talked so loudly at dinner table that I had to shout to_be_heard (hear)．
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．To_be_a_good_teacher,_one must first be a good person.
要做一名好老师，先要做一个好人。
2．In_order_to/To_save the drowning child, he lay down his own life.
为了救落水儿童，他付出了自己的生命。
3．The boy worked very hard in_order/so_as_to_make_up_for_the_lost_time.
这个男孩非常努力，为的是弥补失去的时间。
4．He earned so_little_money_that he couldn’t support his family.
他挣的钱如此少，以至于养不起家。
5．They are such_interesting_films_that we want to see them a second time.
这些电影那么有趣，我们想再看一遍。
6．English is so_interesting_a_subject/such_an_interesting_subject_that everyone enjoys learning it.
英语是如此有趣的一个科目，以至于大家都喜欢学。
7．So badly was_he_injured_that he had to be sent to the hospital.
他伤得很重，不得不被送往医院。
8．Our teacher spoke slowly so_that_the_students_could_understand_him.
我们的老师讲得慢，以便学生能听懂。
Ⅲ.短文改错
Manager,
I am an exchange student from China. Yesterday, I went to your cinema see a film. The film was very well, but I did not enjoy it because there were some problems in the cinema.
First, the film was delayed as there were so much advertisements at the beginning. It was rather annoyed. Second, the sound of the film was too loud that I could hardly bear. The EXIT signs could not be seen clearly, which presented potential safety problems. If something terribly should happen, it will be difficult for people to get out quickly.
As a visitor to your city, I’m disappointed with my experience in your cinema. I am writing a letter in the hope that you can consider on these problems and make some improvements.
Yours faithfully,
Li Hua
答案：第二句：在see前加to
第三句：well→good
第四句：much→many
第五句：annoyed→annoying
第六句：too→so；在bear后加it
第八句：terribly→terrible; will→would
第十句：a→the；去掉on
Module 2 No DrugsSection Ⅳ Other Parts of the Module
[原文呈现] [读文清障]
Stop Smoking①Now — We Can Help!
In almost every US city and town, there are local organisations to help people stop smoking②. Participants③ learn torecognise④ smoking triggers⑤ (things that start them smoking) and they try to⑥ set a date⑦ in the future⑧when they will stop smoking⑨.
One of the most popular and successful is the California Smokers’ Helpline. Here is an extract? from one of their leaflets?.
When you really want a cigarette — try the four Ds：
1 Delay?： Look at your watch and wait for a couple of? minutes. If you can wait two minutes, you won’t want to smoke.
2 Distraction?： Whatever you’re doing when you want to smoke? — do something else! For example, if you’re alone?， find someone to talk to. If you’re sitting down, take a short walk.
3 Drink water: If you drink water, you reduce the need to have something in your mouth?.
4 Deep breathing: Breathe in slowly and deeply. Count to? five when your lungs are full. Then breathe out slowly. Repeat several times.
①stop smoking戒烟
②to help people stop smoking 为不定式短语作定语。
③participant/pa?’tIsIp?nt/n．参与者；参加者
④recognise/’rek?g?naIz/vt.认识；认知；认出
⑤trigger n. 引发问题的因素
⑥try to do sth. 尽力做某事
try doing sth. 试着做某事
⑦set a date 定个日期
⑧in the future 在将来 in future 今后
⑨when引导定语从句，修饰date。
helpline n．服务热线
?extract n．摘录
?leaflet/’li?fl?t/n．传单；印刷品
?delay n. 拖延(时间)
?a couple of 一双，一对；两三个
?distraction/dI’str?k?n/n．分心；分散注意力
?whatever无论什么，引导让步状语从句，该从句中又含有when引导的时间状语从句。
?alone adj.独自一人的；孤单的(强调客观)
lonely adj.孤独的(强调主观)
?to have ... mouth是need的定语。
?count to 数到
现在戒烟——我们能帮助！
[以上部分译文]
几乎在美国的每一个城镇都有帮助人们戒烟的地方性组织。参与者学着认识吸烟的诱因(让他们开始吸烟的事物)并试图在未来选定一个他们将要戒烟的日期。
其中最受欢迎的也是最成功的组织之一就是“加利福尼亚吸烟者服务热线”。下面是其中一份传单的摘录：
当你确实想要抽烟时——试试“4D”：
1．拖延(时间)：看着手表，等几分钟。假如你可以等上两分钟，那你就不再想抽烟了。
2．分散注意力：无论你在做什么，当你想吸烟时——做点别的！例如，如果你是一个人，那就找人聊聊天。如果你正坐着，那就散一小会儿步。
3．喝水：如果喝了水，你就会减少想在嘴里含点儿什么的需要。
4．深呼吸：慢慢地、深深地吸气，当你的肺充满的时候数到5，然后再慢慢地呼气。重复几次。
And here are some ideas to help people to give up? smoking:
1 Make a plan： Make a list of friends who smoke and places where you smoke. Don’t see those people and don’t go to those places!
2 Set a date when you’re going to stop： Choose a time when you will be relaxed but also too busy to think about smoking.
3 Keep busy: Instead of smoking, make a phone call, take a short walk, talk with a friend.
4 Develop new interests: Exercise — walking, biking,jogging， swimming, or taking a gymnastic class — helps you to forget about cigarettes.
?give up 戒除；放弃
make a plan 制定计划
make a list of 列一份……的清单
when引导定语从句，修饰date。
relaxed adj.放松的
too ...to ... 太……以至于不能……
instead of 代替；而不是
develop vt.培养；发展
jogging/’d??gI?/n．慢跑
gymnastic/d?Im’n?stIk/adj.体操的
[以上部分译文]
这里还有一些帮助人们戒烟的办法：
1.制定一个计划：把你那些吸烟的朋友和你吸烟的地方列一张清单。别去见那些人，也别去那些地方！
2.定一个你打算戒烟的日期：选择一个你很放松但又太忙而来不及考虑吸烟的时候。
3.保持忙碌：打个电话，散一小会儿步，和朋友说说话，就不要抽烟了。
4.培养新兴趣：锻炼——散步、骑车、慢跑、游泳或者上体操课——会帮你忘记香烟。
Step 1 Skim the text and answer the following questions.
1．What’s the main idea of this passage?
The_passage_mainly_tells_us_how_to_stop_smoking.
2. According to the text, what are the four Ds you try when you really want a cigarette?
_Delay;_Distraction;_Drink_water;_Deep_breathing.
3. What new interests can you develop to give up smoking according to the text?
Walking,_biking,_jogging,_swimming,_or_taking_a_gymnastic_class.
Step 2 Choose the best answers according to the text.
1．Which of the following CANNOT help you to give up smoking?
A．Don’t see your friends who smoke.
B．Keep busy.
C．Develop new interests.
D．Eat as much as possible.
2．What’s the purpose of the California Smokers’ Helpline?
A．To tell people smoking is bad for their health.
B．To help people stop smoking.
C．To help people set a date on which they’ll stop smoking.
D．To persuade people not to smoke.
3．You most probably find this text in the ________ column in a newspaper.
A．scientific B．cultural
C．life D．sports
4．If you began smoking just because you felt lonely, you can stop it by ________.
A．deep breathing
B．taking a gymnastic class
C．finding a friend to talk to
D．taking a short walk
答案：1～4 DBCC
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.adultn． 成人
2.joggingn. 慢跑
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.burglaryn．盗窃；窃案；盗窃罪→burglar n．窃贼
2.crimen．罪行；犯罪行为→criminaln．罪犯
3.connectionn．联系；关系；关联→connect vt.联系；连接
4.illegaladj.违法的；不合法的→legal adj.合法的
5.treatmentn．治疗→treat v．治疗；对待
6.disagreevi.不同意；意见不合→disagreement n．不同意；争执
7.horribleadj.令人不快的；极讨厌的→horror n．恐怖；厌恶
8.participantn．参与者；参加者→participate v．参加；参与
9.recognisevt.认识；认知；认出→recognition n．认出，识别
10.distractionn．分心；分散注意力→distract vt.分散……的注意力
11.gymnasticadj.体操的→gymnastics n．体操
1.likely adj.可能的
[联想] 后缀-ly形容词荟萃
①lovely可爱的 ②lively生动活泼的
③lonely孤独寂寞的 ④friendly友好的
2.crime n．罪行；犯罪行为
[词块] ①fight crime打击犯罪活动 ②commit a crime犯罪
③serious crime严重的犯罪 ④crime rate犯罪率
3.jogging n．慢跑
[联想] 各种体育运动
①rope skipping跳绳 ②running跑步
③long jump跳远 ④high jump跳高
4.participant n．参与者；参加者
[联想] 后缀-ant常见名词
①assistant助手；助理 ②servant仆人
③merchant商人；店主 ④accountant会计
5.horrible adj.令人不快的；极讨厌的
[联想] 归纳-ible结尾形容词
①impossible 不可能的
②terrible 可怕的；糟糕的
③accessible 可进入的；可使用的
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.put_up 提高；抬高
2.be_against 违背
3.such_as 例如；诸如……之类
4.agree/disagree_with_sb. 同意/不同意某人
5.a_couple_of 一双；一对；两三个
6.give_up 戒除；放弃
7.make_a_list_of 列一份……的清单
8.instead_of 代替；而不是
1.advertising campaign 广告宣传活动
2.break the law 犯法
3.shopping centre 购物中心
4.public transport 公共交通
5.set a date 定个日期
6.in the future 在将来，在未来
7.make a plan 制定计划
8.develop new interests 培养新兴趣
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.I think it would be good if they banned smoking in restaurants and cafés as well.
我认为如果他们在餐馆和咖啡馆也禁烟就好了。
if虚拟条件句，表示与现在事实相反。
If I were you, I_would_marry_her.
如果我是你，我就娶她。
2.Whatever you’re doing when you want to smoke — do something else！
无论你在做什么，当你想吸烟时——做点别的！
whatever“无论什么”，引导让步状语从句。
Whatever_happens,_you shouldn’t lose heart.
无论发生什么事，你都不要丧失信心。
3.Choose a time when you will be relaxed but alsotoo busy to thinkabout smoking.
选择一个你很放松但又太忙而来不及考虑吸烟的时候。
too ...to ... “太……而不能……”。
She is too_busy_to_look_after_her child.
她太忙了，不能照顾自己的孩子。
1．(教材P14)The government put up the price of cigarettes in order to stop people buying them.
政府提高香烟价格为了阻止人们购买它们。
?put up 增加，提高；举起；建造，搭起；张贴；为……提供食宿，投宿；留……过夜
写出下列句中put up的含义
①They’ve put up the rent by 20 pounds a month.提高
②Put upyour hand when you ask questions.举起
③Have you put up the tent？搭起
④Put up the school timetable.张贴
⑤We can putall of you up for the night.留……过夜
[名师点津] put 相关短语荟萃：
①put on 穿上
②put off 推迟，拖延；使分神
③put away 把……收拾好；储存
④put down 记下，放下；镇压
⑤put out 扑灭
2．(教材P15)Do all drug users attend treatment centres?
所有吸毒者都进入戒毒中心了吗？
?treatment n．治疗；对待
(1)treatment for ... 对……的治疗
(2)treat v. 治疗；对待；款待
n. 请客，作东
treat ...as ... 把……看作……
treat sb.to ... 款待某人……
This/It is my treat. 由我请客/付钱。
①The injured in the earthquake have received timely treatment in the hospital.
地震中的受伤人员已经在医院得到了及时的治疗。
②The local people are so friendly that they treat us as their friends.
当地人很友好，他们把我们当成他们的朋友对待。
③The host treated us to a delicious meal.
主人用一顿丰盛的饭菜招待我们。
3．(教材P16)Drug users are morelikely to get into trouble at school.
吸毒者更有可能在学校陷入麻烦。
?likely adj.可能的adv.可能
(1)be likely to do sth. 很可能做某事
It is likely that ... 很可能……
not likely 绝不可能，才不呢(表示强烈反对)
(2)unlikely adj. 不太可能的
①My parentsis very likely not to allowme to go.
＝It_is_very_likely_that my parents will not allow me to go.
我父母很可能不会让我去。
②—He said that you’d be giving them a lift.
—Not_likely!
——他说你会让他们搭便车。
——绝不可能！
[辨析比较] likely, possible, probable
likely
指从表面迹象来判断，表面上看来有可能。常用结构：Sth./Sb. is likely to do sth.; It’s likely that ...
possible
指客观上有可能，也许实际发生的可能性并不大。常用结构：It is possible (for sb.) to do sth.; It is possible that ...
probable
表示有几分根据的推测，比possible表示的可能性大，一般不用表示人的词作主语。常用结构： It is probable that ...
选用上述单词填空
③It is possible that it will rain, but with such a blue sky it doesn’t seem probable. In that case, we are likely to go climbing this afternoon.
天可能会下雨，但是有如此蓝天，似乎不大可能。如果那样的话，我们今天下午很可能去爬山。
4．(教材P18)I completely disagree.
我完全不同意。
?disagree vi.不同意；意见不合
(1)disagree with 不同意；不适合
disagree to 不同意(建议、提案、主意等)
disagree on 就……意见不统一
(2)disagreement n. 分歧，不一致，意见不合
agree v. 同意，意见一致；约定
agreement n. 协议；同意；一致
①Hedisagreed with his parents on most things.
他在多数事情上都与父母意见不一。
②The climate here disagrees_with me.
这儿的气候对我不适合。
[语境串记] A few people agreed to the suggestion while most people disagreed, so no agreement was made.
一些人同意这个提议，而大部分人反对，所以并未达成一致意见。
形象记忆
5.(教材P18)The government is thinking about banning smoking on public transport.
政府正在考虑禁止在公交车上吸烟。
?ban vt.禁止；取缔n.禁止；禁令
(1)ban doing sth. 禁止做某事
ban sb. from doing sth. 禁止某人做某事
(2)a ban on ... 有关……的禁令
put a ban on 禁止……
①Swimming is banned in this lake.
这个湖里禁止游泳。
②He was banned from driving for three years because of the accident he caused.
因为他造成的那起事故，他被禁驾三年。
③Most people are for the ban on smoking in public places.
多数人赞成在公共场所吸烟的禁令。
[名师点津] “禁止/阻止某人做某事”的短语还有：keep sb. from doing sth., prevent sb. (from) doing sth., stop sb. (from) doing sth., forbid sb. from doing sth.。
6．(教材P18)Smoking in a park doesn’taffectother people in the same way.
在公园里吸烟是不会以同样的方式影响他人的。
?affect vt.影响；对……有坏影响；打动；(疾病)侵袭
(1)be affected by 被……打动；被……(疾病)侵袭
be affected with high fever
发高烧
(2)effect n. 影响
have an effect on 对……有影响
①We were all deeply affected bythe news of her death.
她去世的消息使我们都深感悲痛。
②He didn’t attend the conference because he was affected with high fever.
他因为发高烧没有参加会议。
③We want to know whether the drug has_an_effect_on people’s health.
我们想知道这药对人们的健康是否有影响。
7．(教材P19)Participants learn torecognise smoking triggers (things that start them smoking) and they try to set a date in the future when they will stop smoking.
参与者学着认清吸烟的诱因(让他们开始吸烟的事物)，并试图在未来选定一个他们将要戒烟的日期。
?recognise vt.认识；认知；认出
(1)recognise ...as/to be ... 承认……是……
It is recognised that ... 人们意识到……
(2)recognition n. 认出；认识
out of/beyond recognition 认不出来
①Lincoln is recognised as/to be one of the greatest presidents in America.
林肯被认为是美国最伟大的总统之一。
②It_was_recognised_that time was too limited.
时间十分有限，这为大家所公认。
③The town has changed out_of/beyond_recognition since I was last here.
自从我上次离开这里以来，这座小镇已经变得让人认不出来了。
8．(教材P19)And here are some ideas to help people to give up smoking ...
这里还有一些帮助人们戒烟的办法……
?give up戒除；放弃；让出
give away 泄露(机密)；捐赠；分发(奖品等)
give back 归还，送还
give in (to sb.) (向某人)屈服，让步
give off 发出(蒸汽、味道)；发散(光线)
give out 用完，用尽；分发；公布
①In the bus, the young should give uptheir seats to the old.
在公共汽车上，年轻人应该把座位让给老年人。
②The little boy gave_away his hiding place when he coughed.
小男孩一咳嗽就把他躲藏的地方暴露了。
③The argument went on for hours because neither side would give in.
因为双方都不肯让步，争论持续了几个小时。
1．Whatever you’re doingwhen you want to smoke — do something else!
无论你在做什么，当你想吸烟时——做点别的！
(1)句中whatever引导让步状语从句，其相当于no matter what，意为“不管什么，无论什么”。
①Whatever you do, you can’t go against nature.
＝No_matter_what you do, you can’t go against nature.
无论你做什么，都不能违背自然规律。
(2)whatever还可引导名词性从句，相当于anything that，不可转换为no matter what。
②Now that I have passed my exams, I can do whatever_I_like.
既然我考试及格了，可以做任何我喜欢的事了。
[名师点津] whatever/whoever/whichever这一类词既可引导名词性从句，也可引导让步状语从句；而however/wherever/whenever一般只引导让步状语从句。
③He can answer the question however hard it is.
无论问题有多难，他都能回答。(让步状语从句)
④Whoever breaks the law should be punished.
任何人违法都要受惩罚。(主语从句)
2．Choose a time when you will be relaxed but also too busy to think about smoking.
选择一个你很放松但又太忙而来不及考虑吸烟的时候。
(1)该句用了too ... to ...结构表示“太……而不能……”，表示否定含义。
①He wastoo tired to walkany farther.
他累得一步也走不动了。
(2)当too后接glad, pleased, surprised, delighted, happy, willing, ready, eager, anxious等表示感情的形容词时，表示肯定意义。
②I am too_pleased_to_see you here.
在这儿见到你我很高兴。
(3)当too前有only, all, but时，加强肯定语气，相当于very或very much。
③We areonly too happy to live in China.
生活在中国，我们太幸福了。
(4)当too或to前有not, never等否定词时，整个句子表达肯定意义。
④It is never too old to learn.
活到老，学到老。
⑤The girl is too careful not_to_do it well.
这姑娘很细心，完全能做好那件事。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．He is not likely to_come (come) at this time of the day.
2．The climate of the north disagrees with her.
3．He was sent to the hospital to receive treatment (treat).
4．The Chinese government put a ban on eating wild animals.
5．We were deeply affected (affect) by the drought in the south.
6．At last, her father’s work has received popular recognition (recognise)．
7．Many buildings have been put up in the area in the past ten years.
8．I’ll give the ticket to whoever (who) wants it.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．Giving_up_his_job was the last thing we expected him to do.
放弃他的工作是我们最不希望他做的事情。
2．Whatever_difficulties_he_may_meet_with,_he will carry on his plan.
无论遇到什么样的困难，他都要推行他的计划。
3．He taught us that it is never_too_late_to_start something new.
他教会了我们：开始新的事情永远都不会太晚。
4．Is_it_likely_that we will hand in the paper the day after tomorrow?
我们后天交上论文的可能性大吗？
5．She is_banned_from_playing computer games before her homework is finished.
在完成家庭作业前，她被禁止玩电脑游戏。
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
[本课语言点针对练习]
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．Look at the rainbow. It is likely (可能的) to be fine tomorrow.
2．Does the amount of rain affect (影响) the growth of crops?
3．I think it good if they ban (禁止) chatting in reading room.
4．The best treatment (治疗) for a cold is to rest and drink lots of water.
5．Children under 14 must be accompanied by an adult (成年人)．
6．It’s illegal (不合法的) to read people’s private letters without permission.
7．It is walking and jogging (慢跑) that get his weight down.
8．I recognised (认出) her at first sight although I haven’t seen her for almost ten years.
9．I have to study in the library — there are too many distractions (分心) at home.
10．Although all people could take part in the activity, most of the participants (参与者) were young people.
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．Because of the heavy fog, Mr. Smith is possible to arrive a bit late.possible→likely
2．Your story disagrees to what I have heard.to→with
3．Whatever he says it, the manager doesn’t believe him.去掉it
4．The Chinese government has decided to ban smoke in public places.smoke→smoking
5．It’s good manners to give out the things which you picked up.out→back
6．The days are gone that physical strength was all you needed to make a living.that→when
7．The box is too heavy for the little boy to carry it.去掉it
8．What you have done will not have good effect on your fame.good前加a或effect→effects
Ⅲ.选词填空
1．We have put_a_ban_on swimming here.
2．They are all too satisfied to go and do this work.
3．Most big stores admit that they daren’t put_up prices for fear of losing their customers.
4．Have you set_a_date for your wedding?
5．Don’t do whatever is_against the rules of our company.
6. Many adults used to be smokers, but they gave it up.
7．He sent me a letter and some money as_well.
8．She spent her time in going to the cinema instead_of studying.
[本单元语言点温故练习]
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．The sales of goods were reduced by 25 per cent this year.
2．The nurse is injecting (inject) penicillin into his arm.
3．The chairman is the most powerful (power) man in the Chinese government.
4．Those addicted to drugs have much difficulty in getting rid of the addiction. (addict)
5．Tigers are dangerous (danger) to man, but they are in danger of dying out now.
6．The paper is used to_draw (draw) a picture.
7．My car broke down on the way to work.
8．All the fans stood in the rain, waiting (wait) for their singer.
9．If it were (be) not for your help, we should be in a very difficult position.
10．It’s common that there is disagreement (disagree) between friends.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．You can’t_praise_him_more for saving the little girl.
他救了这个小女孩，你再怎么表扬他也不过分。
2．We don’t allow_the_children_to_stay_up_late.
我们不允许孩子们熬夜。
3．The matter related_to_your_fate can’t be taken for granted.
与你命运(fate)相关的事情不能儿戏。
4．The house belongs_to_Tom,_but he doesn’t live here.
这房子属于汤姆，可他并不在这儿住。
5．Someone broke_into_my_house and stole my computer.
有人闯入我家，偷走了我的电脑。
6．Learning_new_words_is very useful to me.
学习新单词对我非常有用。
7．The students who are_addicted_to_Internet_games usually don’t work hard.
那些沉迷于网络游戏的学生通常学习不努力。
8．I took_my_father’s_advice and went to the station very early.
我听从父亲的劝告，很早就去车站了。
9．It was a pity that the great writer died_from_heart_attack last night.
真遗憾，这位伟大的作家昨晚死于心脏病。
10．When I was little, my mother used_to_sit by my bed, telling_me_stories till I fell asleep.
我小时候，妈妈常常坐在我的床边给我讲故事，一直讲到我睡着。
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.阅读理解
One day, while I was walking on the street, I saw a young cat attacking an old cat. I immediately ran to them and drove the young cat away. When I got close to the old cat, I found he had got injured.
I held him in my arms and rushed to the Best Friends Animal Clinic. There he received important medical care. But with a serious infection (感染) in his leg, he_was_far_from_out_of_the_woods. He was very sick and in shock. His body temperature was far below normal. He couldn’t move and was breathing hard for air. The vet team immediately cleaned his wounds, used medicine to fight off the infection and reduce his pain, and placed him in an oxygen tank. But he was still getting weaker by the minute. At last, the vet team had to remove his damaged and infected leg to save him.
After he recovered, I took him home and named him Tommy. He learned how to ride in a stroller (小推车). Once he got used to the stroller, doors began to open for him. He began going on morning rounds with me. He made a few furry friends, too, including a Chihuahua. He even had a picnic with the Chihuahua on a blanket under the sunny sky.
Though Tommy’s life as an outdoor cat may have ended, the medical care he received has made it possible for him to have a whole new life. Now Tommy stays very positive (积极的). He taught me a good lesson — though bad things happen in our life, we should always stay positive and enjoy what we have.
语篇解读：作者救了一只受伤的猫并且精心照顾他，让他过上了新的生活
1．The underlined part in Para. 2 means that the cat ________.
A．was making a slow recovery
B．was in great danger
C．was filled with anger
D．suffered a lot from his wounds
解析：选B 句意猜测题。根据画线部分后面的“He was very sick and in shock ... He couldn’t move and was breathing hard for air.”可知，画线部分的内容是指这只猫处于危险之中。
2．After using medicine to fight off the infection in the cat’s leg, the vet team found that ________.
A．the cat’s body got infected too
B．the medicine wasn’t very helpful
C．the cat’s body temperature became normal
D．the cat would die unless all his legs were removed
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章第二段中的“But he was still getting weaker by the minute. At last, the vet team had to remove his damaged and infected leg to save him.”可知，兽医们发现药物并不能阻止那只猫的伤势恶化。
3．What does Para. 3 mainly tell us?
A．The cat was very clever and friendly.
B．It took a long time for the cat to recover.
C．That stroller was of great importance to the cat.
D．The cat started a new life with the author’s help.
解析：选D 段落大意题。根据文章第三段的描述，尤其是其中的“Once he got used to the stroller, doors began to open for him.”可知，本段主要是讲这只猫开始了新的生活。
4．What did the author learn from the cat?
A．We shouldn’t be beaten by bad things.
B．Humans should treat animals kindly.
C．Bad things can happen to anyone.
D．Animals are humans’ best friends.
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据末段中的“He taught me a good lesson — though bad things happen in our life, we should always stay positive and enjoy what we have.”可知，这只猫让作者明白我们不应该被坏事情击败。
Ⅱ.语法填空
I was walking with a friend yesterday __1__ I found a cellphone in a pile of snow. I picked __2__ up and it still worked! I started looking through the name list and dialing numbers to see whether I could figure out whose phone it was. __3__ (luck), only one person answered and she didn’t recognize the number.
Since that lady didn’t know whose phone it was, my friend suggested that we go back to __4__ house in front of which we found the cellphone. I knocked on the door and two college-age persons answered. They __5__ (not lose) their phones, but as I told them the story and mentioned some __6__ (name) on the name list, the young man said that he also had those names and it __7__ be the phone of one of their friends. I really didn’t have anything to say, because in my mind I was just doing the right thing. I __8__ (immediate) tried to find the owner, because that’s exactly __9__ I would want someone to do if either I or any other member of my family lost phones. The purpose of helping others is not for return. __10__ (help) others is more than enough for me and it is the endless joy of life.
语篇解读：本文是一篇记叙文。“我”和一个朋友在积雪中散步时捡到一部手机，于是“我”开始寻找手机的主人。“我”深深地感到帮助他人能为自己带来无尽的快乐。
1．when 此处是sb. be doing sth. when ...句型，表示“某人正在做某事这时……” 。
2．it 此处指代上文提及的a cellphone，因此用it。
3．Unluckily 依据后面的“only one person answered and she didn’t recognize the number”可知，此处应用Unluckily。
4．the house后跟定语从句，故此处表示特指，因此用定冠词the。
5．hadn’t lost/had not lost 依据上下文语境可知，他们没有丢失手机，故此处用否定形式，且lose这一动作发生在told之前，表示过去的过去，因此用过去完成时。
6．names 依据后面的“on the name list”和“those names”可知，此处应是指“名字”，且被some修饰，因此用names。
7．must 此处表示“这部手机一定是他们的一个朋友的”，为较肯定的推测，因此用must。
8．immediately 句中的tried是实义动词，因此要用副词immediately修饰。
9．what 所缺词在句中引导表语从句，且从句中的do后面缺少宾语，根据句意可知，此处表示“……的事情”，因此用what。
10．Helping/To help 此处在句中作主语，因此应用动名词或者不定式。
Module 2 No DrugsSection Ⅴ Writing-回复电子邮件
一般来说，回复邮件要根据所收到的邮件具体内容进行清楚明了的答复，并附带简单的问候。语言要简洁，态度要诚恳，格式要正确。
一、基本结构
首先要认真阅读对方邮件的具体内容，找出对方提出的问题，然后有针对性地评价对方的观点，提出自己的观点，具体写作步骤为：
第一段：收到邮件的心情、时间等。
第二段：答复邮件所提的问题。
①评价对方的观点是否正确、合理。
②给出理由，可以灵活地通过举例进行论证。
第三段：提出自己的观点和建议等。总结并问候。
二、增分佳句
1．I’m happy/glad/pleased to receive your e-mail dated by May 1st.
很高兴收到你五一发来的电子邮件。
2．I’m sorry not to answer/reply to your e-mail in time because I have been busy these days.
很抱歉没有及时回复你的电子邮件，因为这些日子我一直很忙。
3．I’m sorry to learn that you did not do well in the entrance examination.
得知你在入学考试中发挥不好，我很难过。
4．I’m glad to receive your e-mail saying that you have been offered a good job in a big company. Congratulations to you.
我很高兴收到你的邮件，邮件中说你被一家大公司聘用了，祝贺你。
5．In the end, I will be very glad if you find my suggestions useful.
最后，如果你发现我的建议有用我会非常高兴。
6．I’m looking forward to hearing from you soon.
盼望很快收到你的来信。
7．Please give my regards to your family.
请代我向你的家人问好。
8．If you have some more questions, please let me know.
如果你还有问题，请告诉我。
[题目要求]
假如你叫周凯，你的美国笔友Paul给你发来一封电子邮件，在邮件中Paul询问你在中国关于吸烟的情况。请你给Paul回一封邮件，内容如下：
1．中国大部分人已认识到吸烟的危害，越来越多的人已开始戒烟；
2．中国还没有在公共场所禁止吸烟的法律，但有多种标志提醒人们不要吸烟；
3．希望政府采取措施帮助人们戒烟。
要求：1.邮件需包括全部要点；
2．词数100左右；
3．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
第一步：审题构思很关键
一、审题
1．确定体裁：本文为电子邮件的回复，属于应用文；
2．确定人称：本文的主要人称为第一和第三人称；
3．确定时态：本文主要用现在时，包括一般现在时和现在完成时。
二、构思
第一部分，引入：说明写邮件的目的。
第二部分，阐述：介绍中国吸烟的状况。
第三部分，结尾：总结全文并表达愿望或期待。
第二步：核心词汇想周全
1．as_far_as_I_know/as_far_as_I_can_see 据我所知
2．do/cause_harm_to/be_harmful_to/damage_for
对……造成危害
3．all_kinds_of/a_variety_of/various 各种各样的
4．as_a_result/therefore/hence 结果
5．decide/make_up_one’s_mind 决定
6．give_up_smoking/quit_smoking/abandon_smoking
戒烟
7．ban_smoking/no_smoking 禁止吸烟
8．in_public_places 在公共场所
9．take_measures/take_steps/take_action 采取措施
10．keep_in_touch/stay_in_touch/keep_in_contact
保持联系
第三步：由词扩句雏形现
1．我对我们国家的吸烟情况有所了解，非常愿意回答你的问题。(and连接两个并列分句)
I_have_learned_something_about_smoking_in_our_country_and_I’d_like_to_answer_all_your_questions.
2．据我所知，越来越多的人已经意识到吸烟对健康有害。(that引导宾语从句)
As_far_as_I_know,_more_and_more_people_have_realized_smoking_does_great_harm_to_health.
3．结果，他们决定戒烟。(主谓宾结构)
As_a_result,_they_have_decided_to_give_up_smoking.
4．很遗憾我们没有在公共场所戒烟的法律。(that引导主语从句；which引导定语从句)
It_is_a_pity_that_we_don’t_have_a_law_which_bans_smoking_in_public_places.
5．有标志提醒人们在公共场所禁止吸烟。(现在分词作定语)
There_are_signs_reminding_people_to_limit_smoking_in_public_places._
6．我相信政府会采取措施帮助人们这样做。(that引导宾语从句，that可省略)
I’m_sure_our_government_will_take_measures_to_help_people_to_do_so.
7．那就是我所了解的所有我们国家的吸烟状况。(that引导定语从句，that可省略)
That’s_all_I_know_about_smoking_in_our_country.
8．我希望这会对你有所帮助。(that引导宾语从句)
I_hope_that_it_will_be_helpful_to_you._
第四步：句式升级造亮点
1．用make up one’s mind改写句3
As_a_result,_they_have_made_up_their_minds_to_give_up_smoking.
2．用现在分词短语作定语改写句4，并用but与句5连接起来
It_is_a_pity_that_we_don’t_have_a_law_banning_smoking_in_public_places,_but_there_are_signs_reminding_people_to_limit_smoking_in_public_places.
3．用主语的省略改写句8
Hope/Hoping_that_it_will_be_helpful_to_you._
第五步：过渡衔接联成篇
Dear_Paul，
Glad_to_hear_from_you._I_have_learned_something_about_smoking_in_our_country_and_I’d_like_to_answer_all_your_questions.
As_far_as_I_know,_more_and_more_people_have_realized_smoking_does_great_harm_to_health._As_a_result,_they_have_made_up_their_minds_to_give_up_smoking.
It_is_a_pity_that_we_don’ t_have_a_law_banning_smoking_in_public_places,_but_there_
are_signs_reminding_people_to_limit_smoking_in_public_places._I’ m_sure_our_government
_will_take_measures_to_help_people_to_do_so.
That’ s_all_I_know_about_smoking_in_our_country._Hoping_that_it_will_be
helpful_to_you._Keep_in_touch_and_best_wishes!
Yours，
Zhou_Kai
Module 2 No Drugs
Taking drugs, such as cannabis andcocaine, is more dangerous than taking cigarettes, because it is regarded as a crime. In most countries, taking drugs is severely banned. It affects not only one’s health but also our society. Once someone is addicted to taking drugs, or become a drug addict, he is most likelyto do something illegal, such as shop-lifting, burglary or breaking intoothers’ houses to steal something belonging to others.
My cousin, Bob, who used to be a healthy person. Because his father disagreed with him about his future career, in order to let out his anger, he went to the net bar with his best friend, who was in connection witha drug group. He offered Bob some crack cocaine. Gradually, Bob became addicted and didn’tgiveit up. What’s worse, he took his friends’ advice, to steal something so as to buy drugs. He became a dangerto others.
I didn’trecognise him after he receiving treatment. Now he reduced the chance of contacting his friends.
吸毒，如吸大麻和可卡因，比吸烟更危险，因为吸毒被认为是一种犯罪。在大多数国家里，吸毒是被严厉禁止的。它不但影响一个人的健康，而且还对社会产生影响。一旦一个人沉迷于吸毒或成了瘾君子，他就很可能去做违法的事情，如偷窃商品、盗窃以及破门而入去偷属于别人的东西。
我堂哥——鲍伯，过去是一个健康的人。由于他的父亲不同意他的未来的职业，为了发泄自己的愤怒，他和他的最好的朋友去了网吧，这个人与一个毒品团伙有联系。他主动给了鲍伯一些毒品可卡因。渐渐地，鲍伯上了瘾，不能放弃吸毒。更糟糕的是，他还听了朋友的建议去偷东西以便买毒品。他成了一个对别人有危险的人。
在他去接受治疗后，我没有认出他来。现在，他减少了与他的朋友们接触的机会。
Module 3 MusicSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading Pre-reading
Folk songs are the songs that are made up by common people. Many folk songs tell about heroes, robbers or young girls. Others, like OldMacDonaldHadaFarm, are just for fun. Some folk songs are about the kinds of work that people do. Christmas carols (圣诞颂歌) are folk songs, and so are thepatriotic (爱国的) songsof many countries.
Every country has its own folk songs. Most of these songs were made up long ago, and people have been singing them for hundreds of years.
Of course, in China, we also have a long and honoured tradition of folk songs and folk singers. Like all folk songs, they come from the ordinary people and tell ofthings in ordinary lives. There are three main kinds of Chinese folk songs: Hao Zi, Xiao Diao and Shan Ge.
Hao Zi is sung by males. Shan Ge is sung by two people,while Xiao Diao, with its beautiful tone, is usually sung by girls.
And in this module we’ll learn something interesting and important about some foreign musicians. We’ll be impressed bytheir special experiences and talent in music. Well, let’s begin.
Section_ⅠIntroduction & Reading — Pre-reading
[原文呈现] [读文清障]
Joseph Haydn(1732－1809)was an Austrian composer① and is known as②“the father of the symphony③”. Other composers had written symphonies before Haydn, but he changed the symphony into④ a long piece for a large orchestra⑤.
He was born in a village in Austria⑥， the son of a peasant⑦. He had a beautiful singing voice⑧. After studying music in Vienna⑨， Haydn went to work at the court of a prince? in eastern Austria, where he became director? of music. Having worked there for 30 years?， Haydn moved to London, where he was very successful.
Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart (1756－1791) was a composer, possibly the greatest musical genius? of all time?. He only lived 35 years and he composed? more than 600 pieces of music.
Mozart was born in Salzburg, Austria. His father Leopold was a musician? and orchestra conductor?. Wolfgang had musical?talent? from a very early age. He learned to play the harpsichord when he was four, he started composing music when he was five, and when he was six, he played the harpsichord in a concert for the Empress of Austria.
By the time he was 14, Mozart had composed many pieces for the harpsichord, piano and violin, as well as for orchestras. While he was still a teenager, Mozart was already a big star and toured Europe giving concerts. Haydn met Mozart in 1781 and was very impressed with him. “He is the greatest composer the world has known，” he said.The two were friends until Mozart’s death in 1791.
①composer/k?m’p??z?/n．作曲家
②be known as作为……而著名
③symphony/’sImf?ni/n．交响乐；交响曲；交响乐团
④change ...into ...把……转变成……
⑤orchestra/’??kIstr?/n．管弦乐队(团)
⑥Austria/’?stri?/n．奥地利
⑦peasant/’peznt/n．农民
the son of a peasant是he的同位语。
⑧voice n．嗓音；声音 singing voice 歌喉
⑨After studying ...为“介词＋现在分词短语”作状语。
⑩court /k??t/n.宫廷 ?prince/prIns/n．王子；亲王
?director/d?’rekt?/n．指挥
where引导非限制性定语从句。
?现在分词的完成式作状语。
?genius/’d?i?ni?s/n．天才 ?of all time有史以来
?compose/k?m’p??z/vt.作曲；创作
?musician/mju’zI?n/n．音乐家
?conductor/k?n’d?kt?/n．指挥
?musical/’mju?zIkl/adj.音乐的
?talent/’t?l?nt/n．天分；天赋；才华
harpsichord n．拨弦键琴 empress n．皇后
by the time引导时间状语从句时，常和完成时连用。
as well as 也，又，还 tour/t??/vt.巡回演出
be impressed with 对……印象深刻
the world has known为composer的定语从句。
[第1～5段译文]
约瑟夫·海顿?1732—1809?是一位奥地利作曲家，以“交响乐之父”著称。在他之前，也有作曲家写过交响乐，但是他把交响乐曲改成了适合大交响乐团演奏的长乐曲。
他出生在奥地利的一个村庄，是一个农民的儿子。他有着优美的嗓音。在维也纳学习音乐之后，海顿去奥地利东部一个王子的宫廷工作，在那里他成了音乐指挥家。在那儿工作了30年后，海顿搬到了伦敦，在那里，他非常成功。
沃尔夫冈·阿马迪厄斯·莫扎特?1756—1791?是一位作曲家，或许也是有史以来最伟大的音乐天才。他只活到35岁，却创作了600多首乐曲。
莫扎特出生在奥地利的萨尔茨堡。他的父亲莱波尔德是一位音乐家和乐队指挥。沃尔夫冈很小的时候就有音乐天赋。他4岁时学习弹拨弦键琴；5岁时开始作曲；6岁时，他在一场音乐会上为奥地利皇后弹奏拨弦键琴。
到莫扎特14岁时，不仅已经谱写了很多管弦乐曲，还谱写了许多拨弦键琴曲、钢琴曲和小提琴曲。当莫扎特还是个少年时，他就已经是一个大明星了，并在欧洲举办了巡回音乐会。海顿在1781年与莫扎特相遇，并对他印象深刻。他说：“他是世界上最伟大的著名作曲家。”直到1791年莫扎特去世，他们两人一直是好朋友。
Ludwig van Beethoven (1770－1827) was born in Bonn, Germany. He showed musical talent when he was very young, and learned to play the violin and piano from his father, who was a singer. Mozart met Beethoven and was impressed by him. “He will give something wonderful to the world，” he said.
Beethoven met Haydn in 1791, but was not impressed by the older man. After they had known each other for many years, Beethoven said, “He is a good composer, but he has taught me nothing.” However， it was Haydn who encouraged Beethoven to move to Vienna.
Beethoven became very popular in the Austrian capital and stayed there for the rest of his life. As he grew older, he began to go deaf. He became completely deaf during the last years of his life, but he continued composing.
play the violin 拉小提琴，乐器前需加定冠词the。
something wonderful 精彩的东西
形容词修饰不定代词需后置。
teach sb. sth. 教某人某事
however adv. 然而，常与后面的成分用逗号隔开。
“It was ... who ...”为强调句型。
popular adj.受欢迎的；受喜爱的
be popular in 在……方面受欢迎
be popular with 受……的喜爱
Austrian/’?stri?n/adj.奥地利的
the rest 其余的，剩下的
go deaf 变聋
go作为系动词，意为“变得……”，常表示由好的方面向坏的方面变化。
[第6～8段译文]
路德维格·范·贝多芬?1770—1827?出生于德国波恩。他年少时就显示出音乐才华。他父亲是位歌唱家，贝多芬从他那里学会了拉小提琴以及弹钢琴。莫扎特遇见贝多芬时，对他印象深刻，并说道：“他会给世人带来美妙的音乐。”
1791年，贝多芬见到了海顿，却未对这位长者有很深的印象。他们彼此相识多年后，贝多芬说：“他是位优秀的作曲家，却没有教会我什么。”然而，鼓励贝多芬移居维也纳的正是海顿。
贝多芬在奥地利首都很受欢迎，并在那里度过了余生。随着年龄的增长，他的耳朵开始变聋。在生命的最后几年，他完全丧失了听觉，但仍继续从事音乐创作。
Pre-reading
Please match the following words with their proper meanings.
1．audience A．n.古典音乐
2．classical B．n.指挥
3．compose C．n.音乐家
4．conductor D．n.天赋；天分；才华
5．musician E．n.奥地利
6．genius F．vt.失去；丢失
7．talent G．vt.巡回演出
8．Austria H．vt.作曲；创作
9．lose I．n.听众
10．tour J．n.天才
答案：1～5 IAHBC 6～10 JDEFG
Lead-in
Choose right names for the following instruments.
A．piano B．violin C．guitar D．erhu E．saxophone
答案：1～5 DABEC
While-reading
Fast-reading
(Ⅰ)Skim the text and choose the best title.
A．Three Great Austrian Composers
B．Three Great Composers of the Eighteenth Century
C．Three Great Child Composers
D．Haydn and Mozart
答案：B
(Ⅱ)Match the following information with the three composers.
A．was very popular in Vienna
B．is known as “the father of the symphony”
C．started composing music when he was very young
D．became completely deaf during the last years of his life
E．was the son of a peasant
F．played the harpsichord in a concert for the Empress of Austria
1．Haydn：B,_E
2．Mozart：C,_F
3．Beethoven：A,_D
Careful-reading
(Ⅰ)True (T) or False (F)．
1．Joseph Haydn was an Austrian composer and is known as “the father of the symphony”．(T)
2．What Mozart and Beethoven had in common was that both of them showed musical talent as a young boy.(T)
3．Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart learned music from his father.(F)
(Ⅱ)Read the text carefully and choose the best answers.
1．Where did Joseph Haydn study music?
A．At a famous village in Austria.
B．In Vienna.
C．In eastern Austria where he became director of music.
D．In London.
2．Who met each other in 1781?
A．Haydn and Mozart.
B．Mozart and Beethoven.
C．Beethoven and Haydn.
D．Mozart and his wife.
3．From the text, we can learn that Mozart ________.
A．died after his fortieth birthday
B．could compose music when he was four
C．had composed over 600 pieces of music by the age of 14
D．was one of Haydn’s friends for about ten years
4．In which city do you think a composer will develop better?
A．London. B．Salzburg.
C．Bonn. D．Vienna.
5．Which is CORRECT according to the text?
A．It is Joseph Haydn that created the symphony.
B．It is Joseph Haydn that firstly wrote symphony.
C．It is Joseph Haydn that changed the symphony into a long piece for a large orchestra.
D．Joseph Haydn is “the father of music” in history.
答案：1～5 BADDC
Study-reading
Analyze the following difficult sentences in the text.
1. After studying music in Vienna, Haydn went to work at the court of a prince in eastern Austria, where he became director of music.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 在维也纳学习音乐之后，海顿去奥地利东部一个王子的宫廷工作，在那里他成了音乐指挥家。
2．Having worked there for 30 years, Haydn moved to London, where he was very successful.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 在那儿工作了30年后，海顿搬到了伦敦，在那里，他非常成功。
3．He learned to play the harpsichord when he was four, he started composing music when he was five, and when he was six, he played the harpsichord in a concert for the Empress of Austria.
[句式分析] 本句为and连接的并列句，三个分句中的when he was four, when he was five和when he was six都是when引导的时间状语从句。
[尝试翻译] 他4岁时学习弹奏拨弦键琴；5岁时开始作曲；6岁时，他在一场音乐会上为奥地利皇后弹奏拨弦键琴。
Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
The arts, especially music, should be part of every school’s lessons at every grade level. Students would be much smarter if they had some musical experience. They could improve their classroom skills, like paying attention and following directions. People develop all these skills when they learn music. Making music also lets children use their imagination. It provides students with a chance to try out their own ideas.
Music not only makes children better students, but also gives them something positive to do. In a music program, children can be part of a band instead of joining a gang (团伙)．Parents can enjoy listening to their children’s music instead of seeing them glued_to_a computer or TV screen. In a school band, students get to be part of a team. They can get along well with old friends and make new friends through music.
Music builds self-confidence, too. It gives children a sense of achievement and success. Making music is something for them to be proud of, and it lets kids practice performing in front of an audience. Music gives children an opportunity for self-expression, and that helps develop their self-confidence.
Once again, music is important because it can make children better students, give them something positive to do, and build their character. That is why music should be offered in every single grade in every school.
语篇解读：音乐在学生的成长过程中其作用不容忽视，是学校必须设置的一门课程。
1．According to the passage, music could make students smarter by ________.
A．improving their classroom skills and paying attention
B．improving their classroom skills and imagination
C．improving their attention, direction and imagination
D．learning music, making music and trying out their own ideas
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句“Students would be much smarter if they had some musical experience.”和第三句“They could improve their classroom skills...”和第五句“Making music also lets children use their imagination.”可知B项正确。
2．What does the underlined phrase “glued to” in the second paragraph mean?
A．Unwilling to turn on. B．Always looking.
C．Unwilling to leave. D．Always playing.
解析：选C 词义猜测题。父母能够享受听他们的小孩玩音乐的乐趣而不是看见他们不乐意离开(unwilling to leave)电脑或电视屏幕。根据语境可推断C为正确答案。
3．The third paragraph mainly tells us that music could ________.
A．give children self-expression and self-confidence
B．bring to children achievement and success
C．give children something to be proud of
D．develop children’s self-confidence
解析：选D 段落大意题。根据第三段首句“Music builds self-confidence, too.”可知D为正确答案。
4．What’s the best title for this passage?
A．Music is a must as a course at school
B．Music builds children’s self-confidence
C．Music makes students much smarter
D．Learning music and making music
解析：选A 标题归纳题。第一段第一句“The arts, especially music, should be part of every school’s lessons at every grade level.”即本篇文章的主题句。故A为最佳答案。
B
Rock music in one form or another is the most popular type of music all over the world. But where did it come from?
Rock began in the USA in the early 1950s. At that time, “rhythm and blue” music was very popular with black Americans.“R&B” was a mixture of black religious music and jazz. It had strong rhythms that you could dance to and simple, fast words.
Noticing the success of R&B music, white musicians started to copy the same style. By the mid-1950s, this new white R&B music, called rock’n’roll, had become very popular. Singers like Elvis Presley and Bill Haley attracted millions of teenage fans. Their music was fast and loud. Many older people thought that rock’n’roll was very dangerous.
By the early 1960s, even rock’n’roll had become old fashioned. Many of the songs had begun to sound the same. It was at that time a new group from England became popular — the Beatles.
The Beatles first started by singing American style songs, but they soon developed their own style, with more complicated tunes. They also introduced different instruments. Groups like the Beatles had a very important influence on the style of popular music.
By the early 1970s, rock’n’roll had developed into a new form of music. Electronics had replaced the amplified (放大的) guitars and drums of rock’n’roll.“Rock” had arrived.
Rock music had continued to change and develop. It had combined with music from different parts of the world. Today, there are hundreds of different types of rock music, and almost every country has its own form of rock.
语篇解读：本文讲述了摇滚乐的发展史。
5．When had rock’n’roll become very popular?
A．By the mid-1950s. B．By the early 1960s.
C．By the mid-1960s. D．By the early 1970s.
解析：选A 细节理解题。由第三段第二句“By the mid-1950s, this new white R&B music, called rock’n’roll, had become very popular.”可知答案。
6．Which of the following statements is NOT true about the Beatles?
A．This was not an American group.
B．This group had their own style.
C．This group made American style songs popular.
D．The style of popular music had been influenced by this group.
解析：选C 细节理解题。A、B、D三项所述均与文章第四、五段中的信息相符，这个乐队形成了自己的音乐风格，但并没有使美国的音乐风格流行起来，故选C项。
7．It can be inferred from the passage that Elvis Presley and Bill Haley ________.
A．were singers of “R&B”
B．were singers in the mid-1950s
C．were members of the Beatles
D．were popular with old people
解析：选B 推理判断题。由第三段第二、三句可知，像Elvis Presley 和Bill Haley这样的歌手很受美国年轻人喜爱，他们是美国50年代中期的歌手。
8．What’s the best title for the passage?
A．Popular Music
B．The History of Rock Music
C．Different Forms of Music in America
D．The Beatles
解析：选B 标题归纳题。纵观全文可知，文章主要讲述了摇滚乐的发展史。
C
One of the best gifts a family can enjoy during Father’s Day weekend is spending quality time together. This is just one way to celebrate dads for all they do for their kids. As a lot of families plan Father’s Day weekend celebrations, Chase is inviting dads and their kids to enjoy a series of special activities at the Jacksonville Zoo one day before the big day.
What: Kids of all ages can make cards for dads, get their faces painted, draw with chalks, and more there. Delicious cookies from a local bakery will also be served.
Where: Trout River Plaza at the Jacksonville Zoo 370 Zoo Parkway, Jacksonville, FL 32218
When: Saturday, June 20 from 10 am to 4 pm
Who: Jacksonville-area families (dads and kids)
Notes: Professional photographers will be there to catch wonderful images and film special Father’s Day stories. Each family has an opportunity for the photos or videos for free. Some kids and their dads will have a chance to give an interview to share their feelings and stories. Steve Vachon, senior vice president and market manager for Chase in Jacksonville, will be available for interviews from 10 am to 11 am.
Free general admissions to the zoo are available to dads through the zoo’s website www. jacksonvillezoo. org/fathersday, with a coupon (赠票) for their kids. While there, families can also check out the Chase-sponsored “Zoom at the Zoo” car show and BBQ (野外烧烤) on the Great Lawn.
For more information about the celebrations, please call 305-469-2910, send e-mails to Maribel.Ferrer@chase. com or visit the website www. chasejacksonville. com.
语篇解读：美国大通银行Chase为庆祝即将到来的父亲节精心策划了一些活动，借此提供一个机会让孩子们对父亲的付出表示感谢。
9．The activities are provided at the Jacksonville Zoo mainly to ________.
A．help families plan their own Father’s Day activities well
B．teach kids about the history of Father’s Day
C．advertise the “Zoom at the Zoo” car show
D．let kids show their thanks to their dads
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的“This is just one way to celebrate dads for all they do for their kids.”，What部分中所讲的活动内容以及Who中所讲的目标人群可知，这些活动的主要目的是要提供一个机会让孩子们对父亲的付出表示感谢。
10．What cannot kids do during the celebrations?
A．Make cards. B．Make videos.
C．Draw pictures. D．Enjoy cookies.
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章What部分的内容可知，孩子们在庆祝活动上可以制作卡片、绘画、品尝甜点，再根据Notes部分的内容可知活动上会有专业的摄影师抓拍精彩瞬间以及录制短片，并不是孩子们可以录制短片。
11．To get free zoo admissions, dads have to ________.
A．call 305-469-2910
B．visit www.chasejacksonville.com
C．visit www.jacksonvillezoo.org/fathersday
D．send e-mails to Maribel.Ferrer@chase.com
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段的第一句可知，本次父亲节活动的免费入场券可通过登录动物园的网站获取。
12．Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A．Kids and dads will get gifts in the zoo.
B．Moms won’t take part in the activities.
C．Kids have to pay the admission fee.
D．The activities will last for 4 hours.
解析：选B 推理判断题。根据文章Who部分的(dads and kids)可知，当天的活动只有父亲和孩子参加，故选B项。
Ⅱ.阅读七选五
There is an old Spanish saying which states, “Tomorrow is often the busiest day of the week.” How many times have we put off our dreams until tomorrow? __1__ We have to go for them now!
●Tomorrow is not promised.
Nobody likes to talk about death, but everybody is going to die at one point. None of us know the day or the hour. __2__ Don’t go to your tomb with unrealized dreams. Make the decision to go after every dream, big or small right now.
●__3__
One of the biggest dream killers is fear. Many people could have achieved amazing things if only they weren’t afraid. Just think about all the things you’ve wanted to do, but allowed fear to convince you that you weren’t capable, or good enough. Fear is not real. It is a product of thoughts you create. Choose not to let fear stop you from achieving your dreams.
●Take action to realize your dream.
You can dream about writing a great play but it’s never going to happen unless you actually put pen to paper. You can dream about finding a cure for cancer, but it will never happen unless you actually become equipped with the necessary tools to find that cure. __4__
●Possibilities are waiting on you.
There are so many amazing opportunities and people waiting on you. How do you get to them? Simple! Follow your dream. __5__ You’ll never see those doors if you sit around waiting on a dream to happen, instead of actually working to make it happen.
A．Don’t let fear win.
B．In other words, dreams don’t work unless you do.
C．Our dreams should not, and cannot wait.
D．Therefore, today is all we have.
E．You’ll be much happier if you go for it.
F．You were born into the world with a unique gift, which nobody can copy.
G．Doors that you couldn’t imagine open up when you go after what you want.
答案：1～5 CDABG
Module 3 MusicSection Ⅱ Introduction & Reading Language Points
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.audiencen． 听众
2.classicaln. 古典音乐
3.courtn. 宫廷
4.geniusn. 天才
5.peasantn. 农民
6.tourvt. 巡回演出
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.conductorn．指挥→conduct vt.指挥
2.musiciann．音乐家→musicaladj.音乐的→music n．音乐
3.directorn．指挥；导演→direct vt.指导；导演 adj.直接的→direction n．方向
4.losevt.失去；丢失→loss n．失去；丢失
5.talentn．天分；天赋；才华→talented adj.有才华的
6.composevt.作曲；创作→composern．作曲家
1.composer n．作曲家
[联想] -er后缀表人名词小结
①driver 司机，驾驶员
②leader 领袖，领导人
③player 比赛者，选手
④winner 获胜者
2.conductor n．指挥
[记法] -or为常见的表示人的名词后缀
[联想] ①director n. 指挥；导演
②visitor n. 访问者，参观者
③actor n. 男演员
④inventor n. 发明者
3.prince n．王子；亲王
[联想] ①king n. 国王
②queen n. 王后；女王
③princess n. 公主
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.be_different_from 与……不同
2.be_known_as 作为……而出名
3.change_..._into_... 把……变成……
4.as_well_as 也，又
5.be_impressed_with 对……留下印象
6.go_deaf 变聋
7.of_all_time 有史以来
8.hear_of 听说
1.singing voice 歌喉
2.have a beautiful singing voice 有一副唱歌的好嗓子
3.give concert 举办音乐会
4.play the violin 拉小提琴
5.something wonderful 精彩的东西
6.the rest of one’s life 某人的余生
7.director of music 音乐指挥
8.from an early age 从很小的时候
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.Having workedthere for 30 years, Haydn moved to London, where he was very successful.
在那儿工作了30年后，海顿搬到了伦敦，在那里，他非常成功。
现在分词的完成式作时间状语。
Having_worked for a whole day, the secretary looked exhausted.
那个秘书工作了整整一天， 看上去疲惫不堪。
2.By the time he was 14, Mozart had composed many pieces for the harpsichord, piano and violin, as well as for orchestras.
到莫扎特14岁时，不仅已经谱写了很多管弦乐曲，还谱写了许多拨弦键琴曲、钢琴曲和小提琴曲。
by the time用作连词，引导时间状语从句。
By_the_time I got home, my mother had_already_finished cooking supper.
我到家的时候，妈妈已经把晚饭做好了。
3.While he was still a teenager, Mozart was already a big star and toured Europe giving concerts.
当莫扎特还是个少年时，他就已经是一个大明星了，并在欧洲举办了巡回音乐会。
while作从属连词，引导时间状语从句。
I’ll take care of your children while_you_are_away.
你不在时我会照顾你的孩子的。
4.However,it was Haydnwhoencouraged Beethoven to move to Vienna.
然而，鼓励贝多芬移居维也纳的正是海顿。
it was ... who ...为强调句型，被强调部分为Haydn。
It_is_the_teacher’s_praise_that contributes to my success.
是老师的表扬促使我成功的。
1．(教材P21)audience n．观众，听众，读者
(1)为集合名词，作主语时，若强调个体，谓语动词用复数形式；若强调整体，谓语动词用单数形式。
(2)其前可用large和small进行修饰。
①The audienceis/are always excited by a wonderful goal.
一个精彩的进球总会使观众激动。
②There was alarge/small audience.
听众很多/很少。
[名师点津] 集合名词作主语时通常有下面两种情况：
(1)集合名词class, family, audience, staff, team, crowd, crew, public, couple, government, group等作主语时，若强调个体，谓语动词用复数形式；若强调整体，谓语动词用单数形式。
③The family next door is (be) from the south.
隔壁的那家人来自南方。(强调总体概念)
④The family next door like fishing very much.
隔壁的那家人非常喜欢钓鱼。(强调所有的家庭成员)
(2)people, police, cattle等集合名词作主语时，谓语动词总是用复数形式。
⑤The police are (be) searching the house.
警察正在搜查房子。
2．(教材P22)lose vt.失去；丢失；迷路；输掉；使沉溺于；专心致志于
(1)lose face/heart/weight 丢面子/灰心/减肥
lose one’s way ＝ be lost 迷路
lose oneself in sth./be lost in sth. 专心致志于某事
(be) lost in thought 陷入沉思
(2)loss n. 失去；丧失
at a loss 困惑；不知所措
①Don’t lose heart. Given another chance, you are supposed to pass.
不要气馁，再获得一次机会的话你就会通过了。
②It was darker, what’s worse, he lost his way/was lost in the forest.
天越来越黑了，更糟的是，他在森林中迷路了。
③He was at_a_loss on hearing the sudden news.
听到那突然的消息后，他不知所措。
3．(教材P22)Joseph Haydn (1732－1809) was an Austrian composer andis known as “the father of the symphony”．
约瑟夫·海顿(1732—1809)是一位奥地利作曲家，以“交响乐之父”著称。
?be known as作为……而出名
be known for 因……而出名
be known to 为……所知
①The African lion is known as the king of the forest.
非洲狮子被誉为森林之王。
②The young man is known as a singer and he is mostly known for singing popular songs which are known to many teenagers.
这个年轻人是位知名歌手，他尤其以唱许多青少年耳熟能详的流行歌曲而出名。
4．(教材P22)He only lived 35 years and hecomposed more than 600 pieces of music.
他只活到35岁，却创作了600多首乐曲。
?compose vt.作曲；创作；组成，构成；使平静
(1)be composed of 由……组成
compose oneself 使自己镇定
(2)composer n. 作曲家
composition n. 创作；作曲；写作
①Hecomposeda new play last month whichis composed of three parts.
他上个月创作了一个由三部分组成的新剧本。
②He lay back on the bed and tried to compose_himself.
他躺在床上，尽力使自己安定下来。
③Beethoven is the best-known composer (compose) of classical music.
贝多芬是最著名的古典音乐作曲家。
[名师点津] 其他表示“由……组成”的短语还有：consist of, be made up of等。
④The committee is composed of professors and engineers.
＝The committee is_made_up_of professors and engineers.
＝The committee consists_of professors and engineers.
委员会由教授和工程师组成。
5．(教材P22)Wolfgang had musical talent from a very early age.
沃尔夫冈很小的时候就有音乐天赋。
?talent n．天分；天赋；才华
(1)have a talent for 有……天赋
show a talent for 表现出……的天赋
(2)talented adj. 有天赋的；有才能的
①This kind of game is useful to develop children’s talents.
这种游戏有助于发展儿童的才智。
②The girl has_a_talent_for language. Now she can speak three foreign languages.
这个女孩有语言天赋，她现在能说三门外语了。
③The little boy showed a talent for painting. We all believed he would become a talented (talent) artist.
这个小男孩表现出绘画天赋，我们都相信他会成为有才华的艺术家。
6．(教材P23)By the time he was 14, Mozart had composed many pieces for the harpsichord, piano and violin, as well as for orchestras.
到莫扎特14岁时，不仅已经谱写了很多管弦乐曲，还谱写了许多拨弦键琴曲、钢琴曲和小提琴曲。
?as well as既……又……，不但……而且……；和……一样好
①He sings as well asplays the piano.
他不但弹钢琴，还唱歌。
②She tries to draw horses as_well_as Xu Beihong.
她努力把马画得和徐悲鸿的一样好。
[名师点津] as well as连接并列主语时，谓语的数要与前面的那一个保持一致。
③He as well as his brothers is (be) coming to see you.
不仅是他的兄弟们，他也要来看你。
7．(教材P23)Haydn met Mozart in 1781 and was veryimpressed withhim.
海顿在1781年与莫扎特相遇，并对他印象深刻。
?be impressed with/by对……留下印象
(1)impress sb. with sth. 某物给某人留下印象
impress sth. on sb. 使某人铭记某事
(2)impression n. 印象
leave/make a deep impression on sb.
给某人留下深刻印象
①All present were impressed with/by his noble deed.
所有在场的人都对他高尚的行为留下了深刻印象。
②The little girl impressed her friend with her sense of humour.
这个小女孩的幽默感给她的朋友留下了深刻的印象。
③His first speech made a deep impression on his audience.
他的第一次演讲给听众留下了深刻的印象。
[名师点津] be impressed with的主语是人，表示“对……留下印象”，而be impressed on的主语是物，表示“给……留下印象”。
8．(教材P23)As he grew older, he began to go deaf.
随着年龄的增长，他的耳朵开始变聋。
?go deaf变聋
go blind/mad/bad 变瞎/发疯/变坏，变质
go wrong/wild 出毛病/变疯狂
go pale/red 变得苍白/发红
go hungry 挨饿
①The little girl went deafwhen she was five.
这个小女孩5岁时变聋了。
②On hearing the news of the accident in the coal mine, she went_pale.
当听到矿难消息时，她的脸变得煞白。
③He went_red with anger when he heard the news.
他听到这个消息时，气得脸都红了。
[名师点津] go作系动词时，一般表示由好变坏、由正常情况变成特殊情况，也表示颜色的变化。
1．Whilehe was still a teenager, Mozart was already a big star and toured Europe giving concerts.
当莫扎特还是个少年时，他就已经是一个大明星了，并在欧洲举办了巡回音乐会。
(1)本句中while引导时间状语从句，意为“当……的时候”。
①We must strike while the iron is hot.
[谚语]趁热打铁。
②Please don’t talk so loud while_others_are_working.
别人在工作时，请别高声谈话。
(2)引导让步状语从句，意为“虽然，尽管”(多放于句首)。
③Whilehe loves his students, he is very strict with them.
虽然他爱他的学生，可是他对他们很严格。
(3)作并列连词用，意为“而，然而”，表示对比。
④Some people waste food whileothers haven’t enough.
有些人浪费食物，然而有些人没有足够的食物。
2．However,it wasHaydn who encouraged Beethoven to move to Vienna.
然而，鼓励贝多芬移居维也纳的正是海顿。
该句中的“it was ... who ...”是强调句型，强调的是句子的主语，该句的正常语序是：However, Haydn encouraged Beethoven to move to Vienna.
(1)强调句的基本句型是“It is/was＋被强调部分＋that/who＋句子其他部分”。
①It washis best friend that/who he met at the party.
在聚会时他遇到的是他最好的朋友。
(2)强调句的一般疑问句是将is/was提前，即：“Is/Was it ... that ...”。
②Was it Sallythat/whophoned you just now?
刚才给你打电话的是莎莉吗？
(3)强调句的特殊疑问句形式，需将陈述句变成一般疑问句，再在句首加上疑问词，即“疑问词(被强调部分)＋is/was＋it＋that＋句子其他部分”。
③What_was_it_that prevented him from coming in time?
是什么使得他没按时来？
(4)not ... until ...结构在强调句型中的运用：until引导的时间状语从句可以用在强调句型中，其结构为“It is/was not until ... that ...”。
④It_was_not_until she took off her sunglasses that I recognized her.
直到她摘下墨镜我才认出她来。
[名师点津] 强调句型的判断方法：把it is/was及that去掉，依然是一个完整的句子；否则，就不是强调句型。试比较：
It was in the parkthatI lost my cellphone.(强调句型)
It was the park where I lost my cellphone.(where引导定语从句)
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．Do you know how many oceans and continents our world is composed of?
2．Lang Lang is a talented (talent) pianist, who has drawn many people’s attention abroad.
3．Lost (lose) in thought, he was nearly knocked down by a speeding car.
4．The audience are (be) leaving their seats.
5．His performance left a deep impression on me.
6．Who was it that wrote these famous plays?
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．She is_known_as (作为……而出名) a successful singer and composer.
2．The old man went_blind (失明) because of a serious disease.
3．The tourists were_impressed_with (对……印象深刻) what they had seen at the West Lake.
4．While_she_is_a_lovely_girl (她虽然是一个可爱的姑娘), she can be extremely difficult to work with sometimes.
5．He as_well_as_his_parents_thinks (不仅他的父母而且他都认为) that the house is not worth buying.
6．It_was_not_until (直到……) he got seriously ill that he knew the importance of health.
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．Seeing such beautiful scenery, I really want to compose (创作) a poem.
2．Just before sunset the peasants (农民) may stop laboring in the fields.
3．The company suffered a heavy loss (损失) as a result of the accident.
4．The audience (观众) was/were enthusiastic on the opening night of the play.
5．Her father is a musician (音乐家) and he is going to hold a concert on Sunday evening.
6．Einstein was really a genius (天才). It was he who changed the views of the universe.
7．These musician’s tour (巡回演出) of China was well received by the Chinese young people.
8．He was an excellent conductor (指挥) before he retired.
9．Your sister is a woman of many talents (天赋) and I admire her very much.
10．I’m afraid I haven’t got a very good sense of direction (方向), so I easily get lost.
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．The audience were so large that no seat was left in the grand hall.were→was
2．The scenery is strongly impressed with my mind.with→on
3．Was it during the Second World War when he died？when→that
4．Losing in the dark, we had to ask a native to take us to the hotel.Losing→Lost
5．E-mail, as well as telephones, play an important part in daily communication.play→plays
6．When she heard her son was killed by a car, she went madly.madly→mad
7．At the party, she tried to make herself known for everyone.for→to
8．By the time he got to the airport, the plane has taken off.has→had
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．Jiuzhai Valley is_known_for its natural beauties and clean air.
九寨沟因其秀美的自然风光和清新的空气而闻名。
2．I learned to lip-read when I started to go_deaf.
我开始变聋时学会了唇语。
3．My teacher, as well as his wife and daughters, is_going_to_visit_Beijing this summer.
今年夏天，我的老师将与妻女一起去北京旅游。
4．The first time I toured Taishan, I_was_impressed_with_its_beautiful_scenery.
我第一次游览泰山，就对它美丽的风景留下了深刻的印象。
5．It_was_years_of_hard_work_that has made him successful today.
正是多年艰苦的工作才造就了他今天的成功。
6．By_the_time the course ends, we will_have_learned a lot about Britain.
到这门课程结束时，我们将学到许多关于英国的知识。
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
Ludwig van Beethoven was born in Bonn, Germany. He was 1.talented (talent) in music when he was very young, and learned to play 2.the piano from his father, a singer. Mozart met Beethoven and 3.was_impressed (impress) by him. “He will give something 4.wonderful (wonder) to the world，” he said. Beethoven met Haydn but was not impressed by the older man. 5.After they had known each other for many years, Beethoven said, “He is a good composer, but he taught me nothing.” However, it was Haydn 6.who/that encouraged Beethoven 7.to_move (move) to Vienna. Beethoven 8.became (become) very popular in the Australian capital and stayed there. 9.As he grew older, he began to go deaf. He became 10.completely (complete) deaf during the last years of his life, but he continued composing.
Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达
彼得作为世界上最伟大的音乐家(musician)和作曲家(composer)之一而著名(be known as)。在他很小时，彼得就表现出了在音乐方面的才华(talent)。他的父亲，一个农民(peasant)，坚信他是一个天才(genius)，设法送他去奥地利(Austria)学习音乐，在奥地利他努力学习并勤加练习(where引导非限制性定语从句)。他的勤奋和天赋(talent)给老师留下了深刻的印象(be impressed with)。彼得尤其喜欢古典音乐(classical)和爵士乐(jazz)。到他18岁的时候(by the time)，彼得已经创作(compose)了很多优美的歌曲。随着他年龄的增长(as引导时间状语从句)，他的耳朵变聋(go deaf)了，但是他继续坚持创作(compose)。正是他的努力和(as well as)天赋使他如此成功(强调句型)。
Peter is known as one of the greatest musicians and composers in the world. At his early age, he showed a talent for music. His father, a peasant, believed his son was a genius and managed to send him to learn music in Austria, where he studied hard and practiced more. His teacher was deeply impressed with his hard work and his talent. Peter especially loved classical music and jazz. By the time he was 18, he had composed many beautiful songs. As he grew old, he went deaf, but he continued composing. It was his hard work as well as his talent that made him so successful.
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.完形填空
“You can do anything you want to do as long as you set your mind to it and stick with it.” I remember hearing those words from my __1__ ever since I was a little girl. Through the years I’ve grown up __2__ them and using them to __3__ me. You see, there is no one I __4__more than my mother.
When I was four years old, my mother and father got divorced (离婚), although he didn’t __5__ with us after I was two. At the time, my brother was only eight. Being a single parent is a __6__ enough job in itself but my mother also worked full-time.
Most people who heard about this __7__ probably thought that at least one of the children would __8__ getting into some kind of __9__ whether with the law or something else, but that never __10__. My mother taught both of us about morals, goals and rules, along with many other things.
Although she __11__all week, my mom always had __12__ for us, whether it was to take us to our baseball and soccer games or if we just __13__ someone to talk to. At one point I remember clearly that I had a speech problem, and that she made me __14__every night over and over again until I got it __15__.
All in all, I feel I can __16__ with my mother about anything, with her acting more as a __17__ than a parent. I realize not everyone has a mother like mine, which makes me __18__her even more. After everything she has done for me, I want to make her __19__ by being the first woman in my family to go to college and get a(n) __20__.
语篇解读：妈妈独自一人把作者和哥哥养大，她是世上最让作者敬佩的人。
1．A.father B．mother
C．brother D．teacher
解析：选B 从下文作者对妈妈的介绍可知，这句话是妈妈说的。
2．A.believing in B．looking into
C．searching for D．thinking about
解析：选A 作者对这句话深信不疑。
3．A.describe B．support
C．encourage D．protect
解析：选C 作者对这句话深信不疑，还常用这句话鼓励自己。
4．A.help B．understand
C．miss D．admire
解析：选D 根据第一句妈妈的话可知，没有什么人能比妈妈更让作者敬佩的了。
5．A.play B．speak
C．live D．travel
解析：选C 父母在作者四岁时就离婚了，但是他们在作者两岁时就分居了。
6．A.bad B．sad
C．rare D．hard
解析：选D 父母离婚后，妈妈独自一人带着作者和哥哥，生活非常艰辛。
7．A.news B．situation
C．opinion D．rule
解析：选B 上一段是作者小时候的家庭情况。
8．A.end up B．worry about
C．dream of D．start out
解析：选A 由上文作者成长的家庭环境判断，听了作者的情况后多数人认为作者和哥哥最终会遇到法律或其他方面的麻烦。
9．A.danger B．trouble
C．conversation D．war
解析：选B 参见上题解析。
10．A.changed B．improved
C．ended D．happened
解析：选D 根据下句中的“taught”可知，这种坏情况根本没有发生。
11．A.complained B．studied
C．worked D．exercised
解析：选C 根据上文的“worked full-time”可知，妈妈一周都得上班。
12．A.advice B．surprise
C．time D．prize
解析：选C 根据该空后的“whether it was to take us to our baseball and soccer games or if we just __13__ someone to talk to”可知，妈妈再忙也有时间陪他们。
13．A.called B．needed
C．found D．welcomed
解析：选B 如果作者和哥哥只是需要找人谈谈，妈妈都会抽出时间来。
14．A.practise B．look
C．reply D．sing
解析：选A 与本空前的“speech problem”构成呼应。作者说话不流利，于是妈妈就让作者晚上反复练习。
15．A.simple B．right
C．useful D．ready
解析：选B 练习了很多遍之后，作者说话终于正常了。
16．A.debate B．read
C．talk D．learn
解析：选C 根据该空后的“with her acting more as a __17__ than a parent”可知，作者感觉自己和妈妈无所不谈。
17．A.friend B．volunteer
C．classmate D．workmate
解析：选A 作者和妈妈无所不谈，她就像作者的一个好朋友。
18．A.pay B．reward
C．expect D．appreciate
解析：选D 根据上文妈妈对作者的言传身教得出，作者觉得没有一个人的妈妈能比得上自己的妈妈，这让作者非常感激她。
19．A.popular B．confident
C．proud D．shocked
解析：选C 从该空后的“being the first woman in my family to go to college and get a(n) __20__”可知，作者想让妈妈感到自豪。
20．A.degree B．chance
C．award D．advantage
解析：选A 承接该空前的“go to college”可知，此处的意思是取得学位。
Ⅱ.短文改错
Music plays a important role in my life and listen to music is my favorite activity. Usually I preferred to express my feeling through music, and I like pop music best. I don’t like rock music because of I think it’s too noisily. When I am tired after studying or when I am nervous before exams, music helps me feel relaxing and fresh. I am not good at singing or I can play the piano and the violin. In addition, I am fond of listening to foreign song in order to learn more about the cultures of different countries as well learning about the world better. Music makes your life more colorful.
答案：第一句：a→an; listen→listening
第二句：preferred→prefer
第三句：去掉of; noisily→noisy
第四句：relaxing→relaxed
第五句：or→but
第六句：song→songs; as well后加as
第七句：your→my
Module 3 MusicSection Ⅲ Grammar 时间状语从句和过去完成时
?语法图解
?探究发现
①Whenhe was very young, Mozart had a lot of musical talent.
②While he was still a teenager, he was a big star.
③As he grew older, he began to go deaf.
④By the time he was 14, Mozarthad composed many pieces for the harpsichord, piano and violin, as well as for orchestras.
⑤Afterthey had known each other for many years, Beethoven said, “He is a good composer, but he has taught me nothing.”
⑥Before they visited India, they had recorded seven albums.
[我的发现]
(1)以上所有例句中都包含一个时间状语从句。
(2)例句④⑤⑥都包含了一般过去时或过去完成时。
(3)例句①②中，when和while都表示“当……时候”，例句③中as表示“随着”。
(4)例句④⑥中，by the time和before引导时间状语从句，从句用一般过去时，主句则用过去完成时。
(5)例句⑤中，after引导时间状语从句，主句用一般过去时，从句用过去完成时。
一、时间状语从句
时间状语从句用来说明主句谓语动词发生的时间，由连词引导。本单元主要学习when, while, as及by the time引导的时间状语从句。
1．when可以和延续性动词连用，也可以和短暂性动词连用，主句和从句中的动作或状态可以同时发生，也可以先后发生。
When they heard the news, they were very excited.
当他们听到这个消息时，非常激动。(hear是短暂性动词)
When I lived there, I used to go to the seashore on Sundays.
我住在那里时，星期天常到海滨去。(live是延续性动词)
[名师点津] (1)when还可作并列连词，意为“就在这个时候”。
I was watching TV whensomeone knocked at the door.
我正在看电视，这时突然有人敲门。
(2)when还可译为“这时；就在那时”，常用于以下句型：
①be about to do ... when正要做……这时
②be doing ... when正在做……这时
③had done ... when刚做完……就
2．while引导时间状语从句时，从句的谓语动词必须是延续性动词。
While/Whenshe was reading a novel, she cried.
她看小说的时候哭了。
They rushed in while we were discussing problems.
我们正在讨论问题时，他们冲了进来。
[名师点津] while还可引导让步状语从句，意为“尽管”。另外，while还可用作并列连词，表示“然而”。
While/Although/Thoughhe is young, he has been to many countries.
虽然他很小，但他去过很多国家。
Some men were rich, while others are poor.
一些人很富有，而其他人很贫穷。
3．as引导时间状语从句时，常表示两个动作交替进行或同时发生，可译作“一边……一边……；随着”。
He hurried home, looking behind as he went.
他匆忙回家去，一边走一边回头望。
Astime went on, it’s getting warmer and warmer.
随着时间的推移，天越来越暖和了。
4．by the time引导时间状语从句时，一般情况下，如果从句用一般过去时，主句则用过去完成时；如果从句用一般现在时，主句则用将来完成时。
By the time Igot to the station, the train had alreadygone.
我到达火车站时，火车已经开走了。
By the time he retires, he will have worked for 35 years.
到退休时，他将工作满35年。
[即时演练1]
(1)选词填空：when, while, as, by the time
①When I went into the classroom, he was reading.
②When/By_the_time I arrived, the film had already ended.
③While I am willing to help, I do not have much time tomorrow.
④While/When she was making a call, I entered her room.
⑤As you grow older, you’ll know better and better about yourself.
(2)完成句子
①As_time_went_on (随着时间的推移), his sight became worse and worse.
②My wife kept silent while/when_I_was_working (当我工作的时候)．
③The students took notes as_they_listened (一边听)．
④I was_about_to_go_to_bed_last_night (昨晚正要上床睡觉) when I heard a cry for help.
⑤By_the_time_you_receive_the_letter (等你收到这封信的时候), I will_have_left (将已经离开) the city for my hometown.
二、过去完成时
1．基本用法
过去完成时的构成为“had＋过去分词”。主要用法如下：
(1)表示某一动作或存在的状态发生在过去某一时间或某一动作之前，即“过去的过去”。
By the end of last week, theyhad finishedthe work.
到上周末为止，他们已经完成了工作。
When Jack arrived, he learned Mary had been away for almost an hour.
当杰克到时，他得知玛丽已经离开快一个小时了。
[名师点津] 过去完成时常常用在宾语从句中，从句谓语动作发生在主句谓语动作(过去时)之前。
She saidthat she had finished her homework.
她说她已完成家庭作业了。
(2)某些动词的过去完成时表示过去未实现的希望、计划或打算。常用的动词有hope, expect, suppose, think, want, wish等。
They had wantedto help but couldn’t get here in time.
他们本来想要来帮忙的，但未能及时赶到这儿。
I had hoped to send him a Christmas card, but I forgot to do so.
我本来想送他一张圣诞节贺卡，但把这事给忘了。
2．过去完成时在几个重点句型中的应用
(1)在no sooner ... than, hardly ... when句型中，主句用过去完成时，意为“一……就；刚……就”。
I had hardly stepped into the classroom whenthe bell rang.
我一踏入教室的门，铃就响了。
No soonerhad he rushed out than the house fell down.
他刚冲出去房子就塌了。
(2)在it was the first time that ...句型中，that从句常用过去完成时。
It was the first time that he had ever spokento me in such a tune.
这是他第一次用这样的语调跟我讲话。
3．过去完成时与一般过去时的区别
一般过去时侧重发生在过去的客观事实；而过去完成时强调动作发生在“过去的过去”，一定有一个表示过去的参照点。
Ihad been at the bus stop for 30 minutes when a bus finally came.
当公交车最终来的时候，我已在车站等了三十分钟。
He once workedas a teacher for 5 years, but now he is a successful manager.
他曾经做过5年教师，但现在他是一位成功的经理。
[即时演练2]
(1)用所给词的适当形式填空
①When I got to school I found that my classmate had_left (leave)．
②He is a professor of Shandong University. He stayed (stay) in America for 4 years.
③The man said that he had_written (write) about 300 pieces of music.
④I had_intended (intend) to call on you, but I had an unexpected visitor.
⑤The three of us travelled (travel) around Europe for about a month last summer.
(2)完成句子
①She said that she had_seen_the_film_before (以前看过这部电影)．
②We had_built_five_bridges (已经建了5座桥) by the end of last year.
③It was the third time that he had_been_out_of_work (失业) that year.
④We had_hoped_that_you_would_come (本期望你会来), but you didn’t.
⑤Hardly had_I_got_to_the_bus_stop (我到达汽车站) when the bus started.
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．While/When she was painting a picture, the teacher came in.
2．Tom was about to close the windows when his attention was caught by a bird.
3．As time goes by, his music is becoming more and more popular.
4．I like singing while she likes dancing.
5．By the time I get home, they will_have_left (leave)．
6．When they got (get) there, the famous singer had_left (leave)．
7．It was the first time that he had_met (meet) so strange a kind of car.
8．The new bridge had_been_designed (design) by the end of last month.
9．I found the lecture hard to follow because it had_started (start) when I arrived.
10．Our friendship developed (develop) quickly over the weeks that followed.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．When_I_woke_up,_my mother was preparing breakfast.
我醒来时，妈妈正在准备早饭。
2．As_I_grow_older,_I get more and more optimistic.
随着年龄的增长，我变得越来越乐观。
3．While/When_he_was_writing_the_letter,_the telephone rang.
当他正在写那封信时，电话响了。
4．The lovely girl laughed as_she_spoke.
这个可爱的女孩边谈边笑。
5．While/Although/Though_the_Internet_is_of_great_help,_I don’t think it’s a good idea to spend too much time on it.
尽管因特网有很大帮助，但我认为花太多的时间在上面不是好主意。
6．Last Sunday, I was_walking_in_the_street_when I suddenly saw an old man fall off his bicycle.
上周日，我正在街上散步，这时突然看到一位老人从自行车上摔了下来。
7．He had_lived_in_the_countryside_for_20_years before he moved into the city.
在来这个城市之前，他已经在农村生活了20年。
8．I had_hoped_to_be_back last night, but I didn’t catch the train.
我本希望昨晚回来的，但没赶上火车。
9．It was the third time that she had_come_to_this_mountain_village to see the children.
这是她第三次来到这个山村看望这些孩子了。
10．No sooner had_he_finished_his_talk_than he was surrounded by the excited workers.
他刚一结束讲话就被兴奋的工人们围了起来。
Ⅲ.短文改错
Today I’d like to share one of my unforgettable experience with everyone present. My parents had arranged a party for my 18th birthday at a hotel. It was raining heavy outside, so we had to stay inside all night. The room was packed with guests dancing together while we saw smoke. All begin to panic because there were so many of us that we couldn’t get out quickly. Thankfully, we managed open a window and get out of the burning building. To my sorrow, some of them had to go to hospital because of burns and breathing problems and the room which the party took place was completely destroyed. Afterwards, I was told that a building had been struck by lightning and the firefighters had spent approximately 3 hours putting off the fire.
答案：第一句：experience→experiences
第二句：去掉had
第三句：heavy→heavily
第四句：while→when
第五句：begin→began
第六句：managed后加to
第七句：them→us; which→where或which前加in
第八句：a→the; off→out
Module 3 MusicSection Ⅳ Other Parts of the Module
[原文呈现] [读文清障]
Ye Xiaogang
Ye Xiaogang, who was born in① 1955, is one of a group of Chinese composers known as the New Tide②. He writes symphonies and pieces for smaller groups of musicians. He also writes film music. He showed musical ability at an early age③ and began studying piano when he was four years old.
From 1978 till④ 1983, he studied at the Central Conservatory of Music of China. After graduation⑤， he worked there as a lecturer⑥.
In 1985, there was a concert of Ye Xiaogang’s symphonies in Beijing. From that time, he has been one of the leading⑦ modern composers of Chinese classical music. In 1986, his album⑧Horizon appeared⑨ and his music was played at the First Contemporary Chinese Composers’ Festival⑩ in Hong Kong. He is famous for?mixing? Chinese musical traditions? with western forms and instrumentation?.
Ye is a member of the Beijing music group Eclipse. Eclipse is perhaps the first independent? music group in China which plays works? by modern Chinese composers. In November 1996, the group played with? Italian? musician Enrico Rava at the Beijing International? Jazz Festival.
Ye Xiaogang has received many prizes?， in China and in other countries. Since 1993, he has worked part of the time in Beijing and part of the time in the US. He’s a professor of music at the Central Conservatory of Music of China, and composes pieces for the Shanghai Symphony Orchestra.
①be born in出生于
②known as ...为过去分词短语作后置定语。
③at an early age 在小时候
④from ... till ... 从……到……
till可换为to。
⑤graduation n．毕业
⑥lecturer[’lekt??r?]n．(大学的)讲师
⑦leading adj.领先的，首要的
⑧album[’?lb?m]n．专辑
⑨appear vi.出版；出现
appear无进行时和被动语态。
⑩festival n．节日
?be famous for 因为……而著名
?mix[mIks]vt.使混合
mix ...with ... 把……与……混合在一起
?tradition n．传统
?instrumentation n．器乐曲谱写
?independent adj.独立的
?work n．作品，为可数名词。
?play with sb.和某人一起演奏
?Italian adj.意大利的
?international adj.国际的
?prize n．奖品
叶小纲
[课文译文]
叶小纲，生于1955年，是中国著名的新锐作曲家之一。他写交响乐，也给一些规模较小的音乐组合作曲，他还写一些电影插曲。他小时候就显示出了音乐才能，并在4岁时开始学钢琴。
从1978年到1983年，他就读于中央音乐学院。毕业后，他作为一名讲师在那儿工作。
1985年，在北京举办了叶小纲的交响音乐会。从那时起，他就成了中国古典音乐现代作曲家的领军人物之一。1986年，他发行了专辑《地平线》，他的音乐在香港第一届中国现代作曲家音乐节上被演奏。他因为把中国传统音乐与西方音乐形式及器乐曲谱写结合起来而出名。
叶小纲是北京音乐团“Eclipse”的一员。“Eclipse”大概是中国第一个由现代作曲家演奏作品的独立的音乐团体。1996年11月，这个团体与来自意大利的音乐家恩里克? 拉瓦在北京国际爵士音乐节中合作演出。
叶小纲在中国和其他国家得过许多奖。自从1993年以来，他就有时在北京工作，有时在美国工作。他现任中央音乐学院教授，并且为上海交响乐团作曲。
Step 1 True (T) or False (F)．
1．Ye Xiaogang also writes TV music.(F)
2．Ye Xiaogang has been one of the leading modern composers of Chinese pop music.(F)
3．Ye Xiaogang is a member of the Beijing music group Eclipse.(T)
4．Ye Xiaogang has received many prizes.(T)
Step 2 Choose the best answers according to the text.
1．Ye Xiaogang began to show his music talent in ______.
A．1955 B．1978
C．1959 D．1983
2．Why is Ye Xiaogang worth such great fame?
A．He is one of a group of Chinese composers called the New Tide.
B．He combines Chinese traditional music with western forms and instrumentation.
C．He wrote an album called Eclipse which proved a great success.
D．He has won many prizes at home and abroad.
3．After his graduation from the Central Conservatory of Music of China, he ________.
A．began to study in the US
B．began to teach while writing symphonies
C．began to set up the Beijing music group Eclipse
D．went to Hong Kong for further study
4．From the last paragraph, we know that ________.
A．Ye Xiaogang leads a busy life
B．Ye Xiaogang has one music group in the US
C．Ye Xiaogang is one of the most famous composers in the world
D．Ye Xiaogang works for the Shanghai Symphony Orchestra
答案：1～4 CBBA
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.albumn． 专辑
2.bandn. 乐队
3.catchyadj. 动人的
4.lyricsn. (复)歌词
5.complexadj. 复杂的
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.influencevt.影响→influential adj.有影响力的
2.recordvt.录音→recorder n．录音机
3.lecturern．(大学的)讲师→lecture n．演讲，讲座
4.mixvt.使混合→mixture n．混合，混合物→mixed adj.混合的
1.complex adj.复杂的
[词块] ①a complex problem 复杂难懂的问题
②complex sentences 复合句
③complex situation 复杂的情况
2.band n．乐队
[词块] ①a jazz band 爵士乐队
②a rock band 摇滚乐队
③boy/girl band 男孩/女孩乐队
3. tune n．曲调
[词块] ①in tune 音调准确
②in tune with 与……协调
③out of tune 走调
④out of tune with 与……不协调
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.refer_to 指；谈到；参考；查阅
2.for_the_first_time 第一次
3.mix_..._with_... 把……和……混合
4.split_up 分裂；分割
5.make_a_note_of 记录
6.be_famous_for 因为……而著名
1.in the countryside 在乡下，在农村
2.all kinds of music 各种音乐
3.musical instrument 乐器
4.rock music 摇滚乐
5.download music 下载音乐
6.no way 没门儿
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.As Beethoven grew older, he found it more difficult to compose good music.
随着年龄的增长，贝多芬觉得谱出好的乐曲越来越难了。
it作形式宾语，不定式作真正的宾语。
Do you think_it_important_to_learn English well？
你认为学好英语重要吗？
2.If so,what do you know about them？
如果这样，你对他们了解多少？
if省略句，省略了it is。
You should study hard. If_so,_you can pass the exam.
你应该努力学习。如果这样，你就能通过考试。
3.If the words of a song are complex, are they easy or difficult to understand？
如果一首歌的歌词很复杂，那它们理解起来是容易还是困难呢？
“主语＋be＋形容词＋不定式”结构。
What he said is_difficult_to_understand.
他所说的话很难理解。
4.Are they happy with the way they listen to music？
他们对听音乐的方式满意吗？
the way后面为省略了关系词的定语从句。
I don’t like the_way_he_speaks.
我不喜欢他说话的方式。
1．(教材P26)If a band isinfluenced by another band, do they like them or not?
如果一个乐队受到另一个乐队的影响，他们是否喜欢对方呢？
?influence vt.&n.影响
(1)influence sb. to do sth. 影响某人做某事
(2)have an influence on/upon 对……有影响
under the influence of 在……的影响下
have influence over 有左右……的力量
(3)influential adj. 有影响力的
①What influence you to change your mind?
是什么使你改变了主意？
②Most parents think that computer games have_a_bad_influence_on their children.
大部分家长认为电脑游戏对他们的孩子有不良影响。
③ She is one of the most influential (influence) figures in local politics.
她是当地政坛最有影响的人物之一。
2．(教材P26)Americans liked the Beatles when they toured for the first time.
当披头士乐队第一次巡回演出的时候，美国人就喜欢他们了。
?for the first time第一次
①It’s normal for you to feel nervous when you went on the platform for the first time.
你第一次登台表演感到紧张是正常的。
[辨析比较] for the first time, the first time
for the first time
作状语，意为“第一次”
the first time
名词短语，也可充当连词，引导时间状语从句，意为“第一次……时”
选用上述短语填空
②I met him for_the_first_time at my brother’s birthday party yesterday.
我昨天在我哥哥的生日宴会上第一次见到了他。
③I loved this picture the_first_time I saw it.
我第一次看到这幅画就喜欢上它了。
3．(教材P27)Before they visited India, they had recordedseven albums.
他们访问印度之前，已录制了七张专辑。
?record v.录音；记录，记载n.记录；纪录；唱片
It is recorded that ... 据记载……
keep a record of 把……记录下来
on record 记录在案的
set/hold/break a record 创造/保持/打破纪录
make a record 录制唱片
①It is recorded thatthere have been a lot of earthquakes in this area.
据记载，这个地区已发生过多次地震。
②At the Olympic Games, some athletes broke the world record, some set a new record, and others held the former record.
在奥运会上，有些运动员打破世界纪录，有的创造新纪录，有的保持原有纪录。
4．(教材P29)Read the text and make a note of any new information.
读这篇文章并记下所有新的信息。
?make a note of记录
make/take a note/notes (of ...) 记下，记录(……)
take note of 注意到
leave a note for sb. 给某人留个便条
compare notes (with sb.) (与某人)交换意见
①Make notes ofhow much money you spend on the trip.
把旅途中的开支记录下来。
②Her parents took_note_of her talents and helped her to be a singer.
她的父母注意到她的才能并帮助她成为一名歌唱家。
③She left a note for her son on the kitchen table.
她在厨房的餐桌上给儿子留了个便条。
5．(教材P29)He is famous formixingChinese musical traditions with western forms and instrumentation.
他因为把中国传统音乐与西方音乐形式及器乐曲谱写结合起来而出名。
?mix v．(使)混合
(1)mix ... with/and ... 把……和……混合
mix up 混合，掺和；混淆；(常用被动语态)把……弄糊涂
mix ... up with ... 把……与……混淆
(2)mixed adj. 混合的
mixture n. 混合；混合物
①If you mix bluewith/and yellow, you get green.
如果你把蓝色和黄色相混合，就得到绿色。
②Mary and her twin sister are so alike that many people mix her up with her sister.
玛丽和她的双胞胎妹妹如此相像以至于许多人把她和她的妹妹搞混。
③The works of his are usually a mixture (mix) of Chinese tradition with western style.
他的作品通常是中国传统与西方风格的融合。
1．As Beethoven grew older, he found it more difficult to compose good music.
随着年龄的增长，贝多芬觉得谱出好的乐曲越来越难了。
句中使用了“find＋it(形式宾语)＋adj.(宾补)＋to do ...(真正的宾语)”结构，能用于此结构的动词还有consider, make, believe, think, feel等。除了不定式能作真正的宾语外，现在分词短语、动名词和从句也可作真正的宾语。作宾补的既可以是形容词也可以是名词。
①I don’tfeel it difficult to understand English.
我觉得理解英语并不难。
②I think it no use talking (talk) about it with them.
我认为跟他们谈这件事没用。
③They found it pleasant that they worked with us Chinese.
他们发现与我们中国人一起工作很愉快。
2．If so, what do you know about them?
如果这样，你对他们了解多少？
(1)if so是if it is so的省略句，表示“如果这样的话”，从本质上而言，它是条件状语从句的省略形式，实际运用中我们常把它作为固定搭配处理。
①If so,what did you do to grow these plants?
如果是这样的话，你怎样来种植这些植物？
(2)if省略句式常见的还有：
if not 如果不是这样
if any 如果有的话(表数量)
if ever 如果有的话(表频度)
if necessary 如果有必要的话
if possible 如果可能的话
②Take more exercise. If_not,_you will be overweight.
多锻炼。如果不这样的话，你会超重的。
③Please check over your composition and correct the mistakes, if any.
请把作文检查一遍，如果有错误，请改正过来。
④If_possible,_I want to avoid the rush hour traffic.
如果可能的话，我想避开交通高峰期。
3．If the words of a song are complex, are they easy or difficult to understand?
如果一首歌的歌词很复杂，那它们理解起来是容易还是困难呢？
本句中主句是“主语＋be＋形容词＋不定式”结构的一般疑问句形式，该句型是一个常用句型，其用法为：
(1)形容词多为表示主语的性质、特征的词。常见的此类形容词有easy, difficult, hard, important, impossible, interesting, pleasant, nice, comfortable, dangerous, surprising等。
①The chair iscomfortable to sit on.
这把椅子坐上去很舒服。
(2)不定式中的动词和句子的主语存在逻辑上的动宾关系，但在形式上不定式用主动形式表示被动意义。
②Good novels are interesting to_read (read)．
好的小说读起来有意思。
(3)不定式有时会带上自己的逻辑主语，并用介词for引出。
③This question is hard for me to answer.
这个问题对我来说难以回答。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．He recorded (record) everything that had happened during his travel.
2．This kind of game is pleasant to_play (play)．
3．The day was a mixture (mix) of sun and clouds.
4．Influenced (influence) by the growing interest in nature, more and more people enjoy outdoor sports.
5．He was so excited in class for the first time.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．Please make_a_note/notes_of when and where the meeting will be held.
请记下会议举行的时间和地点。
2．I felt nervous the_first_time_I_gave_a_speech to many students.
我第一次给很多学生演讲时感到很紧张。
3．You’re always mixing_me_up_with my twin brother.
你总是分辨不出我和我的孪生哥哥。
4．If_necessary,_I will stay up all night to get it finished.
如果有必要，我会熬个通宵把这事做完。
5．I find_it_really_interesting_to_translate Chinese novels into English.
我发现把汉语小说翻译成英语真的很有趣。
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
[本课语言点针对练习]
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．That famous lecturer (讲师) gave a lecture on American literature.
2．The band plans to release two new albums (专辑) next year.
3．The theory was so complex (复杂的) that few people could understand it at that time.
4．Influenced (影响) by a high school biology teacher, he took up the study of medicine.
5．I don’t know the lyrics of this song, but I remember its tune (曲调)．
6．I recorded (记录) what the lecturer said in order that I might get some review of it later.
7．Listen! There comes a catchy (动人的) song from the window of KFC.
8．He looked at her with a mixture (混合) of amusement and happiness.
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．We all find important to make a decision at once.important前加it
2．We should make note of everything we spend every day.note前加a或note→notes
3．I felt very nervous for the first time I made a speech in English.去掉for
4．The way which Miss Liu teaches English is quite different from our former teacher.which前加in或which→that
5．When mixing with water, salt dissolves quickly, which is a physical reaction. mixing→mixed
6．It is foolish for you to tell him the secret.for→of
7．His works had a influence on generations of musicians.a→an
8．The house is comfortable to live.live后加in
Ⅲ.选词填空
1．Want me to give up my work? No_way!
2．The secretary made_a_note_of what her boss asked her to do.
3．We were split_up into groups to discuss the question.
4．He said he would lend me some money, if_so,_I can buy that computer.
5．I’ll never forget meeting my school headmaster for_the_first_time.
6．Under_the_influence_of his parents, Tom showed his interest in painting.
[本单元语言点温故练习]
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．Are you sure we are in the right direction (direct)?
2．As a composer,_he has composed a great deal of music.(compose)
3．He is now busy touring (tour) all over the world.
4．She is a talented (talent) musician as well as a photographer.
5．A famous musician played a good piece of music using a musical instrument.(music)
6．Once lost (lose) in the forest, you should remain where you are waiting for help.
7．He is recognized as one of the greatest scientists of all time.
8．By the time you are forty, you will_be (be) as fat as an older man.
9．The rest of the students are (be) waiting outside the school gate.
10．I wish to make this matter known to the general public.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．It_was_my_father_who/that impressed honesty on me.
是我父亲向我强调了诚实的重要性。
2．He as_well_as_his_classmates_is fond of pop music.
他和他的同学们都喜欢流行音乐。
3．I was_impressed_with_their_optimistic_attitude towards the disaster.
他们面对灾难的乐观态度给我留下了深刻的印象。
4．The traffic lights went_green and I pulled away.
交通信号灯变绿了，我驾车走了。
5．Madam Curie is_known_as_a_great_scientist for her intelligence.
居里夫人是一位伟大的科学家，以她的智慧而闻名。
6．While_she_was_listening_to_the_radio,_she fell asleep.
她听着收音机睡着了。
7．The teacher found_it_difficult_to_get his meaning across to his students.
这位老师发现很难让他的学生们理解他的意思。
8．We had_planned_to_go_on_a_picnic yesterday, but it was raining.
我们本计划昨天去野餐，可一直下雨。
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.阅读理解
Have you ever wondered why malls, restaurants, and even theaters have music playing? Well, just look back at how you have felt when you have heard music playing at these places. Playing the right type of music can help people feel better. Music also has an effect on your concentration (集中注意力). Music even helps patients feel better and helps them recover faster and better.
Depression (沮丧) is a state of mind that most of us experience at some point of time. There are periods in our life when everything can seem difficult. Studies have shown that music can be a major mood (心情) lifter in such situations. Music also plays a great role in reducing anxiety. Anxiety often causes lack (不足) of sleep and other related problems.
Music is often known as the international language. We may not know the language another person is speaking but most of us respond to music in the same manner. Music is one of the best ways to lift your moods, but this can depend a lot on the type of music you listen to. While happy music can make you feel better, sad music can further drown your spirits. If the tempo (拍子) is fast, you will become excited and dance to the music. Listening to classical music can often make you feel powerful while soft music can be the perfect way to help you relax at the end of a long day.
If you want to use music to change the way you are feeling, you need to recognize the type of music that can lift your moods. Once you know the type of music you can use, you can use it to change the way you feel.
语篇解读：音乐能够改善我们的心情，但是不同的音乐对于我们的情绪的影响是不一样的。 因此，我们要弄清各种音乐的作用，选择适合自己的音乐。
1．What type of music should you listen to after a tiring day?
A．Classical music. B．Rock music.
C．Sad music. D．Soft music.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据文章第三段最后一句“...while soft music can be the perfect way to help you relax at the end of a long day”可知，我们疲倦时最好听一些轻音乐。
2．The effects of music include ________.
a．making us feel relaxed B．helping us sleep well
c．helping us concentrate D．lowering our spirits
e．helping patients recover
f．helping us communicate well with any person
A．abf B．abdf
C．abcde D．abcdef
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章内容可知，音乐能够让人感到放松、缓解压力、减轻焦虑(由此改善睡眠)、缓解病人的痛苦、帮助人们集中注意力，同时伤感的音乐也会让人情绪低落，由此可知音乐的效果包括C项所列的5种效果。
3．What does the author advise us to do in the last paragraph?
A．To listen to proper music.
B．To learn to play an instrument.
C．To enjoy some music every day.
D．To listen to music as much as possible.
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段的内容可知，作者建议我们应根据自己的具体情况听适合自己的音乐。
4．What can be used as the best title of the passage?
A．How music affects our health
B．The effects of music on our moods
C．How to choose the right type of music
D．Why music is called the international language
解析：选B 标题归纳题。本文主要讲述的是音乐能够影响我们的情绪，由此可知B项作为文章标题最佳。
Ⅱ.语法填空
In the clinic, I asked if Michael could be retested, so the specialist tested him again. To my __1__ (disappoint), it was the same score.
Later that evening, I tearfully told Frank __2__ I had learned that day. After __3__ (talk) it over, we agreed that we knew our son much __4__ (good) than the IQ test. We decided that Michael’s score must have been a mistake and we should treat him naturally __5__ usual.
We moved to Indiana in 1962, and Michael studied at Concordia High School in the same year. He got good grades in the school, especially in biology and chemistry, which was a great comfort.
Michael entered Indiana University in 1965 as a premedical student, soon afterwards, his teachers allowed him __6__ (take) more courses than required. In 1968, he __7__ (accept) by the School of Medicine, Yale University.
__8__ (interest), Michael then asked for another IQ test. We went to the same clinic, __9___ he had received the test eighteen years before. This time Michael scored 126, an increase of 36 points. A result __10__ that was supposed to be impossible.
答案：1.disappointment 2.what 3.talking 4.better 5.as 6.to take 7.was accepted 8.Interestingly
9．where 10.like
Module 3 MusicSection Ⅴ Writing-名人介绍
名人介绍属于记叙文体裁，要求对某个人作简单的介绍，使读者对其有大概的了解。写作时，选材要有重点，不能面面俱到，但要突出其典型事迹和惊人成就。
一、注意事项
名人介绍时应注意以下几方面的问题：
1．描写人物的内容应包括出生年月、成长经历、主要事迹、主要成就和总体评价。
2．多用第三人称进行描述。记叙某人的过去，以过去时态为主；描写现在的事情，以现在时态为主。
3．注意句式的变化，尤其是记叙简历的时间状语或从句的表达。
二、增分佳句
1．Qian Xuesen, born in Shanghai on December 11, 1911, was the pioneer of China’s Astronomy industry.
钱学森于1911年12月11日出生于上海，他是我国航天事业的先驱。
2．Bai Yun, a woman of 27, graduated from Havard University at the age of 24.
白云，一位27岁的女士，在24岁时毕业于哈佛大学。
3．Having graduated from university, he went to America for further education and gained a doctor’s degree.
大学毕业后，他去了美国深造，并获得了博士学位。
4．His songs are not very easy to learn, but they are very popular with Chinese people all over the world.
他的歌并不太容易学，但很受全球华人的欢迎。
5．It’s because of his extraordinary achievements/deeds that he was respected by a large number of people.
由于他非凡的成就/事迹，他受到了很多人的尊重。
6．He set a good example to us, so all the people show great respect to him.
他给我们树立了好的榜样，因此受到了所有人的极大尊敬。
[题目要求]
假如你是Lily，学校文学社请你根据下列提示用英语写一篇100词左右的短文，介绍当代歌星刘欢，以便发表在某个对国外发行的英文杂志上。
1．刘欢，中国流行歌王之一，主要作品有《我心中的太阳》(TheSuninMyHeart)、《弯弯的月亮》(ACrescentMoon)等。
2．除流行歌曲外，刘欢还擅长多种风格的演唱，如摇滚和民乐等。他还为多部电影电视剧插曲作词、作曲。
3．刘欢对公众事务很感兴趣， 多次应邀为大型体育盛会创作并演唱主题歌，在2008年北京奥运会上演唱主题歌《我和你》(YouandMe)。
4．他除了对音乐有研究之外，对旅游、文学和美术等均有研究。
第一步：审题构思很关键
一、审题
1．确定体裁：本文为名人介绍，属于记叙文；
2．确定人称：本文的主要人称为第三人称；
3．确定时态：描述健在的人物常用一般过去时和一般现在时。
二、构思
第一部分，引入：介绍主要成就及特长。
第二部分，阐述：介绍主要作品。
第三部分，结尾：总体评价。
第二步：核心词汇想周全
1．inspire/motivate/encourage/drive 激励
2．enthusiasm/warmth 热情
3．be_famous_for/be_well_known_for 因为……而闻名
4．different_styles/a_variety_of_styles 多种风格的
5．rang_from_..._to_... 范围从……到……
6．as_well_as/not_only_...but_also 也，不仅……而且
7．show_interest_in 在……方面显示
兴趣
8．public_affairs 公众事务
9．draw_people’s_heart_close 把人们的心拉近
第三步：由词扩句雏形现
1．刘欢是中国流行歌王之一，以优美的歌曲《我心中的太阳》、《弯弯的月亮》等而闻名。(and连接两个并列分句)
Liu_Huan_is_a_prince_of_pop_singers_in_China_and_he_is_famous_for_his_beautiful_songs_such_as_The_Sun_in_My_Heart_and_A_Crescent_Moon.
2．他擅长多种风格的演唱，范围从摇滚到民乐等。(现在分词短语作状语)
He_is_good_at_singing_songs_of_different_styles,_ranging_from_rock_to_folk_songs.
3．他不只是一位歌手，还是一位词作者和作曲者。(主系表结构)
He_is_a_singer_as_well_as_a_songwriter_and_composer.
4．他还为多部电影电视剧插曲作词、作曲并演唱。(主谓结构)
He_wrote,_composed_and_sang_for_many_TV_plays_and_movies_as_well.
5．刘欢对公众事务很感兴趣。(主谓宾结构)
Liu_Huan_shows_great_interest_in_public_affairs.
6．他多次应邀为大型体育盛会创作并演唱主题歌。(被动语态)
He_has_been_invited_to_write_and_sing_songs_for_many_international_sports_meetings.
7．他在2008年北京奥运会上演唱主题歌《我和你》。(主谓宾结构)
In_2008,_he_sang_the_Beijing_Olympic_Theme_You_and_Me.
8．《我和你》激发了人们对运动的热情，也拉近了全世界人民的心。(and连接两个并列谓语)
You_and_Me_inspires_people’s_enthusiasm_to_sports_and_draws_world_people’s_heart_close.
9．他对旅游、文学和美术等其他事情均有研究。(主系表结构)
He_is_also_interested_in_many_other_things,_such_as_tourism,_literature_and_fine_art.
第四步：句式升级造亮点
1．用名词短语作同位语改写句1
Liu_Huan,_a_prince_of_pop_singers_in_China,_is_famous_for_his_beautiful_songs_such_as_The_Sun_in_My_Heart_and_A_Crescent_Moon.
2．用Not only ...but also ...改写句3
Not_only_is_he_a_singer_but_also_a_songwriter_and_composer.
3．用which引导的定语从句连接句7和句8
In_2008,_he_sang_the_Beijing_Olympic_Theme_You_and_Me,_which_inspires_people’s_enthusiasm_to_sports_and_draws_world_people’s_heart_close.
第五步：过渡衔接联成篇
Liu_Huan,_a_prince_of_pop_singers_in_China,_is_famous_for_his_beautiful_songs_such_as_The_Sun_in_My_Heart_and_A_Crescent_Moon._Apart_from_pop_songs,_he_is_good_at_singing_songs_of_different_styles,_ranging_from_rock_to_folk_songs._Not_only_is_he_a_singer_but_also_a_songwriter_and_composer._
Liu_Huan_wrote,_composed_and_sang_for_many_TV_plays_and_movies._He_shows_great_interest_in_public_affairs._And_he_has_been_invited_to_write_and_sing_songs_for_many_international_sports_meetings._In_2008,_he_sang_the_Beijing_Olympic_Theme_You_and_Me,_which_inspires_people’s_enthusiasm_to_sports_and_draws_world_people’s_heart_close._
Liu Huan is a man of many abilities who is also interested in many other things, such as tourism, literature and fine art.
Module 3 Music
I have a good friend, who is a musician and composer. He showed a great talent for music froman early age. He dreamed of becoming a conductor and forming his own band when he was young. At six, he went to the court of a princeto learn music, where he made a note ofor even recorded what he was taught. He impressed his teacher with hard work. He especially loved classical and jazz. Later, he composed many catchy ballads and touredthroughout the world. He mixed western music with oriental music. His style greatly influenced the music world. I like hislyricsand tone very much. I collected almost every album of his.,
我有一个好朋友，他是一个音乐家和作曲家。他从小就显示出了音乐才华。他很小的时候就梦想着成为一名指挥并成立自己的乐队。在他六岁的时候，他去一个王子的宫廷学习音乐，在那里他记录甚至录下老师讲的东西。他的勤奋给老师留下了深刻的印象。他尤其喜欢古典音乐和爵士乐。后来，他创作了很多动人的民歌并在全世界巡回演出。他把西方音乐和东方音乐混合起来，他的风格深深地影响了音乐界。我非常喜欢他的歌词和曲调，我几乎收集了他的每一张专辑。
Module 4 Fine Arts Western Chinese and Pop ArtsSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading Pre-reading
MonaLisa is a 16th-century portrait painted by Leonardo da Vinci during the Italian Renaissance (文艺复兴), which now is under the care ofLouvre in Paris. It is perhaps the most famous painting in the world. But who was the heroine and what is the story behind the mysterious smile?
Its identity remains uncertain.Some researchers say that she was the widowed (寡居的) Duchess of Milan. Others say it is possible thatshe was Mona Lisa Gherardini, the third wife of the wealthy silk merchant Francesco.
The smile of Mona Lisa haskept people guessing. Someone says that the smile originated (起源，发端) from Leonardo da Vinci’s mother, Caterina. Others say the smile is quite simple because women were taught to smile so as toadd an air of mystery and elegance at that time. The truth is that this style of smile was not invented by Leonardo da Vinci. It can be found in a number of sculptures (雕塑) from the 15th century.
No one knows the truth behind this famous painting except Leonardo da Vinci himself, but people are so fond of it and would enjoy guessing.
In fact, there are many fine art forms in western countries and China as well. It’sthese fine arts and pop arts thatmake our life colourful. Now let’s step intothis module to learn more about them.
Section_ⅠIntroduction & Reading — Pre-reading
A
This is a painting① by the Spanish artist②， Pablo Picasso, considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century③. Picasso and another painter④， George Braque, started Cubism, one of the most important of all modern art movements⑤. Cubist artists painted objects and people, with different aspects of the object or person showing⑥ at the same time⑦.
B
This painting by contemporary⑧ American artist Roy Lichtenstein(1923－1997) is a world famous example of pop art⑨. Pop art(from the word “popular”) was an important modern art movement that aimed⑩ to show ordinary? twentieth-century city life. For example, it shows things such as? soup cans? and advertisements.
C
Qi Baishi(1863－1957), one of China’s greatest painters, followed? thetraditional? Chinesestyle? of painting. Chinese painting is known for? its brush drawings? in black inks? and natural? colours. Qi Baishi observed the world of nature very carefully, and his paintings are special because of this.
①painting/’peIntI?/n.绘画；油画
②artist/’a?tIst/n.艺术家
③considered ...为过去分词短语作后置定语。
④painter/’peInt?/n.画家
⑤art movements 艺术流派
one of ...为Cubism的同位语。
⑥aspect/’?spekt/n.方面
with ... showing为with复合结构。
⑦at the same time 同时
⑧contemporary/k?n’temp?r?ri/adj.当代的
⑨pop art 波普艺术，是一个重要的画派。
⑩aim/eIm/vi.以……为目标；打算；意欲
aim to do sth./aim at (doing ) sth. 意欲作某事
?ordinary adj.普通的，平常的
?such as 例如，诸如
?can n．罐头
?follow vt.遵循
?traditional/tr?’dI?n?l/adj.传统的；习俗的
?style/staIl/n.风格
?be known for 以……闻名
?drawing/’dr??I?/n.图画
?in black ink 用黑墨
?natural adj.自然的；天然的
observe/?b’z??v/vt.观察；注意到
because of 因为，由于
A
这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画，他被认为是20世纪西方最伟大的画家。毕加索和另一位名叫乔治·布拉克的画家创立了立体派，这是所有现代艺术流派中最重要的流派之一。在描绘物体或人物的时候，立体派画家会同时展现描绘对象的多个不同侧面。
B
这幅由美国当代画家洛伊·利希滕斯坦(1923～1997)画的油画是波普艺术闻名于世的典范。波普艺术(源自单词“popular”)是一个重要的现代艺术流派，着眼于展现20世纪普通的城市生活。比如，它会展现一些诸如汤罐头和广告之类的物品。
C
齐白石(1863～1957)是中国最伟大的画家之一，遵循了中国传统的绘画风格。中国画用毛笔蘸黑墨和天然颜料画成，并以此著称。齐白石对自然界观察得非常仔细，他的画因此而别具特色。
D
Xu Beihong(1895－1953) was one of China’s best-known twentieth-century artists. Like Qi Baishi, Xu painted in the traditional Chinese style. Both painters have a beautiful brush line. Xu Beihong believed that artists should show reality， but not just imitate it. Instead, a picture should try to show the “life” of its subject. He is most famous for his lively paintings of horses.
E
I’m studying art at school, and I enjoy it a lot, although I can get tired oflooking at pictures all the time. I’m crazy about the paintings of Qi Baishi, and this delightful picture of the little shrimps is such a lovely example of his work. But I can’tstand that picture of a golden-haired girl. I think it’s stupid.
F
My parents are fond of going to art galleries and often take me with them, so I’ve developed an interest in art. I must say， I love that picture of the six horses. They look soalive. It’s by a Chinese artist, isn’t it? I can tell by the style. I think the painting of the young girl is probably by Picasso. I really like him. I think he’s an extraordinary artist.
best-known 最著名的
line n．线，线条
reality/ri’?l?ti/n.真实；现实；逼真
imitate/’ImI?teIt/vt.临摹；仿造；模仿；仿效
most相当于very，意为非常。
lively adj.活的；栩栩如生的
get tired of 对……厌烦
all the time 总是，一直
be crazy about 迷恋
delightful/dI’laItfl/adj.令人愉快的；可爱的
shrimp n．虾
stand/st?nd/vt.忍受
golden-haired adj.金发的
be fond of 喜欢；喜爱
art gallery 艺术馆；美术馆
develop an interest in 对……产生兴趣
I must say 用于强调，意为“我得说”。
alive/?’laIv/adj.有活力的；有生气的，为表语形容词。
tell by 从……可以看出
extraordinary adj.非凡的；非同一般的
D
徐悲鸿(1895～1953)是中国20世纪最著名的画家之一。与齐白石一样，他也用中国传统的绘画风格画画。他们两个的作品都具有优美的毛笔绘制的线条。徐悲鸿认为画家应该展现现实，而不仅仅是临摹实物。相反，一幅画应该努力展示所画对象的“神韵”。他以能画出栩栩如生的马而著称。
E
我在学校学习美术，虽然总是看画可能会看腻，但我很喜欢它。我很迷恋齐白石的画。这幅可爱的小虾作品是展现他作品的非常生动的例子。但我受不了那幅金发女孩儿的画，我认为它看起来挺傻。
F
我父母喜欢去美术馆，他们常常带我一起去，我由此对美术产生了兴趣。我得说我很喜欢那幅画了6匹马的画。它们(那些马)看上去栩栩如生。它是由一位中国画家画的，不是吗？我能通过绘画风格判断出来。我认为那幅年轻女孩儿的画或许是毕加索的作品。我真的喜欢他。我认为他是一位非凡的画家。
Pre-reading
Please match the following words with their proper meanings.
1．stand A．n.憎恶；不喜欢
2．contemporary B．n.画家
3．traditional C．n.方面
4．style D．vt.采纳；采用
5．imitate E．vt.忍受
6．artist F．adj.当代的
7．dislike G．adj.传统的；习俗的
8．painter H．n.风格
9．aspect I．vt.临摹；仿造；模仿；仿效
10．adopt J．n.艺术家
11．observe K．vi. 以……为目标；打算；意欲
12．aim L．vt.观察；注意到
答案：1～6 EFGHIJ 7～12 ABCDLK
Lead-in
Match the pictures with the kinds they belong to.
A．oil painting B．watercolor
C．drawing D．Chinese painting
E．cartoon F．landscape
While-reading
Fast-reading
Skim the text and match the main idea with each paragraph.
1．Paragraph A A．something about China’s great painter — Qi Baishi
2．Paragraph B B. another China’s best-known artist Xu Beihong
3．Paragraph C C. Sarah loves the picture of the six horses
4．Paragraph D D. something about pop artist — American artist Roy Lichtenstein
5．Paragraph E E．Wu Hang likes the paintings of Qi Baishi
6．Paragraph F F．something about Cubist artists Picasso and Braque
答案：1～6 FDABEC
Careful-reading
(Ⅰ)True (T) or False (F)．
1．According to the text, Pablo Picasso is one of the founders of abstract painting. (F)
2．Pop art painters are aimed at showing ordinary twentieth-century city life.(T)
3．The reason why Sarah Hardwick has developed an interest in art is mainly that her parents are both famous artists. (F)
4．Wu Hang is crazy about the paintings of Qi Baishi, and that picture of a golden-haired girl as well.(F)
(Ⅱ)Read the text carefully and choose the best answers.
1．The characteristic of the paintings by Cubist artists is that ________.
A．different people and objects were shown at the same time
B．people or objects were shown from different sides at the same time
C．different people and objects could be seen in the same painting
D．the paintings were painted by different people at the same time
2．Qi Baishi’s paintings are special because ________.
A．they were painted in black inks and natural colors
B．they were painted in the traditional Chinese style
C．they were painted very carefully
D．they show the natural world carefully
3．Sarah Hardwick has become interested in art because ________.
A．she began to study art from an early age
B．her parents want her to be an artist
C．she often goes to art galleries with her parents
D．she likes Xu Beihong very much
4．From Paragraph B, we see that ________.
A．Roy Lichtenstein is the representative of Cubism
B．Roy Lichtenstein is the representative of pop art
C．Roy Lichtenstein is good at showing twentieth-century life
D．Roy Lichtenstein is good at drawing soup cans and advertisements
答案：1～4 BDCB
Study-reading
Analyze the following difficult sentences in the text.
1．This is a painting by the Spanish artist, Pablo Picasso, considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画，他被认为是20世纪西方最伟大的画家。
2．I’m studying art at school, and I enjoy it a lot, although I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 我在学校学习美术，虽然总是看画可能会看腻，但我很喜欢它。
Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
Imagine looking for your lost dog. You step into a cave. But instead of the dog, you find beautiful cave paintings. You see paintings of horses, deer, and bison that were drawn in black, brown, red and yellow. Your first question would probably be “Who did this？”
This is what happened to four French boys in 1940. They found the Lascaux caves. The paintings the boys discovered in those caves are about 17,000 years old. They were drawn by the ancient people called Cro-Magnons.
Cro-Magnons looked much like people of today. They used tools, such as fishing nets. But their art was extremely good. The main cave at Lascaux is called Great Hall of Bulls, which has a picture of bulls and horses in many colours. The largest animal is 18 feet long. There are smaller animals, such as bison, stags and a bear. There is also a strange spotted two-horned (两只角的) animal.
To the left of the main cave are the most famous paintings that are the drawings of animals in many different colours. One painting is called LittleHorses. On the ceiling are horses and cows. The most unusual sight may be in the ShaftoftheDeadMan where there is a rhinoceros, a carefully drawn dead man, an injured bison and a bird.
Why did Cro-Magnon artists do these beautiful drawings on cave walls? Did the drawings call upon some magic power? Did the Cro-Magnon people hope that the drawings would bring good luck? There is one thing the paintings seem to tell us. The Cro-Magnons were interested in the world. They looked at beauty and they understood it.
语篇解读：本文为说明文。文章主要介绍了法国Lascaux岩洞内的壁画。
1．The author uses the word “you” in Paragraph 1 to ________.
A．attract readers’ attention
B．make it clear that this is a true story
C．give readers good directions to find the caves
D．compare modern people with Cro-Magnon people
解析：选A 推理判断题。第一段虚构了一个以读者为主人公的场景，目的是引起读者的注意。
2．Most of the drawings in the caves are about ________.
A．boys B．tools
C．humans D．animals
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第三、四段对壁画的描述可知，洞内的绝大多数壁画是关于动物的。
3．What does the passage mainly tell us?
A．The cave paintings are beautiful.
B．Who found the beautiful cave paintings.
C．The Lascaux caves hold colourful ancient paintings.
D．Drawings of horses are on the walls of the Lascaux caves.
解析：选C 主旨大意题。文章开头介绍了发现壁画的过程，接下来描述了这些壁画。只有C项能够全面概括全文内容。A项范围太广，且有些偏题；B、D两项只是文中的细节，不能概括全文。
4．The passage is most probably taken from ________.
A．a research paper
B．a cultural magazine
C．a science newspaper
D．a travel guide
解析：选B 文章出处题。本文主要介绍了法国Lascaux岩洞内的壁画。这些古老的壁画本身就是宝贵的文化遗产，因此本文最有可能来自文化方面的杂志。
B
Babies as young as 5 months can distinguish a happy tune, such as Ode to Joy, from Beethoven’s Ninth Symphony, from sad tunes.
Researchers showed an emotionally-neutral face to the babies while sad music played. When the babies looked away from the face, the music stopped and a new sad song started. When the happier Ode to Joy played, the babies stared at the face three to four seconds longer, suggesting they were interested in the change.
By nine months old, babies can do the_opposite.
“The finding is another example of how babies make sense of the world long before they can talk，” said Ross Flom, psychology professor of Brigham Young University.
“One of the first things babies understand communicatively is emotion, so for them the melody (旋律) is the message，” Flom said. “Our study showed that by nine months, babies are classifying songs as happy or sad the same way that adults do.”
So what makes a happy song?
BYU music professor Susan Kenney, who was not involved in the study, noted some of the technical differences between the happy and sad songs the babies heard.
“The happy songs were all in major keys with fairly short phrases or motives that repeated，” Kenney said. “The tempo (节拍) and melodic rhythms were faster than any of the sad ones, and the melodies had a general upward direction. The sad songs were in minor keys and all had a slower beat and long melodic rhythms. For a baby to notice those differences is interesting and attractive.”
语篇解读：几个月大的婴儿就能辨识快乐的音乐和悲伤的音乐，你相信吗？
5．The researchers did the experiment in order to ______.
A．help babies learn more knowledge about music
B．find out the most popular music with babies
C．know whether babies are familiar with the face
D．find out whether babies would know happy songs from sad ones
解析：选D 推理判断题。纵观全文可知，研究的意图主要是弄清楚婴儿是否能辨别愉快的音乐和忧伤的音乐。
6．The phrase “the opposite” in Paragraph 3 refers to “________ ”．
A．telling the difference between Ode to Joy and other songs
B．picking out a sad tune from happy ones
C．looking away from the face three to four seconds longer
D．showing they’re not interested in the change of tunes
解析：选B 词义猜测题。此处“the opposite”指的是与第二段描述的情况相反的情况，故选B。
7．This musical study shows that ________.
A．all babies are gifted in music
B．music represents what babies want to tell us
C．babies understand music emotionally even before they can talk
D．the behavior of babies should be further studied
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第四段中Flom的话和第五段中Flom的话可推知C项切题。
8．How do babies distinguish different tunes according to Kenney?
A．By the tempo and rhythms.
B．By their emotion.
C．By their common sense.
D．By their interest.
解析：选A 细节理解题。由最后一段的介绍，尤其是该段第二、三句可知答案。
C
Societies all over the world name places in similar ways. Quite often there is no official naming ceremony but places tend to be called names as points of reference by people. Then an organized body steps in and gives the place a name. Frequently it happens that a place has two names：One is named by the people and the other by the government. As in many areas, old habits died_hard,_and the place continues to be called by its unofficial name long after the meaning is lost.
Many roads and places in Singapore are named in order that the pioneers will be remembered by future generations. Thus we have names such as Stamford Road and Raffles Place. This is in keeping with traditions in many countries — in both the West and the East.
Another way of naming places is naming them after other places. Perhaps they were named to promote friendships between the two places or it could be that the people who used to live there were originally from the places that the roads were named after. The mystery is clearer when we see some of the roads named in former British bases. If you step into Selector Airbase you will see Piccadilly Circus — obviously named by some homesick Royal Air Force personnel.
Some places were named after the activities that used to go on at those places. Bras Basah Road is an interesting example, “Bras Basah” means “wet rice” in Malay (马来语). Now why would anyone want to name a road “Wet Rice Road”？ The reason is simple. During the pioneering days, wet rice was laid out to dry along this road.
A few roads in Singapore are named by their shapes. There is “Circular Road” for one. Other roads may have part of their names to describe their shapes, like “Paya Lebar Crescent”. This road is called a crescent (月牙) because it begins on the main road, makes a crescent and comes back to join the main road again.
语篇解读：本文讲述的是东西方文化在称呼地名时所使用的几乎一样的方法，并通过新加坡的很多地名进行了说明。
9．We learn from Paragraph 1 that ________.
A．the government is usually the first to name a place
B．many places tend to have more than one name
C．a ceremony will be held when a place is named
D．people prefer the place names given by the government
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的“Frequently it happens that a place has two names：One is named by the people and the other by the government.”可知，很多地方实际上都有两个名称：一个是民间的，一个是官方的。
10．What does the underlined phrase “died hard” in Paragraph 1 probably mean?
A．Changed suddenly.
B．Changed significantly.
C．Disappeared mysteriously.
D．Disappeared very slowly.
解析：选D 词义猜测题。根据本句语境可知，这里的died hard和continues to be called表示的意思相反。指很多地方的正式名称慢慢地消失了，但是那些民间的称谓仍然存在。
11．Which of the following places is named after a person?
A．Raffles Place. B．Selector Airbase.
C．Piccadilly Circus. D．Paya Lebar Crescent.
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据文章第二段中的“Many roads and places ... Thus we have names such as Stamford Road and Raffles Place.”可知很多地方都是用先驱者的名字来命名，表示纪念的意义。接下来列举了Stamford Road和Raffles Place，说明Stamford和Raffles代表两个先驱者的名字。
12．What can be inferred from the passage?
A．Some place names in Singapore are the same as in Britain.
B．Some places in Singapore are named for military purposes.
C．The way Singaporeans name their places is unique.
D．Young Singaporeans have forgotten the pioneers.
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据文章第三段中的“The mystery is clearer when we see some of the roads named in former British bases.”可知，很多新加坡的地名都是用英语中的来源来命名的。再根据第二段最后一句“This is in keeping with traditions in many countries — in both the West and the East.”可知选A项。
Ⅱ.阅读七选五
Make Your Home a Happier Place
Have you ever had a dream to make your home a happier place? Maybe there are some points you can follow.
__1__When you want to dress in a modern way, your mum doesn’t like you wearing a mini-skirt. When you are making phone calls to friends, they ask if you’re speaking to a boy or a girl. Sometimes it seems that you’re not as close to your parents as you used to be. How can you become close again?
ClosingtheGap by an American writer, Jay McGraw, gives advice on how to have a better relationship with your parents. __2__When you think, “My parents don’t want me to have any fun，” that usually means your parents want you to be safe. __3__ They need to feel they are important and loved. You should tell your parents your needs and find out what their needs are. Then, you can think of a way to make all of you happy. He gives you some ideas：
?__4__You could talk about your school life and your plans for the future.
?Keep a diary. This is a way to help you understand more about yourself and your feelings.
?Show your parents you are growing up. __5__Your parents will feel that you are no longer a little child. If you follow these steps, soon you will be able to break down the walls between your parents and yourself.
A．Make time to talk.
B．They seldom talk with each other.
C．Both parents and children have needs.
D．Wash your clothes and help clean the house.
E．A generation gap has become a serious problem.
F．He gives ways to help your parents.
G．Sometimes you don’t think your parents are fair to you.
答案：1～5 GFCAD
Module 4 Fine Arts Western Chinese and Pop ArtsSection Ⅱ Introduction & Reading Language Points
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.scenen． 景色；风景
2.aspectn. 方面
3.observevt. 观察；注意到
4.stylen. 风格
5.aimvi. 以……为目标；打算；意欲
6.standvt. 忍受
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.artistn．艺术家→art n．艺术
2.colourfuladj.彩色的→colour n．颜色
3.delightfuladj.令人愉快的；可爱的→delight n．&vt.高兴；愉快；使高兴→delighted adj.感到高兴的
4.drawingn．图画→draw v．画画；素描
5.paintvt.绘画；(用颜料)画→paintingn．绘画；油画→paintern. 画家
6.traditionaladj.传统的；习俗的→tradition n．传统
7.imitatevt.临摹；仿造；模仿；仿效→imitation n．模仿；仿制品
8.realityn．真实；现实；逼真→real adj.真实的
9.unusualadj.不寻常的；非凡的→usual adj.通常的；平常的
1.contemporary adj.当代的
[联想] ①ancient adj.古代的 ②modern adj.现代的
2.alive adj. 有活力的；有生气的
[联想] ①live adj. 活的；现场直播的
②living adj. 活的，健在的；现代的
③lively adj. 活泼的；生动的
[联想] 识记a-前缀表语形容词
①asleep睡着的 ②awake醒着的
③afraid害怕的 ④alone单独的
3.traditional adj.传统的；习俗的
[联想] 后缀-al形容词荟萃
①central 中心的，中央的
②personal 个人的，私人的
③social 社会的；社交的
④national 国家的，全国性的，民族的
⑤natural 自然的
4.stand vt.忍受，容忍
[同义] bear, endure, tolerate, put up with
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.be_interested_in 对……感兴趣
2.think_about 考虑
3.because_of 因为
4.be/get_tired_of 对……厌烦
5.be_crazy_about 对……狂热，热衷于……
6.be_fond_of 爱好；喜欢；喜爱
7.develop_an_interest_in 对……产生兴趣
8.tell_by 从……可以看出
1.art gallery 美术馆
2.art movements 艺术流派
3.full of life 充满活力
4.at the same time 同时
5.traditional Chinese style of painting 传统的中国绘画风格
6.brush and ink 笔墨
7.in black ink 用黑墨
8.all the time 总是，一直
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.This is a painting by the Spanish artist, Pablo Picasso, considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.
这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画，他被认为是20世纪西方最伟大的艺术家。
过去分词短语作后置定语。
This is the problem discussed_at_the_
meeting_yesterday.
这是昨天会议上讨论过的问题。
2.Cubist artists painted objects and people, with different aspects of the object or person showing at the same time.
在描绘物体或人物的时候，立体派画家会同时展现描绘对象的多个不同侧面。
with复合结构作状语。
He soon fell asleep with_the_light_still_burning.
他很快就睡着了，灯还亮着。
3.Qi Baishi (1863－1957), one of China’s greatest painters, followed the traditional Chinese style of painting.
齐白石(1863～1957)是中国最伟大的画家之一，遵循了中国传统的绘画风格。
名词短语作同位语。
Mr. Smith, our_new_English_teacher,_is very kind to us.
我们的新英语老师史密斯先生对我们很好。
4.It’s by a Chinese artist, isn’t it？
它是由一位中国画家画的，不是吗？
反意疑问句。
He didn’t pass the English exam, did_he？
他没有通过这次英语考试，是吗？
1．(教材P31)scene
(1)n. [C]景象，景色(强调目之所及的风光)
①What a beautifulscene it is!
多美的风景啊！
(2)n.[C]场面，情景
②The scene brought back memories to me.
我触景生情。
(3)n.[C](电影、戏剧等的)场面，片段，镜头
③The firstsceneof the play is the king’s palace.
剧中的第一个场景是王宫。
(4)n.[C]事发地点，现场(常用单数形式)
at the scene of 在……的现场
on the scene 在现场，到现场
④The police were on_the_scene within minutes of being called.
警察在接到电话的几分钟内就到达了现场。
2．(教材P32)a style of paintingadoptedby a group of artists
被很多画家采用的一种绘画方式
?adopt vt.采纳；采用；收养
adopted adj. 领养的
adoption n. 采用；收养
①Our school hasadopted a new teaching method.
我们学校采用了一种新的教学方法。
②She treated her adopted (adopt) son as if he were her own.
她对待继子好像自己的孩子一样。
③If you can not have children of your own, why not consider adoption (adopt)?
假如你自己不能生育，何不考虑收养一个呢？
[名师点津] adopt与adapt属形近词，在书写时，注意区别，切莫混淆。adapt意为“使……适应；改写，改编”。
[语境串记] The young couple had no children of their own, so they adopted an orphan. After a few months, the child came to adapt to his new life.
这对年轻夫妇没有亲生孩子，于是他们领养了一名孤儿。几个月过后，这个孩子渐渐适应了他的新生活。
3．(教材P33)Pop art (from the word “popular”) was an important modern art movement that aimed to show ordinary twentieth-century city life.
波普艺术(源自单词“popular”)是一个重要的现代艺术流派，着眼于展现20世纪普通的城市生活。
?aim v.以……为目标；打算；意欲；瞄准n. [C]目标；[U]瞄准
形象记忆
(1)aim at/for sth. 力争得到/达到
aim 力求做某事，旨在做某事
(2)with the aim of ... 为了……
take aim at 瞄准……
①We’re aiming for a big improvement.
我们力求取得重大进步。
②She went to London with_the_aim_of finding a job.
她去伦敦是为了找工作。
③They’re aiming_at_training everybody by the end of the year.
他们力求做到在年底前人人得到培训。
④We aim to_save (save) enough money to go on vacation.
我们打算存够钱后去度假。
[Word family]
aimless adj. 漫无目的的
aimlessly adv. 漫无目的地
4．(教材P33)Qi Baishi observedthe world of nature very carefully, and his paintings are special because of this.
齐白石对自然界观察得非常仔细，他的画因此而别具特色。
?observe vt.观察；注意到；遵守；庆祝
写出下列句中observe的含义
①Heobserved that it would probably rain.注意到
②Do theyobserve Christmas Day in that country？庆祝
③The teacher stood at the corner,observing the behaviour of every student.观察
④You should observe the local custom when you go abroad.遵守
observe sb. do sth. 观察某人做某事(全过程)
observe sb. doing sth. 注意到某人正在做某事
⑤She observed a man walking (walk) on the opposite side of the way.
她注意到有一个人在路的对面行走。
[名师点津] 和observe类似，后面可接动词原形、现在分词或过去分词作宾补的感官动词(短语)有：一感觉feel；二听listen to, hear；三使let, make, have；五看look at, see, watch, notice, observe。
5．(教材P33)Xu Beihong believed that artists should showreality, but not just imitate it.
徐悲鸿认为画家应该展现现实，而不仅仅是临摹实物。
?reality n．真实；现实；逼真
in reality 事实上；实际上
face/accept reality 面对/接受现实
become a reality 变成现实
bring sb. back to reality 使某人面对现实
①He looks young, but in reality he is over forty.
他看起来年轻，但实际上已经40多岁了。
②Cheer up and face_reality. God only helps those who help themselves.
振作起来，面对现实，自助者天助。
③John’s dream of being a painter became_a_reality.
约翰当画家的梦想变成了现实。
[名师点津] 表示“事实上；实际上”的短语还有：in fact, as a matter of fact, in truth等。
6．(教材P33)I’m studying art at school, and I enjoy it a lot, although I can get tired oflooking at pictures all the time.
我在学校学习美术， 虽然总是看画可能会看腻，但我很喜欢它。
?get/be tired of ...对……厌烦
be/get tired with/from 因……而疲惫
tire sb. out 使某人精疲力竭
be tired out 精疲力竭
①I’m tired of watching TV. Let’s go out for a walk.
我看腻了电视，咱们出去走一走吧。
②He looks tired_out. Let him have a good rest.
他看起来累坏了，让他好好休息吧。
③You may be_tired_with/from reading when you are_tired_out,_but you should not be_tired_of it.
当你筋疲力尽的时候，看书可能使你疲劳， 但你不应该对看书感到厌烦。
形象记忆
[名师点津] get/be tired of的同义表达还有：
7．(教材P33)But I can’t stand that picture of a golden-haired girl.
但我受不了那幅金发女孩儿的画。
?stand v．忍受；坐落；站立n.看台；摊子
形象记忆
can’t stand sth./(sb.) doing sth.不能忍受某事/(某人)做某事
stand by 袖手旁观；支持
stand for 代表；象征
stand out 显眼；突出
①She can’tstandbeing kept standing.
她不能忍受久站。
②He can’t stand working (work) in the heat for several hours.
他忍受不了在酷热中工作好几个小时。
③We are not prepared to stand_by and let them close our schools.
我们不会袖手旁观，任凭他们关闭我们的学校。
[名师点津] stand表示“忍受”时，常用于否定句和疑问句，与can, could等情态动词连用。不可用于进行时，其后可接名词、代词、动名词或动名词的复合结构。
8．(教材P33)My parentsare fond of going to art galleries and often take me with them, so I’ve developed an interest in art.
我父母喜欢去美术馆，他们常常带我一起去，我由此对美术产生了兴趣。
?be fond of喜欢；喜爱
①My family are all fond oftraditional festivals.
我家人都喜欢传统节日。
②Most of my classmates are_fond_of_listening to pop music.
我的大部分同学都喜欢听流行音乐。
[名师点津] be fond of 为“be＋adj.＋of”构成的短语，类似的还有：be afraid of (害怕), be proud of (对……感到自豪), be full of (充满), be free of (免于……), be ashamed of (对……感到羞愧), be short of (缺乏)等。
9．(教材P33)They look so alive.
它们看上去栩栩如生。
?alive adj.有活力的；有生气的；活着的；仍然存在的
形象记忆
come alive 变得活跃起来
bring ... alive 使……变得活跃
keep ... alive 使……生存下去
①To live is not just to be alive, but to be alive is to live.
生活不只是为了活着，但活着就是为了生活。
②The discussion came_alive when an interesting topic was brought in.
当引出一个有趣的话题时，讨论立即活跃起来。
③We’d better keep the old customs alive.
我们应该保持这些古老的风俗。
[辨析比较] alive, lively, living, live
alive
“活着的，在世的”，侧重说明生与死之间的界限
只能作表语、补语、后置定语
lively
活泼的，活跃的，充满生气的
可作定语和表语，既可指人，又可指物
living
活着的，有生命的
作前置定语和表语
live
活的，现场直播的
只能在表示物的名词前作定语
选用上述单词填空
④I watched a live TV programs yesterday evening. There was a boy liking all living things. He kept a lively fish in a small jar. He decided to free it and kept the fish alive in the river.
昨晚我观看了一个直播的电视节目，有一个男孩喜欢所有的生物。他在一个小缸里养了一条活泼的鱼，他决定把鱼放生让鱼在河里自由自在的生活。
10．(教材P33)I cantell bythe style.
我能通过绘画风格判断出来。
?tell by从……可以看出
tell ...apart 分辨，区分
tell ...from ... 把……和……区分开来
tell the difference(s) between ... and ...说出……与……的不同
①You cantell by the way it walks that the dog has been injured.
从这只狗走路的样子你可以判断出它受伤了。
②I can’t tell the twin sisters apart.
我分不清这对双胞胎姐妹。
③You must learn to tell_right_from_wrong.
你必须学会明辨是非。
1．Cubist artists painted objects and people, with different aspects of the object or person showingat the same time.
在描绘物体或人物的时候，立体派画家会同时展现描绘对象的多个不同侧面。
with different aspects ...在句中作状语，属于“with＋宾语＋宾补”结构，即with复合结构。宾补由现在分词充当，show与宾语之间为逻辑上的主谓关系。
with的复合结构，即“with＋宾语＋宾语补足语”，在句中常作后置定语或状语，其常见形式如下：
①With the house empty, Jack felt lonely.
房子空空的，杰克感到很孤独。
②They sat with the light onfor half an hour.
他们开着灯坐了半个小时。
③Don’t stand with your handsin your pockets.
站着的时候不要把手插在口袋里。
④With so many books to_read (read), I have no time to chat with you.
有这么多的书要读，我没时间跟你闲聊。
⑤The girl felt very safe with her mother standing (stand) behind her.
妈妈站在身后，那个女孩感到很安全。
⑥All afternoon he worked with the door locked (lock)．
整个下午他都在闭门工作。
2．It’s by a Chinese artist, isn’t it?
它是由一位中国画家画的，不是吗？
(1)本句为反意疑问句，反意疑问句由“陈述句＋反问句”构成，陈述句为肯定式，则反问句为否定式，反之亦然。
①He has won the first prize in the competition,hasn’t he?
他在竞赛中得了一等奖，不是吗？
②He doesn’t learn English well, does_he?
他英语学得不好，是吗？
(2)在含有宾语从句的复合句中，反问句一般根据主句的主谓而变化；但当主句是I think/believe/suppose等结构时，反问句往往根据宾语从句的主语和谓语而定。需特别注意否定转移现象中的肯定式和否定式。
③I don’t think he will agree with us, will_he?
我认为他不会同意我们的观点，是吗？
(3)在祈使句中，若为肯定式简短问句可用will you？或won’t you? 若为否定式简短问句则为will you? 但需注意：let’s do sth.的简短问句为shall we? 而let us do sth.的简短问句为will you?
④Don’t smoke in the meeting-room, will_you?
不要在会议室里吸烟，好吗？
⑤It’s a fine day today. Let’s go swimming together, shall_we?
今天天气不错，我们一块去游泳，好吗？
(4)must, may, can’t等表示推测时，其反意疑问句不是根据情态动词变化，而是根据去掉情态动词之后的实意动词的形式而变化。
⑥He can’t have seen the film, has_he?
他不可能看过这部影片，是吗？
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．Anyone adopting a child must treat the adopted child well. (adopt)
2．When he passed by, he observed a strange man knocking (knock) at the door.
3．The two football players seemed like enemies on the field, but in reality (real) they were good friends.
4．They should be on the scene immediately.
5．He is a man of strong self-respect, so he can’t stand being_laughed (laugh) at in public.
6．He walked aimlessly (aimless) from one place to another.
7．Although he is fond of the novel, he has to stop reading it to prepare for the coming exam.
8．His sister seldom goes home to see their parents, does she?
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．They have_got_tired_of_the_same_food_every_day (已经厌倦了每天吃同样的食物)．
2．I could tell_by_the_look_on_her_face (从她脸上的表情可以看出) that something terrible had happened.
3．The fish we caught is_still_alive (还活着)．
4．With_the_boy_leading_the_way (因为这个男孩带路), we found the house easily.
5．The hunter took_aim_at_the_fox (瞄准狐狸) and shot at it.
6．It took him a long time to_adapt_himself_to_his_new_school (使自己适应新学校)．
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．The scene (景色) of the sunset was very beautiful.
2．It was a big earthquake, but they were lucky to be alive (活着的)．
3．The school has adopted (采用) new methods of teaching foreign languages.
4．He can stand (忍受) more pain than anyone else I know.
5．I had a delightful (令人愉快的) talk with Tom last night.
6．Children usually learn to speak by imitating(模仿) others.
7．The Spring Festival is a traditional (传统的) festival in China.
8．Observe (观察) carefully if any change occurs when doing experiments in the lab.
9．In a word, my life will be much richer and more colorful (多彩的)．
10．Once you make a promise, you should try to turn it into reality (现实)．
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．I observed him to enter the office with a book in his hand.去掉to
2．He doesn’t stand that horrible climate.doesn’t→can’t
3．He looked dead but his faint pulse proved that he was still live.live→alive
4．If you’re free at two o’clock on Friday, I shall be delightful to show you around the city.delightful→delighted
5．He could hardly walk without a stick, couldn’t he？couldn’t→could
6．Paul’s mother had him adopting because she couldn’t look after him.adopting→adopted
7．I couldn’t do my homework with all that noise go on.go→going
8．He was tired of the long walking. As a result, he didn’t go to the concert.of→from/with
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．He is an old man loved_and_respected_by_all.
他是一位受到大家爱戴和尊敬的老人。
2．He sat there, with his_eyes_looking_at_the_sky.
他坐在那里，眼睛看着天空。
3．He is_fond_of_pointing_out other people’s mistakes.
他喜欢指出别人的错误。
4．These two signatures are very similar. Can you tell_them_apart?
这两处签名非常相似， 你能把它们区分开来吗？
5．He worked all day and was_tired_out by the time I saw him.
他一整天都在工作，我看到他时，他已经精疲力竭了。
6．I think that something has to be done to stop the air from being polluted, doesn’t_it?
我认为必须采取措施来阻止空气被污染，不是吗？
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
The Spanish artist Pablo Picasso 1.is_considered (consider) to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century. Picasso and another painter started Cubism, one of the 2.most_important (important) of all modern art movements. Pop art was an important modern art movement 3.that aimed to show ordinary twentieth-century city life.
Qi Baishi, one of China’s greatest painters, 4.followed (follow) the traditional Chinese style of painting. Chinese painting is known 5.for its brush drawing in black inks and natural colours. Xu Beihong believed that artists should show 6.reality (real). He is most famous for his 7.lively (live) paintings of horses.
Wu Hang enjoys art a lot, although he can get 8.tired (tire) of looking at pictures all the time. He is crazy 9.about the paintings of Qi Baishi. Sarah Hardwick has developed 10.an interest in art because her parents are fond of going to art galleries and often take her.
Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达
两年前，我讨厌(get tired of)学习，痴迷于(crazy about)电脑游戏。因此，在课堂上我对老师讲的内容不感兴趣(be interested in)，总是(all the time)想睡觉。所有的老师都不能容忍(stand)我在课堂上睡觉。他们认为我是一名不遵守(observe)学校规定的学生。后来，我的班主任李老师发现了我的问题并帮助我对学习产生了兴趣(develop an interest in)。同时(at the same time)，他还帮助我制订了学习计划。在李老师的帮助下(with复合结构)，我现在非常喜欢(be fond of)学习。现在我有了非凡的(unusual)转变并且确立了自己的目标(aim)，从李老师脸上的表情我能看出(tell by)他现在对我非常满意。
Two_years_ago,_I_got_tired_of_studying_and_grew_crazy_about_computer_games._So_I_was_not_interested_in_what_my_teachers_said_and_wanted_to_sleep_in_class_all_the_time._All_my_teachers_couldn’t_stand_me_sleeping_in_class._They_ considered_me_a_ student_who_didn’
t_observe_the_school_rules._Later,_my_head_teacher,_Mr._Li_found_my_problem_and_helped_me_develop_an_interest_in_study._At_the_same_time,_he_helped_me_make_a_study_plan._With_Mr._Li_helping_me,_I’m_fond_of_studying_very_much_at_present._ Now_I_have_had_an
_unusual_change_and_set_my_own_aims._I_can_tell_by_the_expression_on_Mr._Li’s_face_that_he_is_very_satisfied_with_me_now.
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.完形填空
I’m not the type of girl who will shout “Hello” across the street if I see someone familiar, nor will I come up to a stranger and begin a conversation. __1__， I will smile when I run out of things to __2__ and smile when left speechless. I __3__ listen attentively when the other person is speaking, which makes me feel __4__. Sometimes it’s difficult for me to face the fact that I’m actually __5__.
After a week-long vacation, the tenth grade __6__ like a long-lost friend. My friend and I, along with twenty other __7__ souls, were scheduled to be in a poetry (诗歌) competition.
When the __8__ finally arrived, I thought, “Have I completely lost my mind? I can’t __9__ this.” As the lights became less bright, students began sitting on the floor near seats that had already been __10__. I crossed my arms over my chest because I felt very __11__. Sitting in the first two rows, __12__ all held their heads high and were rehearsing (背诵) words while I was trying to create __13__ in my heart.
“Next is Katrina with ’Unspoken’．” I rose from my seat to the __14__. Taking a deep breath, I __15__， “The truth is ...” My heart was beating fast and I had to __16__ what to say, how to say it, and most importantly why I was saying it.
“Words cannot replace fear. One cannot live with sentences alone ...”. __17__ began jumping right into the minds of others. Yes, I spoke and they finally __18__ — there is no greater reward than pouring your __19__ out to those who will gently hold it. Slowly but surely, I became __20__. From then on I could refer to myself as the shy, but not so quiet, girl.
语篇解读：作者是一个腼腆的女孩，但是她勇敢地报名参加了诗歌大赛
1．A.Then B．Moreover
C．Anyway D．Instead
解析：选D 结合文章第一句可知，作者不会主动跟别人打招呼或跟陌生人说话，而是当她无话可说时，她会笑一下。
2．A.depend B．change
C．say D．explain
解析：选C 从本空后的speechless可知，当作者跟别人无话可说时，作者会笑一下。
3．A.already B．usually
C．finally D．immediately
解析：选B 从最后一段可知，作者比较腼腆，所以她通常是别人说她听。
4．A.comfortable B．funny
C．lucky D．satisfied
解析：选A 作者比较腼腆，所以别人说她听会让作者觉得舒服一些。
5．A.shy B．careless
C．silly D．slow
解析：选A 从最后一段最后一句可知，作者一开始难以接受自己是个腼腆的女孩这个事实。
6．A.prepared B．returned
C．happened D．lasted
解析：选B 由本空前的“After a week-long vacation”和空后的“long-lost”可知，过了一周的假期之后，10年级就像长久没有音信的朋友回来一样。
7．A.successful B．wise
C．friendly D．brave
解析：选D 从上文的描述可知，作者不善于与别人交谈，非常腼腆，但作者和她朋友还有其他二十个人勇敢地报名参加了诗歌比赛。
8．A.turn B．chance
C．day D．play
解析：选C 根据下文叙述可知，比赛的那天到来时。
9．A.find B．imagine
C．expect D．do
解析：选D 从上句“lost my mind”可知，在大赛开始前，作者非常不自信，怀疑自己做不成这件事。
10．A.fixed B．cleared
C．filled D．removed
解析：选C 由本空前的“on the floor”可知，来的人很多，座位上都已经坐满了人，所以有些学生只好坐在地上。
11．A.tired B．safe
C．nervous D．shocked
解析：选C 作者比较腼腆，所以面对这么多人朗诵诗歌，作者难免会感到紧张。
12．A.competitors B．teachers
C．judges D．audience
解析：选A 由本空后的“rehearsing (背诵) words”得出，即将登场的参赛者坐在前两排。
13．A.patience B．silence
C．success D．trust
解析：选B 参赛者仰着头在练习自己的诗，而作者却设法在内心创造安静。
14．A.stage B．office
C．desk D．stair
解析：选A 由“Next is Katrina with ’Unspoken’”可知，作者听到主持人在喊她，她从座位上站起来向舞台走去。
15．A.admitted B．began
C．cried D．promised
解析：选B 本空后的“The truth is ...”是作者开始朗诵的第一句。
16．A.translate B．improve
C．guess D．recall
解析：选D 由本空前作者非常紧张可知，这时，作者的心在狂跳，努力回忆之前准备好的诗句。
17．A.Stories B．Suggestions
C．Words D．Memories
解析：选C 前两句是作者的诗句，这些诗句传到了台下听众的耳中。
18．A.agreed B．communicated
C．accepted D．listened
解析：选D 与本空前的spoke构成呼应。作者在吟诗，他们在听。
19．A.suffering B．heart
C．complaints D．comments
解析：选B 这些诗句都是发自作者内心的。
20．A.calm B．strong
C．serious D．careful
解析：选A 慢慢地，但是无疑作者变得平静了。
Ⅱ.短文改错
Once a man asked a painter to painting a picture for him. He told the artist he didn’t want any shadows in the picture, just sunshine, but the artist did so. When the man saw the finishing picture, he was disappointing. Without shadows, everything in the picture looks flat and unreal. The point of the story is that we need both shadows and sunshine to have a completely picture, just as we need both rain and sun to have living world. People, too, needs both sadness and happiness.We often learn important lesson during sad times. So when we feel sad, we should try to stop and think about that we might learn from the experience.
答案：第一句：painting→paint
第二句：but→and/so
第三句：finishing→finished; disappointing→disappointed
第四句：looks→looked
第五句：completely→complete; 在living之前加a
第六句：needs→need
第七句：lesson→lessons
第八句：that→what
Module 4 Fine Arts Western Chinese and Pop ArtsSection Ⅳ Other Parts of the Module
[原文呈现] [读文清障]
People generally① agree that Pablo Picasso, who lived from 1881 to 1973, is the twentieth-century’s greatest western artist. He was born in Spain② and at the age of③ ten was already an excellent④ artist. He had his first exhibition⑤ at the age of 16. Picasso studied art in Spain, but moved to⑥ France, in his early twenties⑦. From 1902 to 1904 he painted a series of⑧ pictures where the main colour was blue⑨. These pictures showed poor, unhappy people and are known as⑩ Picasso’s “blue period”. From 1904 to 1906 Picasso painted much happier pictures in the colour pink. This period was known as Picasso’s “pink period”.
With another Spanish artist called George Braque?， Picasso then started an important new artistic movement? called Cubism. Picasso’s first Cubist paintings were all painted in brown and grey?. People agree that Picasso’s greatest Cubist painting is Guernica, which was painted in Madrid in 1937. Guernica is the name of a town that was destroyed? during the 1930s? war in Spain. In this painting, Picasso showed his feelings about what had happened to the town?.
①generally adv.一般地，普遍地
②Spain n．西班牙
③at the age of在……岁时
④excellent adj.极好的，优秀的
⑤exhibition/?eksI’bI?n/n.展览
⑥move to搬到
⑦in one’s early twenties在某人20岁出头的时候
⑧a series of一系列的
⑨where引导限制性定语从句。
⑩be known as被称为
?called George Braque为过去分词短语作后置定语。
?artistic movement艺术流派
?in brown and grey用褐色和灰色
?destroy/dI’str?I/vt.破坏；毁坏
?during the 1930s在20世纪30年代
?happen to发生在……(身上)，其中to是介词。
happen to do sth.碰巧做某事
what引导的从句作介词about的宾语。
[课文译文]
人们普遍认为巴勃罗· 毕加索?1881～1973?是20世纪西方最伟大的画家。他在西班牙出生，10岁那年，他就已成为一位出色的画家了。他16岁时举办了自己的第一次画展。毕加索在西班牙学画，但在20岁出头时搬到了法国。从1902年到1904年间，他画了一系列以蓝色为主色调的作品。这些画展现了贫穷、忧郁的人们，?这段时期?被称为毕加索的“蓝色时期”。在1904年到1906年间，毕加索用粉色画了快乐得多的作品，?这段时期?被称为毕加索的“粉色时期”。
与另一位西班牙画家乔治·布拉克一起，毕加索开创了一个重要的新艺术流派——立体派。毕加索最初的立体派作品全部是用褐色与灰色画的。人们一致认为毕加索最伟大的立体派作品是《格尔尼卡》，这幅画是于1937年在马德里创作的。格尔尼卡是一个在20世纪30年代西班牙战争中被毁灭的小镇的名字。在这幅画中，对于这座城镇所遭遇的一切，毕加索表达了自己的情感。
Step 1 True (T) or False (F)．
1．It is generally agreed that Picasso is the greatest artist in the world.(F)
2．Picasso became well-known as an excellent artist at an early age.(T)
3．Picasso’s first Cubist paintings were all painted in blue and pink.(F)
4．In Picasso’s “blue period”， he painted happier things.(F)
5．Picasso expressed his own feelings in his paintings.(T)
Step 2 Choose the best answers according to the text.
1．Picasso’s blue period stands for________.
A．poor, happy people
B．wealthy, unhappy people
C．poor, unhappy people
D．wealthy, happy people
2．When did Picasso move to France?
A．In the early 1890s.
B．When he was 16.
C．In the early 1900s.
D．When he was 10.
3．From the text, we can learn that Picasso________.
A．didn’t show a great talent for painting until he was 16
B．was born in Spain but left his country in his thirties
C．painted happier things in his first period
D．painted in brown and grey in his third period
4．This text is mainly written to________.
A．express the writer’s respect for Picasso
B．tell of Picasso’s talent for paintings
C．introduce Picasso’s three painting periods
D．tell of Picasso’s life stories
答案：1～4 CCDC
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.landscapen． 风景；景色；风景画；山水画
2.watercolourn. 水彩画
3.portraitn. 画像；肖像；人像
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.exhibitionn．展览→exhibit v．展出
2.expressionn．表现；表达→express v．表达；表示
3.realisevt.领悟；了解；实现；实行→realisticadj.现实主义的；写实主义的
1.landscape n．风景画，山水画
[联想] 各类“画”的英文名称
①sketch 素描
②oil painting 油画
③Chinese landscape painting 中国山水画
④Chinese ink and wash painting 中国水墨画
2.destroy vt.破坏；毁坏
[联想] ①destroy vt.毁坏→construct vt.建造
②destruction n．毁坏→construction n．建造
③destructive adj.毁坏性的→constructive adj.建设性的
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.be_good_at 擅长
2.put_off 推迟，延期
3.at_the_end_of 在……末尾
4.take_turns 轮流
5.make_of 领会，理解，懂得
6.tend_to 趋向于，倾向于
7.at_the_age_of 在……岁时
8.a_series_of 一系列的
1.in some way 以某种方式
2.attempt to do sth. 试图做某事
3.oil painting 油画
4.at one’s best 处于最佳状态
5.in one’s early twenties 在某人20岁出头
6.artistic movement 艺术流派
7.in brown and grey 用褐色和灰色
8.during the 1930s 在20世纪30年代
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.Perhaps it’s becauseI really like paintings of animals.
或许是因为我真的喜欢动物画。
because引导表语从句。
It_is_because each of us is special.
这是因为我们每个人都是独特的。
2.I’m not half as good as you.
我还没有你的一半好。
倍数表达法。
This tree is three_times_as_tall_as that one.
这棵树是那棵树的三倍高。
3.What do you make of(it)？
你认为(它)怎么样？
What do you make of ...？
“你觉得……怎么样？”。
What_do_you_make_of the new boss?
你觉得新老板怎么样？
4.In this painting, Picasso showed his feelings about what had happened to the town.
在这幅画中，对于这座城镇所遭遇的一切，毕加索表达了自己的情感。
what引导的宾语从句作介词的宾语。
They are talking about what_they_will_do_next.
他们正在讨论下一步做什么。
1．(教材P35) She put off completing the picture, because she didn’t like it.
她把完成这幅画的时间推迟了，因为她不喜欢这幅画。
?put off推迟，延期
put up 举起；张贴；建造
put away 把……收好放起来；储存
put forward 提出，提前；把……向前拨
put aside 把……放在一边
put down 记下，写下；放下
put on 上演；穿上
①Don’t put off until tomorrow what can be done today.
今日事今日毕。
②I put forward these opinions as a friend.
我作为朋友提出了这些意见。
③It’s wise to have some money put_away for old age.
存些钱养老是明智的做法。
2．(教材P36)The expression on her face is very friendly.
她脸上的表情很友好。
?expression n．表现；表达；表情
(1)beyond expression 无法形容；无法表达
without expression 面无表情地
give expression to 表达；表现
(2)express v. 表达；表现
express oneself 表达自己(的想法和感受)
①I decided to go to the meeting as an expressionof support.
我决定去参加会议以表示支持。
②He can express_himself in good clear English now after four years’ hard learning.
经过四年的艰苦学习，现在他能用清楚流畅的英语表达自己的意思了。
[语境串记] The scene before her isbeyond expression. Herexpressionschanged, and an expression of joy appeared on her face.
眼前的景色美得无法形容。她的表情变了，快乐的神情出现在她脸上。
3．(教材P36) When you realise something, you notice something that you didn’t notice or understand before.
当你意识到某件事情时，也就是你注意到了你以前没有注意或没有理解的某件事情。
?realise vt.领悟；了解；实现；实行
形象记忆
①He didn’t realisehis mistake until the next day.
直到第二天他才意识到他的错误。
②He finally realised his ambition to learn how to play the violin.
他最终实现了他的理想——学会了怎样拉小提琴。
[名师点津] realise和come true 都可表示“实现”，但realise是及物动词，主语是人；come true是不及物动词短语，主语是物。
③He finally realised his dream of becoming an actor.
＝His dream of becoming an actor was_finally_realised.
＝His dream of becoming an actor finally_came_true.
他当演员的梦想终于实现了。
[Word family]
realistic adj. 现实主义的；写实主义的
reality n. 真实，现实；逼真
realization n. 实现
4．(教材P37)Take turnsto ask your questions.
轮流提问。
?take turns轮流
take turns doing/to do sth. 轮流做某事
by turns 轮流地
in turn 依次地；反过来；转而
in one’s turn 轮到某人；接替，值班
It’s one’s turn to do sth. 轮到某人做某事
①Wetake turns making/to make dinner.
我们轮流做饭。
②Theory is based on practice and in_turn serves practice.
理论以实践为基础，反过来理论又为实践服务。
③I think it’s_my_turn_to_drive the kids to school this week.
我想这周该轮到我开车送孩子们上学了。
[名师点津] in return与in turn易混，但前者意为“作为回报”。
5．(教材P39)From 1902 to 1904 he painted a series ofpictures where the main colour was blue.
从1902年到1904年间，他画了一系列以蓝色为主色调的作品。
?a series of一系列的
series意为“连续；一系列”，其单复数形式相同。“a series of＋复数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用单数；“two/three ... series of ＋ 名词复数”作主语时，谓语动词用复数。
①Economic overgrowth will also bring about a series ofproblems.
经济增长过快也会带来一系列的问题．
②A series of lectures was (be) given to us students in the main hall last week.
上周在主大厅里给我们学生做了一系列的讲座。
③Four series of papers were (be) handed out to the students.
给学生们发了四套试卷。
[名师点津]
6．(教材P39)Guernica is the name of a town that wasdestroyed during the 1930s war in Spain.
格尔尼卡是一个在20世纪30年代西班牙战争中被毁灭的小镇的名字。
?destroy vt.破坏；毁坏
①The firedestroyed the whole forest.
这场火灾毁坏了整个森林。
[辨析比较] destroy, damage, ruin
destroy
“破坏；摧毁；毁灭”，指完全彻底的破坏，常指不能修复了
damage
表示部分损坏，且损坏的部分能修复
ruin
强调致使该物的使用价值发生了问题；还可表示“使破产；糟蹋掉”的意思；同时还有借喻的用法
选用上述单词填空
②He has ruined his health through drinking.
酗酒毁坏了他的健康。
③The back of the car was damaged in the accident, so I had to have it repaired.
车的后部在事故中受损，因此我必须去修一修。
④No one was injured in the explosion, but the building was completely destroyed.
没有人在爆炸中受伤，但大楼却遭到了彻底毁坏。
1．What do you make of (it)?
你认为(它)怎么样？
(1)What do you make of ...？意为“你觉得……怎么样？”其中make of表示“了解；理解；认为”。
①What do you make ofthis latest plan?
你认为这个最新的计划怎么样？
(2)表示“你觉得……怎么样？”的句式还有：
②What_do_you_think_of the strange letter?
你对这封奇怪的信有何看法？
③How do you find the suggestion he has put forward?
你认为他提出的这个建议如何？
2．In this painting, Picasso showed his feelings about what had happened to the town.
在这幅画中，对于这座城镇所遭遇的一切，毕加索表达了自己的情感。
(1)句中what引导的是宾语从句，作介词about 的宾语。疑问代词what常用来引导名词性从句，在句中可作主语、宾语或表语。
①A new supermarket has been built in what was wasteland before.
一家新超市在以前是废墟的地方建起来了。
②What_I_want_to_tell_you is the deep love and respect I have for my parents.
我想告诉你的是我对父母的深深的爱和尊重。
③Thank you for your gift! It is what_I_have_been_longing_for.
谢谢你的礼物！这正是我一直想要的。
[名师点津] what引导名词性从句时，既起引导词的作用，又在所引导的句子中作句子成分(主语、表语或宾语)；that在它引导的名词性从句中不作成分，只起引导作用。
④Whathe said made me angry.
他说的话使我气愤。
⑤Thathe said so made me angry.
他这样说使我气愤。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．We can see from the expression (express) on his face that everything is going on well.
2．A big fire broke out last night. All the houses there were_destroyed (destroy) in the fire.
3．These artists painted realistic (realise) pictures of the lives of the common people.
4．He put aside his work to spend more time with his son.
5．It is my turn to clean the room.
6．A series of unfortunate events has (have) happened to him recently.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．What do_you_make/think_of our English teacher’s lessons?
你认为我们英语老师的课怎么样？
2．The sports meeting will_be_put_off till next week because of the bad weather.
由于天气不好，运动会将被推迟到下周。
3．They had to take_turns_to_look_after/looking_after the patients.
他们不得不轮流照看病人。
4．Please tell me what_happened_to_her when I was away.
请告诉我当我不在的时候她出了什么事。
5．I’m afraid his hope won’t come_true_easily.
我恐怕他的希望不会容易实现。
6．Learning to_express_oneself_well is an important part of education.
学会把意思表达清楚是受教育的一个重要方面。
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
[本课语言点针对练习]
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．Most of the houses in the city were destroyed (破坏) in the earthquake.
2．There was a worried expression (表情) on the teacher’s face.
3．He doesn’t seem to have realised (意识到) his mistake.
4．There is going to be an art exhibition (展览) in the museum.
5．There was a portrait (肖像) of his grandfather on the wall.
6．She did a beautiful watercolour (水彩画) of a sunset while in France.
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．How do you make of the new invention？How→What
2．If friends can take turn to listen to each other well, life will be better.turn→turns
3．That you have done might do harm to other people.That→What
4．The notice came around two o’clock in the afternoon that the meeting would put off.would后加be
5．There have been a series of accidents on the road recently.have→has
6．Her dream to become a movie star finally realised.在finally前加was
Ⅲ.选词填空
1．What do you make_of people who dye their hair green?
2．They took_turns watching him when he had a fever.
3．It was spring then and the blossom was at_its_best.
4．What did you do at_the_age_of 40?
5．We haven’t decided if the meeting will be put_off.
6．In the course of the experiments, they came across a_series_of new problems.
[本单元语言点温故练习]
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．She says she’s poor, but in reality she has a lot of money.
2．It was a really delightful (delight) holiday and a meaningful experience.
3．The plan is aimed (aim) at improving the students’ spoken English.
4．I can’t stand being_kept (keep) waiting any longer.
5．He was observed to_follow (follow) her closely.
6．It’s a traditional (tradition) custom in China to eat dumplings on the eve of the Spring Festival.
7．Judith didn’t believe she was an adopted (adopt) child.
8．The reform and open policy has brought us Chinese people a rich and colourful (colour) life.
9．I can tell by his accent that he is from the south.
10．He considered the question from all aspects (aspect)．
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．Have you read the novel written_by Mo Yan?
你看过莫言写的那本小说吗？
2．We must avoid_making the same mistake.
我们必须避免犯同样的错误。
3．Though Jack is_often_tired_with/from his work, but he is_never_tired_of his job.
尽管杰克经常因工作而疲惫，但是他从不厌恶他的工作。
4．More and more young people are_fond_of_playing_tennis nowadays.
如今，越来越多的年轻人喜欢打网球了。
5．With prices going_up_so_fast,_we can’t afford luxuries.
由于物价上涨很快，我们买不起高档商品。
6．I can’t_stand_a_lot_of_noise when I’m reading.
当我读书时，我忍受不了太多的噪音。
7．My father often takes me to galleries to help me develop_an_interest_in_art.
父亲经常带我去画廊，来帮我培养对艺术的兴趣。
8．I believe he will surely realise his dream, won’t_he?
我相信他一定会实现他的梦想，不是吗？
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.阅读理解
What is the tallest gift received by the United States? Located in New York Harbor, the 152-foot Statue of Liberty was a gift of international friendship from the people of France to the people of the United States. An inspiration to millions of immigrants, this statue is a universal symbol of freedom, democracy (民主), and diplomacy (外交)．
The relationship between the United States and France began during America’s quest for independence from Great Britain in 1776. Benjamin Franklin was among those who served on the diplomatic front during the Revolutionary War. By living in Paris as the American ambassador, Benjamin cultivated a relationship with the French government and the French people. As a result, French soldiers fought alongside the American colonists (殖民地定居者). Paris was the site for peace negotiations between the United States and Great Britain at the end of the war.
In 1865, Edourd de Laboulaye of France developed the idea of creating a giant statue to honor the friendship and the commitment to liberty between France and the United States. He formed the French-American Union to raise money for the project. Joseph Pulitzer used the editorial pages of his newspaper to raise support in the United States for the fund. French sculptor Auguste Bartholdi and structural engineer Gustave Eiffel finished the project in Paris, and the French people presented it to the people of America on July 4, 1884. The statue was then shipped across the Atlantic in 214 boxes broken into 350 individual separate pieces. The Statue of Liberty was dedicated (举行落成仪式) on October 28,1886, and President Grover Cleveland accepted the Statue on behalf of the American people.
Ellis Island, which was the arrival point for European immigrants, is part of the Statue of Liberty National Monument. Between 1892 and 1924, more than 22 million passengers saw the Statue of Liberty as they passed through Ellis Island and the Port of New York. This symbol of freedom became a National Monument in 1924 and a major tourist attraction in the 20th century.
语篇解读：屹立于纽约港的自由女神像世界闻名，但是它的历史就鲜为人知了。这篇文章就讲述了它的历史故事。
1．The Statue of Liberty was first got from ________.
A．Britain B．France
C．Germany D．Spain
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章第一段第二句话可知，自由女神像是法国送给美国的。故选B。
2．From the passage, we can know the relationship between France and the USA from 1776 to 1865 is ________.
A．very cold B．so-so
C．quite close D．quite tense
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第二段内容以及第三段中提到的法国制作自由女神像并将其作为象征自由、民主和外交的礼物送给美国可推知，在1776年到1865年期间法美两国的关系很亲密。故选C。
3．Why did Edourd de Laboulaye put forward the project of building the Statue of Liberty?
A．To show respect to the USA.
B．To show the strong image of France.
C．To raise a lot of money.
D．To honor the friendship and the commitment to liberty between the two countries.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据文章第三段中的“In 1865, Edourd de Laboulaye of France ... commitment to liberty between France and the United States.”可知答案为D。
4．The best title for this passage is ________.
A．The Statue of Liberty B．A Great Project
C．Great Relationship D．Peace Negotiations
解析：选A 标题归纳题。本文讲述的是自由女神像的由来以及意义，故A项作为标题最佳。
Ⅱ.语法填空
In most American families, no child does housework without __1__ (ask) to. Often, the kids have to be begged to take the easiest tasks; even so, they still refuse.
In one family, __2__ eight-year-old girl sat down at the dining table. Finding __3__ no plate had been laid out for her, she said, “How can I eat？” __4__ the girl clearly knew where the plate was kept, her father got up to get it for her.
In another family, a boy named Ben was about to leave the house with his parents. But he __5__ get his feet into his shoes, because the laces were tied. He handed __6__ to his father, “Untie！”
In many families, parents take care of everything in their children’s lives so that the kids can focus __7__ their schoolwork. But making a good student is __8__ (important) than making an independent person? Although study matters, independence matters too.
My conclusion from the __9__ (story) is that parents should expect more from their kids, starting from a young age. Therefore, when the time comes, they’re able to walk out of the door and into their own lives with __10__ (confident)．
语篇解读：在美国，很多孩子不会主动去做家务，即使家长要求去做，他们也常会拒绝。学习固然重要，但是培养孩子的独立性也不可忽视，这样孩子长大后才能更好地适应这个社会。
1．being asked without为介词，故后面接动名词，child与ask之间为动宾关系，故此处用被动形式。
2．an 此处泛指“一个八岁的女孩儿”，故用不定冠词，根据空后的eight-year-old可确定用an。
3．that 设空处引导宾语从句，从句结构完整，故用that。
4．Although/Though 虽然小女孩很清楚盘子在哪里放着，但是爸爸还是帮她拿来了盘子。此处引导让步状语从句。
5．couldn’t 此处表示“但是他穿不上鞋，因为鞋带是系着的”。由此可知用couldn’t。
6．them 他把鞋子递给了父亲。空处代指上文的his shoes，故用them。
7．on focus on意为“集中于……；专注于……”。
8．more important 根据后面的than可知此处用形容词的比较级形式。该句意为“但是成为一名好学生比成为一个独立的人更重要吗？”
9．stories 根据上文内容可知，文章共讲到了两个家庭的故事，故用名词的复数形式。
10．confidence with为介词，其后接名词confidence (自信心)。
Module 4 Fine Arts Western Chinese and Pop ArtsSection Ⅴ Writing-主题句
主题句一般位于段首，也可置于段末或段中。主题句为一个完整的句子，用以概括、叙述和说明该段的主题。它通常是一个观点 (opinion), 而不是一个事实 (fact)。
主题句不仅会让文章条理分明，还能够很好地诠释文章主题思想，可谓是文章的灵魂。所以，写好主题句对写好一篇文章有着至关重要的作用。
一、注意事项
1．主题句要概括一定内容，可以用扩展句来说明和支持它；
2．尽量使用简单句或简洁明了的句子；
3．主题句应该做到句子完整和表达的主题思想完整；
4．关键词是直接表达主题的词汇，它决定段落的内容和展开的方法，引导整个段落的发展。
二、增分佳句
1．As the proverb says/As the saying goes, “Time is money.”
正像谚语所说的那样，“时间就是金钱。”
2．As we all know, it is a traditional Chinese virtue to respect the aged and take care of children.
众所周知，尊老爱幼是中国的传统美德。
3．With the development of the Internet, computers play an important role in people’s life.
随着因特网的发展，计算机在人们的生活中起着重要的作用。
4．Cooperation is a good way for us to learn from each other, which can save us a lot of time and energy.
合作是我们彼此学习的一种好方式，它能节省我们许多时间和精力。
5．I’ll raise both hands in favour of banning smoking inside the schoolyard.
我举双手赞成校园内禁止吸烟。
6．In conclusion, a good citizen should observe traffic regulations.
总之，一位好公民应该遵守交通规则。
7．In a word, success is important, and so is failure, because it’s the mother of success.
总之，成功很重要，失败也一样，因为失败是成功之母。
8．As far as I am concerned, all the students and teachers should work hard and keep safety in mind.
就我而言，所有学生和老师应该努力工作并牢记安全。
[题目要求]
请以“Friends and Friendship”为题，写一篇100词左右的英语短文，内容要包含下列要点：
1．友谊在学习和生活中的作用；
2．朋友之间应该怎么做；
3．恰当的结尾。
注意：可适当发挥，使文章通顺流畅。
Friends and Friendship
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
第一步：审题构思很关键
一、审题
1．确定体裁：本文介绍朋友和友谊，属于说明文；
2．确定人称：本文的主要人称为第一和第三人称；
3．确定时态：本文主要用一般现在时。
二、构思
第一部分，引入：总体介绍朋友在学习和生活中的作用。
第二部分，阐述：朋友之间应该怎么做。
第三部分，总结：友谊需要细心呵护才能长久。
第二步：核心词汇想周全
1．play_an_important_part/role_in 在……中起着重要作用
2．believe_in/trust_each_other 互相信赖
3．share_joys_and_sorrows/share_happiness_and_sadness_together 同甘共苦
4．get_into_trouble/be_in_trouble/be_trapped_in
陷入/处于困境
5．try/do_one’s_best 尽全力
6．help_sb._out/help_sb._out_of_trouble
帮某人摆脱困境
7．take_good_care_of 好好维护
8．care_about_and_help_each_other 互相关心和帮助
第三步：由词扩句雏形现
1．我们大家都知道每个人都需要朋友。(that引导宾语从句)
We_all_know_that_everybody_needs_friends._
2．作为朋友，我们应该互相信赖、同甘共苦。(and连接两个并列谓语)
As_friends_we_should_trust_each_other_and_share_joys_and_sorrows_together._
3．我们应该考虑能够为朋友做什么而不是朋友能够为我们做什么。(两个what引导的宾语从句作介词的宾语)
We_should_think_of_what_we_can_do_for_our_friends_instead_of_what_they_can_do_for_us._
4．一旦朋友遇到困难，我们应该尽力帮助他们摆脱困境。(once引导状语从句)
Once_our_friends_are_in_trouble,_we_should_try_our_best_to_help_them_out._
5．正如著名谚语所说，“患难之交才是真正的朋友。”
Just_as_the_famous_saying_goes，“A_friend_in_need_is_a_friend_indeed.”
6．我们也需要细心呵护友谊。(主谓宾结构)
We_also_need_to_take_good_care_of_friendship._
7．一旦我们成为朋友，我们应该互相关心和帮助。(once引导状语从句)
Once_we_become_friends,_we_should_care_about_and_help_each_other._
8．这样我们的友谊才可以长久。(主谓结构)
Our_friendship_can_last_long_in_this_way.__
第四步：句式升级造亮点
1．用as引导定语从句改写句1
As_we_all_know,_everybody_needs_friends._
2．用被动语态改写句6
Friendship_also_needs_to_be_taken_good_care_of.
3．用only开头的倒装句改写句8
Only_in_this_way_can_our_friendship_last_long.
第五步：过渡衔接联成篇
Friends and Friendship
As_we_all_know,_everybody_needs_friends._Friendship_plays_an_important_part_in_our_studies,_work_and_everyday_life.
As_friends_we_should_trust_each_other_and_share_joys_and_sorrows_together._We_should_think_of_what_we_can_do_for_our_friends_instead_of_what_they_can_do_for_us._Once_our_friends_are_in_trouble,_we_should_try_our_best_to_help_them_out._Just_as_the_famous_saying_goes，“A_friend_in_need_is_a_friend_indeed.”
Friendship_also_needs_to_be_taken_good_care_of._Once_we_become_friends,_we_should_care_about_and_help_each_other._Only_in_this_way_can_our_friendship_last_long.
Module 4 Fine Arts Western Chinese and Pop Arts
My parentsare fond of going to art galleries to watch the exhibitions. They often take me with them, which isaimedat developing my like for painting.I once studied drawinglandscapeandwatercolor, but soon I was tired of them and finally gave them up. However, I still enjoy watching famousartists’ works. I can tellwhose works they are by the styles.
My favourite artists are Pablo Picasso and Qi Baishi. They two had different styles.Pablo Picasso won unusual success. He created a series of works in different periods.It looks as if the objects and people were destroyed, but in fact they’re quite a whole.
Qi Baishi adopted the traditional Chinese style of painting.At first, he only imitated others’ works.As a result, his works were not popular with the public.He couldn’t stand the failure and even intended to give up painting. Later，he observed the world of nature carefully and realisedthe true meaning of art. The animals in his works look so alive that the works attract lots of collectors.,
我的父母喜欢去艺术画廊看展览。他们经常带着我去，目的是为了培养我对绘画的喜欢。我也曾经学过画风景画和水彩画，但我不久就厌倦了，并最终放弃。然而，我仍然喜欢看著名艺术家的作品。我能根据风格判断这些画是哪位艺术家的。
我最喜欢的艺术家是巴勃罗·毕加索和齐白石。他们两个有不同的风格。巴勃罗·毕加索获得了非凡的成功。他在不同的时期创作了一系列作品。看起来似乎物体和人物都被破坏了，但实际上它们还是一个整体。
齐白石采用中国传统的绘画风格。起初，他只模仿别人的作品，结果，他的作品得不到公众的认可。他不能忍受失败甚至打算放弃。后来，他仔细观察自然界，并领悟了艺术的真正的含义。他作品里的动物看起来是那么的生动以至于他的作品吸引了很多的收藏者。
Module 5 Newspapers and MagazinesSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading Pre-reading
What kind of magazine do American teenagers read? Here are some popular magazines among teenagers in America.
Caris is a new 48-page, handbag-sized magazine for girls aged 12-16. It is packed with real-life stories, fashion, beauty treatment, interviews, problems and so on. It is about making friends, having fun, being strong, creative, enjoying life, having hope, and making a difference. Being a teenager is sometimes fun, and really hard!That’s whyit’s good to have Caris.
L. A. Youth is a magazine by and about teenagers. Now, it has a readership (读者群) of 500,000 in Los Angeles Country.
TeenInk is written by teenagers for teenagers. It offers some of the most thoughtful and creative works made by teenagers. It also offers teenagers the opportunity to publish their creative works and opinions on the things that affect their lives. It has publishedmore than 25,000 teenagers’ works since 1989.
And in this module we’ll learn more about newspapers and magazines. We’ll find some important news and events in them, which willbroaden our horizons(视野)．
Section_ⅠIntroduction & Reading — Pre-reading
,
Chinese Taikonaut Back on Earth!
1
China’s firsttaikonaut① Lieutenant Colonel Yang Liwei landed② safely this morning in the ShenzhouVcapsule③ in Inner Mongolia, 300 kilometres northwest of Beijing④. Yang was in space⑤ for twenty-one and a half hours and made 14 orbits⑥ of the earth.
“It is a great moment⑦ in the history of⑧ China — and also the greatest day of my life，” said Yang. When he was orbiting in the capsule, he took photographs⑨ of planet earth. “Our planet is so beautiful，” he said.
The Beijing Space Control Centre said the flight⑩ was a “complete success?”. When Yang landed, Premier Wen Jiabao telephoned? the Control Centre to offer? his congratulations?.
When Yang took off? from Jiuquan in northwest China at 9 am yesterday, China became the third nation to send a man into space?. Yang is the 438th person to travel in space, including? astronauts from 32 countries. In total?， these astronauts have spent more than 26,000 days in space.
2
While he was travelling in space?， Yang spoke to two astronauts aboard the International Space Station?， which is orbiting the earth, American astronaut Edward Lu and Russian cosmonaut Yuri Malenchenko. Lu, whose parents were born in China, spoke to Yang in Chinese during his flight. “Welcome to space，” he said. Malenchenko said, “I am glad there is somebody else in space with us. It’s great work by thousands and thousands of people from China.”
3
Many countries around the world sent messages of congratulations. Sean O’Keefe from NASA (National Aeronautics and Space Administration) in the US said that Yang’s space flight was “an important historicalachievement and NASA wishes China continuing success with its space flight programme”. United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan called the flight “a step forward for the whole world”.
①taikonaut/’taIk??n??t/n.太空人；宇航员
宇航员一般称astronaut，俄罗斯宇航员称cosmonaut，中国宇航员称taikonaut。
②land v．降落；着陆
③capsule/’k?psju?l/n.太空舱
④300 ... Beijing是Inner Mongolia的同位语。
⑤in space 在太空
⑥orbit/’??bIt/n.轨道 vt.绕轨道飞行
⑦a great moment 一个伟大的时刻
⑧in the history of 在……的历史上
⑨photograph/’f??t??gra?f/n.照片
take photographs of 拍照
⑩flight/flaIt/n.飞行；班机
?a success 一件成功之事
?telephone vt.打电话
?offer v．主动提出；提供
?congratulation/k?n?gr?t??’leI?n/n.祝贺
?take off 起飞
?send ...to space 把……送入太空
to send ...为不定式短语作the third nation的定语。
?including prep.包括
?in total 总共；合计
?while引导时间状语从句。
?aboard/?’b??d/adv. &prep. 在船(飞机、火车、公共汽车)上；上船(飞机、火车等)
aboard ...为two astronauts的后置定语。
cosmonaut/’k?zm??n??t/n.宇航员
American ... cosmonaut是two astronauts的同位语。
welcome/’welk?m/vt.欢迎
welcome to (some place) 欢迎到(某地)来
thousands and thousands of 成千上万的
send messages of 发送……信息
historical/hI’st?rIkl/adj.历史性的
achievement/?’t?i?vm?nt/n.成就；功业；伟绩
中国宇航员返回地球
1
中国首位宇航员空军中校杨利伟于今天早晨乘坐“神舟五号”飞船在距北京西北方向300千米的内蒙古安全着陆。杨利伟在太空中停留了21小时30分钟，飞船绕地球飞行了14圈。
“这是中国历史上的一个伟大时刻——也是我人生中最伟大的一天，”杨利伟说。当他在太空舱内绕地球飞行的时候，他拍摄了地球的照片。他说：“我们的星球是如此美丽。”
北京航天指挥控制中心说，飞行取得圆满成功。杨利伟着陆后，温家宝总理致电指挥控制中心，并表示祝贺。
昨天上午9点，杨利伟从中国西北部的酒泉起飞，中国成为(世界上)第三个把人送入太空的国家。杨利伟是包括来自32个国家的宇航员在内的第438个在太空遨游的人。这些宇航员总共在太空中度过了26 000多天。
2
在太空飞行期间，杨利伟与绕地球运行的国际空间站上的两位宇航员通话，他们是美国宇航员爱德华·卢和俄罗斯宇航员尤里·马林年科。双亲都出生在中国的卢在飞行中用中文与杨利伟通话。“欢迎来到太空”，他说。马林年科说：“我很高兴还有别的人在太空中陪伴着我们，载人航天的成功是中国成千上万人的伟大成就。”
3
世界上许多国家向中国发来了贺电。来自美国国家航空航天局的先·奥基夫说，杨利伟的太空飞行是“一个意义重大的历史性的成就，美国国家航空航天局祝愿中国在其他太空飞行项目中继续取得成功”。联合国秘书长科菲·安南把此次飞行称作是“全世界的一个进步”。
Pre-reading
Please match the following words with their proper meanings.
1．photograph A. adj.历史性的
2．congratulation B．n.成就；功业；伟绩
3．aboard C．n.飞行；班机
4．headline D．adv.在船(飞机、火车、公共汽车)上
5．economy E．n.祝贺
6．flight F．n.照片
7．sailor G．n.(新闻报道等的)标题
8．welcome H．n.经济
9．achievement I．n.船员；水手
10．historical J．vt.欢迎
答案：1～5 FEDGH 6～10 CIJBA
Lead-in
Do you know the English names of the following newspapers or magazines?
While-reading
Fast-reading
Skim the text and match the main idea with each part.
Part 1 A．Congratulations on the success from different countries
Part 2 B．A great success in China’s space flight programme
Part 3 C．Three great astronauts’ conversation in space
答案：Part 1—B Part 2—C Part 3—A
Careful-reading
(Ⅰ)True (T) or False (F)．
1．The taikonaut was in space for twenty-one hours.(F)
2．One of the astronauts aboard the International Space Station was born in China.(F)
3．The other man aboard the Space Station is a Russian cosmonaut.(T)
4．China received messages of congratulations from all over the world.(T)
(Ⅱ)Read the text carefully and choose the best answers.
1．When did Yang Liwei take off from Jiuquan?
A．At 7 am yesterday.
B．At 8 am yesterday.
C．At 9 am yesterday.
D．At 10 am yesterday.
2．Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A．Premier Wen Jiabao offered his congratulations by telephone.
B．Yang is the 438th person to travel in space, including astronauts from 32 countries.
C．We can know from the text that Edward’s parents were born in America.
D．The astronauts all over the world have spent over 26,000 days in space.
3．Why did Yang say “It is a great moment in the history of China — and also the greatest day of my life”？
A．Because when orbiting in the capsule, he took photographs of planet earth.
B．Because the flight was a “complete success”．
C．Because China became the third nation to send a man into space.
D．Because many countries sent messages of congratulations.
4．From the text, we can know that ________.
A．35 countries have sent astronauts into space
B．Yang Liwei made 14 orbits of the earth
C．China has become the third nation to send a spaceship to space
D．Yang Liwei returned safely to the earth two days later
答案：1～4 CCCB
Study-reading
Analyze the following difficult sentences in the text.
1．When Yang took off from Jiuquan in northwest China at 9 am yesterday, China became the third nation to send a man into space.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 昨天上午9点，杨利伟从中国西北部的酒泉起飞，中国成为世界上第三个把人送入太空的国家。
2．While he was travelling in space, Yang spoke to two astronauts aboard the International Space Station, which is orbiting the earth, American astronaut Edward Lu and Russian cosmonaut Yuri Malenchenko.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 在太空飞行期间，杨利伟与绕地球运行的国际空间站上的两位宇航员通话，他们是美国宇航员爱德华·卢和俄罗斯宇航员尤里·马林年科。
Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
StreetSense is a newspaper in Washington, D．C. about homeless people and issues (问题) that affect them. Homeless or formerly homeless Washingtonians write many of the articles. The newspaper’s business model is based on homeless vendors who sell the newspaper. You can hear them call out “StreetSense for sale！” near subway entrances, lunch places and other areas around the city.
The StreetSense newspaper is housed in an office in a Christian church in Washington. Every other Wednesday about fourteen thousand copies are printed. The newspaper expresses the thoughts and experiences of people who call the streets home. Four staff members work at StreetSense. Two of them are paid. The staff members write the first two pages of the paper. Interns — students working as part of their studies — and volunteers help. Homeless writers provide the rest of the material. This includes poems, stories and essays.
Mary Otto is the editor (编辑) of StreetSense. She came to the paper from the WashingtonPost newspaper. Mary Otto says severe mental disorders prevent many homeless people from seeking shelter. Such problems can also block them from having close relationships with other people.
StreetSense provides training to the homeless people who want to become part of the sales team. After the training, each student is given ten free copies of StreetSense. Once those are sold, trainees become real sales people. They buy papers for thirty-five cents each and sell them for a dollar.
She says the newspaper plays a part in homeless people’s live which other media can not. “The mainstream media do not usually cover poverty or homelessness too much, unless someone dies or there’s a big rally or some-thing.”
语篇解读：本文为说明文。文章主要介绍了报纸StreetSense以及它在帮助无家可归的人方面所起的作用。
1．What can we know about StreetSense?
A．It covers the issues of homeless people.
B．It raises money for homeless people.
C．It is mainly read by homeless people.
D．It is written and edited on the street.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第一段第一句可知，StreetSense是专门关注无家可归者的问题的报纸。
2．The underlined word “vendors” in the first paragraph refers to people who ________.
A．sleep on the street
B．help homeless people on the street
C．sell something along the street
D．write articles for the newspaper
解析：选C 词义猜测题。根据画线词后的定语从句“who sell the newspaper”可知，vendors指的是小商贩，因此C项正确。
3．Mary Otto probably believes StreetSense ________.
A．can do what other media can’t
B．is not useful to homeless people
C．can take the place of other media
D．should pay more attention to homeless people
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据最后一段可知，Mary Otto认为StreetSense在帮助无家可归的人方面所起的作用是其他媒体不能替代的。
4．What do homeless people do for StreetSense?
A．They help train vendors.
B．They edit the newspaper for free.
C．They help find writers for the newspaper.
D．They provide some material for the newspaper.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据文章第二段倒数第二句可知。
B
A little girl’s quick thinking saved the lives of her mother and brother after the mom drove their car down an embankment (筑堤), causing injuries to both herself and her baby son.
On June 8, Lexi Shymanski’s mother fell asleep at the wheel outside the mountainous town of Jasper, Canada, sending her car rushing 12 meters down a roadside embankment before it came to rest with its front wheels up against a tree and its back wheels up in the air.
After she awoke to the cries of her 10-week-old brother, Peter, little Lexi knew she had to act. Undoing her seat belt, the five-year-old was able to jump out of the car, climb up the steep embankment and stop a driver for help. These actions may be the only reason her mother and brother are still alive. “I can only remember one or two times when she got herself out of the safety belt before the accident，” Lexi’s mother Angela told the reporters. “It’s amazing and we’re just so glad she did that.”
Two men stopped to help. Luckily one was a paramedic (护理人员) who knew not to move Angela. She had broken her back in two places, and even the slightest push could have left her paralyzed (瘫痪的)．
They were taken to a local hospital before being sent to a big one in Edmonton. Lexi suffered only minor injuries, but both baby Peter and Angela had to undergo surgery (手术). They are reportedly recovering well, and the family has received over D|S19,000 through GoFundMe to cover medical costs.
Now back at home, Angela says her daughter seems extremely happy, not knowing how much her effort helped save her families’ lives. “She just doesn’t know what it means，” Angela says. “She’s just five years old and so happy to be home and playing with her dog and ducks.”
语篇解读：本文是一篇新闻报道。机智勇敢的5岁小姑娘Lexi挽救了妈妈和弟弟的生命。
5．Thanks to the paramedic, Angela ________.
A．was treated well in hospital
B．suffered only slight injuries
C．didn’t get further injuries to her back
D．managed to free Lexi from her seat belt
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章第四段的内容可知，幸好那名护理人员懂得急救知识，没有挪动Angela，才让她没有受到第二次伤害。
6．What amazed Angela most was that ________.
A．Lexi wasn’t injured in the accident
B．Lexi freed herself from the safety belt
C．her car was undamaged in the accident
D．GoFundMe helped them cover medical costs
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章第三段中Angela所讲的话可知，在她的记忆中，Lexi只有一两次解开过安全带，但是她却在车祸发生后解开安全带爬出车外求救，这让她非常惊讶。
7．What can be used as the best title of the passage?
A．A careless mother caused a terrible car accident
B．What could a 5-year-old girl do in a car accident?
C．A 5-year-old girl saved her family in a car accident
D．GoFundMe helped a family recover after a car accident
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章内容可知本文主要介绍了机智勇敢的5岁小姑娘Lexi挽救妈妈和弟弟的故事，由此可知C项作为文章标题最佳。
8．The passage is probably ________.
A．a news story B．a lab report
C．a letter of thanks D．a personal diary
解析：选A 推理判断题。本文介绍了一个5岁的小姑娘Lexi在车祸发生后挽救妈妈和弟弟的故事，并且还跟踪报道了三人的后期恢复以及慈善机构的捐款事项，由此可知本文最有可能是一篇新闻故事。
C
Hundreds of years ago, news was carried from place to place by people on foot or by horse. It took days, weeks and sometimes months for people to receive news. Now it is possible to send words and pictures around the world in seconds. Billions of people learn about news stories of their own country and all over the world every day, either by watching TV or reading newspapers.
Newspapers have been an important part of everyday life since the 18th century. Many countries have hundreds of different newspapers. How do newspaper editors decide which news stories to print? Why do they print some stories and not others? What makes a good newspaper story?
Firstly, it is important to report news stories. TV stations can report news much faster than newspapers. Yet, newspapers give more about the same story. They may also look at the story in another way, or they may print completely different stories to those on TV.
Secondly, a news story has to be interesting and unusual. People don’t want to read stories about everyday life. As a result, many stories are about some kind of danger and seem to be “bad” news. For example, newspapers never print stories about planes landing safely; instead they print stories about plane accidents.
Another factor (因素) is also very important in many news stories. Many people are interested in news in foreign countries, but more prefer to read stories about people, places and events in their own country. So the stories on the front page in Chinese newspapers are usually very different from the ones in British, French and American newspapers.
语篇解读：本文讲述了现代社会人们获取news 的不同方式以及一个新闻故事应具备的要素
9．According to the passage, how do people learn about news stories in the world now?
A．They carry news stories and tell others from place to place on foot or by horse.
B．They tell each other what they have seen with their eyes.
C．They watch TV or read newspapers.
D．They listen to the radio every day.
解析：选C 细节理解题。由文章第一段最后一句“Billions of people learn ...” 可知人们通过看电视或读报纸的方式获知新闻。
10．The difference between newspaper stories and TV news reports is that ________.
A．people can learn more about the same news story from a newspaper
B．people can read the news story more quickly in a newspaper
C．people can read news stories in other countries
D．people can read news stories about their own country
解析：选A 细节理解题。由文章第三段中“Yet, newspapers give more about the same story.”可知答案是A。
11．According to the passage, which of the following can you most possibly watch on TV?
A．You often play football with your friends after school.
B．Your teacher has got a cold.
C．A tiger in the city zoo has run out and hasn’t been caught.
D．The bike in front of your house is lost.
解析：选C 推理判断题。文章第四段说新闻报道的是不寻常和有趣的事，很多新闻看起来往往报道的是坏的消息和一些危险的事情。由此段可知A、B、D三项都不具备新闻的要素。
12．Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A．News stories on the front page of every country are always the same.
B．People like to read interesting and unusual news.
C．Not only TV but also newspapers can help people to learn what is happening around the world.
D．Newspapers have been an important part of everyday life for more than two hundred years.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段可知中国报纸和英国、法国、美国等国的报纸在头版报道的内容上常常不同。根据此段可知选A。
Ⅱ.阅读七选五
Getting your children to study can be a little like getting them to eat their vegetables.
__1__ Make a study time and have it at the same time every day. This will help your kids to learn to schedule their day and will give them a sense of control over how they spend their time. Allow them to study in blocks of time, such as for half an hour with a five-minute break in the middle.
__2__ Ideal (理想的) study times are after dinner or right after school before dinner. Never allow your children to study in front of the television, as that will encourage passive activity.__3__
You’ll also need to help your kids find the right place to study. After you’ve set up a good study time for little learners, set up a good place where they can get those creative juices flowing.
__4__ Make sure there is a table or a desk and a comfortable chair.
__5__ This includes helping them out with their homework sometimes and being there for them with the answers to any questions. The input you give your children during study periods will help form a bond (纽带；契合) and help make studying enjoyable.
A．Pick a place where your children can study properly.
B．Hold them to the schedule they create for themselves.
C．Finally, spend time with your kids when they’re studying.
D．Keep the atmosphere light and offer lots of encouragement, too.
E．Instead, use TV as a treat or a reward when the homework is completed.
F．Try to stop this bad habit by offering some sort of reward.
G．One of the best ways to form good study habits for your kids is to design a schedule that they keep to.
答案：1～5 GBEAC
Module 5 Newspapers and MagazinesSection Ⅱ Introduction & Reading Language Points
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.headlinen． (新闻报道等的)标题
2.celebrityn. 名人
3.welcomevt. 欢迎
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.photographn．照片→photographern．摄影师
2.economyn．经济→economic adj.经济的
3.politicsn．政治→political adj.政治的→politician n．政治家
4.universen．宇宙→universal adj.宇宙的；普遍的
5.sailorn．船员；水手→sail v．航行
6.congratulationn．祝贺→congratulate vt.祝贺；庆贺
7.historicaladj.历史性的→historic adj. 有历史意义的→history n．历史
8.achievementn．成就；功业；伟绩→achieve vt.取得(成就)；达到
1.headline n．标题
[联想] 英语报刊常见栏目名称一览
①Backgrounding 新闻背景
②Around the Country 国内新闻版
③Around the World 国际新闻版
④Brief简讯 ⑤Book Review书评
⑥Classified Ads分类广告 ⑦Column专栏
2.flight n．飞行；班机
[词块] ①in flight 在飞行中
②book/cancel a flight 预定/取消航班
③catch/miss a flight 赶上/错过航班
④have/take/make a flight 飞行
3.aboard adv.在船(飞机、火车、公共汽车)上
[联想] ①abroad adv. 在国外
②board v．&n. 登(飞机、车、船等)；木板
③broad adj. 宽阔的
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.divide_...into_... 把……划分为……
2．work_on 从事；继续
3．add_..._to_... 把……加到……
4．take_off 起飞
5．in_total 总共；合计
6．congratulate_sb._on_sth. 就……向某人祝贺
7．in_the_history_of 在……的历史上
8．in_space 在太空
1.all over the world 全世界
2．celebrity news 名人新闻，明星八卦
3．a great moment 一个伟大的时刻
4．take photographs of 拍照
5．thousands and thousands of 成千上万的
6．offer one’s congratulations 祝贺某人
7．send messages 发送信息
8．historical achievement 历史成就；历史贡献
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.The Russian word kosmonavt comes from the Greek words kosmos, meaning universe and nautes.
俄语单词kosmonavt来源于希腊词kosmos和nautes，希腊词kosmos表示宇宙。
现在分词短语作后置定语。
The young man sitting_there is our new English teacher.
坐在那里的那个年轻人是我们的新英语老师。
2.When Yang took off from Jiuquan in northwest China at 9 am yesterday, China became the third nation to send a man into space.
昨天上午9点，杨利伟在中国西北部的酒泉起飞，中国成为(世界上)第三个把人送入太空的国家。
不定式短语作后置定语。
He is the_first_one_to_arrive_at_school this morning.
他是今天早晨最早到校的人。
3....NASA wishes China continuing successwith its space flight programme.
……美国国家航空航天局祝愿中国在其他太空飞行项目中继续取得成功。
wish sb. sth.意为“祝愿某人……”。
She wished_her_mother_a_good_night and went to her bedroom.
她向妈妈道了声晚安就进卧室去了。
1．(教材P41)people who work onnewspapers and magazines.
从事于报纸业和杂志业的人
?work on从事于；致力于
(1)work at 学习，研究；在……上下功夫
work out 算出；理解；制定出；解决
(2)in work 就业
at work 在工作
out of work 失业；出毛病
①He’s working on a new project which has to be finished by the end of the year.
他正在从事一个新的工程，工程必须要在本年末完成。
②It’s hard to work_out so many questions in ten minutes.
十分钟内算出这么多题有点难。
③The longer people stay out_of_work,_the more trouble they have finding new work.
人们失业的时间越长，找新工作的过程中遇到的麻烦就更多。
2．(教材P43)When Yang landed, Premier Wen Jiabao telephoned the Control Centre to offer his congratulations.
杨利伟着陆后，温家宝总理致电指挥控制中心，并表示祝贺。
?congratulation n. 祝贺；贺词(常用复数)
(1)congratulations to sb.on sth.
为某事向某人表示祝贺
send/offer one’s congratulations to sb.
向某人表示祝贺
(2)congratulate vt. 祝贺
congratulate sb. on sth./doing sth. 为某事向某人表示祝贺
①Congratulations to you on your passing the College Entrance Examination.
＝We send/offer_our_congratulations_to_you_on your passing the College Entrance Examination.
＝We congratulate_you_on your passing the College Entrance Examination.
我们祝贺你们通过了高考。
[辨析比较] congratulate, celebrate
congratulate
庆祝，祝贺。指对某人取得的成就或喜庆之事表示祝贺，其宾语是人，表示就某事祝贺某人时，常与介词on搭配
celebrate
庆祝，庆贺。通常指举行盛大隆重的仪式庆祝或纪念有意义的日子或某件事情，多暗示节日般的欢乐场面，宾语为事件
选用上述单词填空
②They celebrated their 25th wedding anniversary yesterday, and many relatives and friends congratulated to them on their silver wedding.
他们昨天庆祝了25周年结婚纪念日，许多亲戚朋友都对他们的银婚表示祝贺。
[名师点津] 在英美国家，人们通常对新郎说“Congratulations！”(恭喜)，对新娘则说“Best wishes！”(祝福你)。因为congratulations是对拼搏努力而终于成功的人说的，对新郎说表示他终于赢得佳人芳心，恰如其分。
3．(教材P43)When Yang took off from Jiuquan in northwest China at 9 am yesterday, China became the third nation to send a man into space.
昨天上午9点，杨利伟在中国西北部的酒泉起飞，中国成为(世界上)第三个把人送入太空的国家。
?take off
(1)(飞机)起飞
①I felt quite excited as the planetook offfrom New York Airport.
当飞机从纽约机场起飞时，我感到很兴奋。
(2)脱下；取下；摘下
②Timtook off his clothes and jumped into the water.
蒂姆脱掉衣服，跳进了水中。
(3)突然大受欢迎；迅速流行
③The new magazine has really taken_off.
这份新杂志真是大受欢迎。
(4)休息；休假
④I’ve decided to take a few days off next week.
我已决定下星期休息几天。
[名师点津] take构成的其他短语：
①take back 收回
②take in 收留；包括；领会；欺骗
③take it easy 别紧张，放松
④take up 开始从事；占据
⑤take over 接管，接手
⑥take notice of 注意，留意
⑦take one’s place 就位，就座
⑧take one’s time 不着急，慢慢来
4．(教材P43)In total,these astronauts have spent more than 26,000 days in space.
这些宇航员总共在太空中度过了26 000多天。
?in total 总共；合计
(1)total n. 总数；总量；总额
adj. 总的；全部的
v. 总数达到；合计
a total of 总数为
total up to 总共是，总数达到
total sth. up 把……加起来
(2)totally adv. 完全；全部地
①There are more than 5,000 students in total in our school.
我们学校共有五千多名学生。
②Their expenses reached a_total_of 1,000 pounds.
他们的花费共计1 000英镑。
③I totally (total) agree with what you have said.
我完全同意你所说的。
④The visitors to the exhibition totaled_up_to 15,000.
展览会的参观者达到15 000人。
5．(教材P43)While he was travelling in space, Yang spoke to two astronauts aboard the International Space Station ...
在太空飞行期间，杨利伟与国际空间站上的两位宇航员通话……
? aboard adv. & prep. 在船(飞机、火车、公共汽车)上；上船(飞机、火车)
(1)go aboard (the plane/train) 登机/上船
All aboard! (口语) 请大家上船/车/飞机！
Welcome aboard！ 欢迎登机/上船/上车！
(2)board n. 板
v. 登机；上船
on board 在船上；在飞机上
①As soon as the train arrived, all the waiting people went aboard.
火车一到，所有等待的人都上车了。
②The plane is taking off. All_aboard,_please.
飞机就要起飞了，请大家上飞机。
③All the people aboard/on_board were killed in the accident.
船上所有的人在这次事故中都丧生了。
[名师点津] abroad与aboard两者容易混淆，abroad是副词，意为“在国外；到国外”。
6．(教材P43)“Welcometo space，” he said.
“欢迎来到太空，”他说。
?welcome vt.& n．欢迎 adj.受欢迎的
welcome sb. to sp. 欢迎某人来某个地方
welcome sb. with sth. 以……欢迎某人
be welcome to do sth. 欢迎某人做某事
You are welcome. 别客气，不用谢。
①The winners were given a warm welcome when they arrived home.
获胜者到家时受到了热烈的欢迎。
②It’s a pleasure to welcome_you_to my home.
很高兴欢迎你光临舍下。
③You are_welcome_to_stay_here whenever you like.
欢迎你随时到这里来住。
[名师点津] “欢迎某人做某事”可以说sb. be welcome to do sth.，但一般不说welcome sb. to do sth.。“欢迎某人到某地”可以说sb. be welcome to sp.，也可以说welcome sb. to sp.。
7．(教材P43)．.. said that Yang’s space flight was “an important historical achievementand NASA wishes China continuing success with its space flight programme”．
……说，杨利伟的太空飞行是“一个意义重大的历史性的成就，美国国家航空航天管理局祝愿中国在其他太空飞行项目中继续取得成功”。
?historical adj.历史性的；有关历史的
①Do you know the historical background to the war?
你知道这次战争的历史背景吗？
②QuYuan is a historical play written by Guo Moruo.《屈原》是郭沫若写的一部历史剧。
[辨析比较] historical, historic
historical
指“历史题材的”、“与历史相关的”，侧重涉及历史的事件或事物
historic
指“历史上著名的”、“具有历史意义的”，侧重历史意义
选用上述单词填空
③Many of the scenes of the historical film were shot in the historic city.
该历史题材的影片中的许多场景都是在那座具有历史意义的城市拍摄的。
?achievement n．成就；功业；伟绩
(1)make an achievement/achievements in
在……方面取得成就
a sense of achievement 成就感
(2)achieve vt. 完成；达到；实现；获得
achieve one’s dream/goal 实现梦想/目标
①Even a small success gives you a sense of achievement.
即便是小小的成功也会给人一种成就感。
②Tu Youyou has made_great_achievements_in the medical field.
屠呦呦在医学领域取得了很大的成就。
③Finally he achieved_his_dream of becoming a teacher.
最后他实现了当老师的梦想。
1．When Yang took off from Jiuquan in northwest China at 9 am yesterday, China became the third nation to send a man into space.
昨天上午9点，杨利伟在中国西北部的酒泉起飞，中国成为(世界上)第三个把人送入太空的国家。
(1)to send a man into space为不定式短语作后置定语，修饰 the third nation。 当名词前有序数词或形容词的最高级修饰时，多用动词不定式作后置定语。
①Columbus was the first person to discover America.
哥伦布是第一个发现美洲的人。
②He is the third one to_get (get) to the top of the mountain.
他是第三个到达山顶的人。
③She was the cleverest person to finish the job.
她是完成这项工作的最聪明的人。
(2)当被修饰的词为something, nothing, anything等不定代词时，常用不定式作后置定语。
④Do you have anything to say?
你有什么要说的吗？
⑤There is nothing to_worry_about.
没有什么可担心的。
2．...NASA wishes China continuing successwith its space flight programme.
……美国国家航空航天局祝愿中国在其他太空飞行项目中继续取得成功。
(1)此处使用了“wish sb.＋名词”结构，意为“祝愿某人……”。
①Wewish you a merry Christmas and a happy new year!
我们祝你圣诞快乐，新年快乐！
②I wish_you_a_happy_journey.
祝你一路顺风。
(2)wish sb.＋形容词“祝愿某人……”。
③Iwish you happy!
我祝你们幸福！
(3)表达祝愿的结构还有
·hope＋(that) ...
④I hope everything goes well with your work.
祝你工作如意，事事顺心。
·May sb./sth.＋动词原形＋其他
⑤May the friendship between our two peoples last forever.
祝两国人民的友谊万古长青。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．We offered him our congratulations (congratulate) on his success in business.
2．After the celebration, he became famous and his dancing career took off.
3．The plane crashed killing all 200 people aboard (board)．
4．You’re welcome to_visit (visit) our school again next year.
5．The professor likes watching historical (history) TV plays.
6．They have made a great achievement (achieve) in keeping the peace in the world.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．Mr. Green is working_on (从事于) a new novel these days.
2．In_total (总共) over 100 people attended the meeting held in our school hall.
3．I wish_you_more_success (祝你更多成功) in the future!
4．If I have any further news, you will be the_first_person_to_know_it (第一个知道消息的人)．
5．I want to congratulate_you_on_winning_the_prize(祝贺你赢得这个奖)．
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．The flight (班机) to Beijing has been delayed because of the thick fog.
2．His father worked as a sailor (水手) in a ship for 20 years.
3．Many people are interested in the private lives of the celebrities (名人)．
4．A country cannot develop its economy (经济) without science and technology.
5．The scientists in China have made great achievements (成就) in exploring the space.
6．We sent him our congratulations (祝贺) on his passing the driving test.
7．A plane with five people aboard (在飞机上) crashed into the mountain several days ago.
8．They had the feeling that they were not welcome (受欢迎) at the meeting.
9．You must place these events in their historical (历史的) context.
10．At that time people believed the earth was the center of the universe (宇宙)．
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．Please give him my congratulation when you see him.
congratulation→congratulations
2．He has been living here for the total of 30 years.
the→a
3．Mr.Brown stood at the door, welcomed newcomers with a large smile.
welcomed→welcoming
4．Please go board the ship quickly. There’s only 10 minutes left.board→aboard
5．The cosmonauts photographed the rise of the sun in the space.去掉space之前的the
6．The historic research on ancient Chinese buildings has been carried out.historic→historical
7．Who was the last one leave the classroom last night?
leave前加to
8．The money he spent within a month added up more than 1,000 dollars.up后加to
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．He became the first student in the village to_go_to_college.
他成为了村子里第一个上大学的学生。
2．You’ll achieve_your_dream if you study hard.
如果你努力学习，你的梦想是可以实现的。
3．She has spent the last two years working_on_a_book about childcare.
过去两年她一直致力于撰写一本关于儿童保育的书。
4．I wish_you_luck!
祝您好运。
5．I didn’t recognised him until he took_off_his_glasses.
直到他摘下眼镜我才认出他。
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
At nine am yesterday, China’s first taikonaut Yang Liwei took off from Jiuquan in northwest China, 1.which made China the third nation 2.to_send (send) a man into space. While 3.travelling (travel) in space Yang spoke to two astronauts aboard the International Space Station. When he 4.was_orbiting (orbit) the capsule, Yang took photographs of planet earth. This morning he landed 5.safely (safe) in the Shenzhou Ⅴ capsule in Inner Mongolia. 6.In total, Yang was in space for twenty-one and a half hours and made 14 orbits of the earth. The Beijing Space Control Center said the flight was 7.a “complete success”. Soon after 8.that,_Premier Wen Jiabao telephoned the control center 9.to_offer/offering (offer) his 10.congratulations (congratulate). Many countries sent messages of congratulations, too.
Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达
她是她的国家的第一个(the first to ...)女飞行员(cosmonaut)，也是世界历史上(in the history of)最伟大的宇航员之一，她已经习惯了太空中(in space)的生活。她每天都要拍摄(take photographs of)各种天体(celestial body)的照片，现在总计(in total)有3 000 000多张了，她希望增加(add ...to ...)更多张。她已经取得了很大的成就(achievement)，她的家人及朋友都对她的成功表示祝贺(congratulation)。已经致力于(work on)飞行事业二十多年了，今年她想休假(take off)一个月好好休息一下。
She,_who_is_the_first_woman_in_her_country_to_work_as_a_cosmonaut,_is_one_of_the_greatest_taikonauts_in_the_history_of_the_world._She_has_got_used_to_the_life_in_space._Every_day_she_takes_photographs_of_all_kinds_of_celestial_bodies._In_total,_she_has_more_than_three_million_pictures._However,_she_hopes_to_add_more_pictures_to_her_collection._She_has_made_great_achievements_and_her_families_and_friends_offered_their_congratulations_to_her_on_her_success._Having_been_working_on_flying_for_more_than_twenty_years,_she_wants_to_take_a_month_off_to_have_a_good_rest_this_year.
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.完形填空
My kids and I were heading into the supermarket over the weekend. On the way, we spotted a man holding a piece of paper that said, “__1__ my job. Family to Feed.”
At this store, a __2__ like this is not normal. My 10-year-old noticed him and made a __3__ on how bad it must be to have to stand __4__ in the cold wind.
In the store, I asked each of my kids to __5__ something they thought our “friend” there would __6__. They got apples, a sandwich and a bottle of juice. Then my 17-year-old suggested giving him a __7__. I thought about it. We were __8__ on cash ourselves, but ... well, sometimes __9__ from our need instead of our abundance is __10__ what we need to do! All the kids __11__ something they could do away with for the week.
When we handed him the bag of __12__， he lit up and thanked us with __13__ eyes. When I handed him the gift card, saying he could use it for __14__ his family might need, he burst into tears.
This has been a wonderful __15__ for our family. For days the kids have been looking for others we can __16__！ Things would have played out so __17__ if I had simply said, “No, we really don’t have __18__ to give more.” Stepping out not only helped a brother in __19__， it also gave my kids the __20__ taste of helping others. It’ll go a long way with them.
语篇解读：文章讲述了周末作者带孩子们去超市，在路上看到一个需要帮助的人，作者和孩子不仅买了许多东西给这个需要帮助的人而且还给了他购物卡的故事。
1．A.Quit B．Changed
C．Lost D．Finished
解析：选C 在路上，我们注意到一个男人举着一张纸，纸上写着：“失业，需要养家。”短语lose one’s job意为“失业”。
2．A.condition B．place
C．sight D．show
解析：选C 在这家商店，像这样的场景(sight)并不常见。
3．A.suggestion B．comment
C．decision D．call
解析：选B 我10岁的孩子注意到他，并评论说在寒风中站在外面一定很难受。make a comment on“对……作出评论”。
4．A.by B．proudly
C．outside D．angrily
解析：选C 根据常识可知是站在外面凛冽的寒风中。outside“在外面”。
5．A.draw B．say
C．arrange D．pick
解析：选D 在商店里，我要求每一个孩子挑选(pick)一些他们认为我们那位“朋友”可能会喜爱的东西。
6．A.appreciate B．supply
C．order D．discover
解析：选A 由上题分析可知，那位“朋友”可能“喜爱”的东西。appreciate“喜爱，欣赏”。
7．A.dollar B．job
C．hot meal D．gift card
解析：选D 从第四段第二句可找到答案。
8．A.easy B．low
C．soft D．loose
解析：选B 针对孩子的建议我考虑了一下，我们自己现金也不多。be low on sth.“缺少……”。
9．A.giving B．saving
C．spending D．begging
解析：选A 有时把自己需要的东西而不是自己充裕的东西给予别人正是我们真正需要做的。give“给予”。
10．A.yet B．even
C．still D．just
解析：选D 由上句分析可知，这正是我们需要做的。just“恰恰，正是”。
11．A.declared B．shared
C．ignored D．expected
解析：选A 所有的孩子都宣布本周他们不需要的东西，以便帮助那位“朋友”。declare“声明，宣告”。
12．A.food B．medicine
C．toys D．clothes
解析：选A 当我们把那袋子食物给他的时候，他面露喜色……。根据上文的“apples, a sandwich and a bottle of juice”可知是食物。
13．A.sleepy B．watery
C．curious D．sharp
解析：选B 他面露喜色，眼泪汪汪，连声感谢我们。watery“潮湿的”，此处watery指“湿润的，眼泪汪汪的”。
14．A.whoever B．whatever
C．whichever D．whenever
解析：选B 当我给他购物卡，告诉他他的家人需要什么就能用购物卡买什么的时候，他失声大哭起来。whatever引导宾语从句并在从句中作need的宾语。
15．A.message B．example
C．experience D．adventure
解析：选C 这对我们家来说是一次美好的体验。experience“经历，体验”。
16．A.rely on B．respect
C．learn from D．help
解析：选D 一连多天，我的孩子们一直在寻找我们可以帮助的其他人！从本段第四句中可找到答案。
17．A.suddenly B．vividly
C．differently D．perfectly
解析：选C 如果我简单地说一句“不行，我们没有钱去给予更多了”，事情就会截然不同了。
18．A.time B．power
C．patience D．money
解析：选D 由上文可知，他们是用钱买的礼物和食品去帮助那位男士的。
19．A.need B．love
C．fear D．memory
解析：选A 挺身而出不仅帮助了生活困难、需要帮助的一位兄弟，而且也给了孩子们帮助别人的那种美好的体验。in need意为“在困难之中的”。
20．A.strong B．sweet
C．strange D．simple
解析：选B 由题意可知，帮助别人是一种美好的体验。sweet“甜的，甜美的”。
Ⅱ.短文改错
Nowadays more and more people are concerning about their health, and how to keep healthy? First, it is necessary to take some exercises every day. Research shows that plenty of exercise make the heart to beat faster and the lungs work harder. Second, eat more fruits, vegetables and more meat. Third, getting rid of such bad habits as smoking and drinking is also important way to keep healthy. Smoking and alcohol drinking injures one’s health a great deal, and therefore should be given up. If people followed these three ways of keeping fit, they’ll great improve their health.
答案：第一句：concerning→concerned; and→but
第二句：exercises→exercise
第三句：make→makes；去掉to
第四句：第二个more→less
第五句：important前加an
第六句：injures→injure
第七句：followed→follow; great→greatly
Module 5 Newspapers and MagazinesSection Ⅲ Grammar 时间状语从句和原因状语从句
?语法图解
?探究发现
①When he was orbiting in the capsule, he took photographs of planet earth.
②When Yang landed, Premier Wen Jiabao telephoned the Control Centre to offer his congratulations.
③Whilehe was travelling in space, Yang spoke to two astronauts aboard the International Space Station.
④Whenyou read a newspaper article in English, read the sub-headingsbefore you start ...
⑤The manager didn’t attend the party because he was ill.
⑥“As you have asked me so nicely，” said Sharon, “I’d be delighted to sign your arm.”
⑦Sinceno one else saw the aliens, not many people believe Mr Bates.
⑧Now that I have made this first visit, I hope I can come many more times.
[我的发现]
(1)例句①②③④中的连词引导时间状语从句；例句⑤⑥⑦⑧中的连词引导原因状语从句。
(2)when引导时间状语从句时，从句中的谓语动词和主句谓语动词所表示的动作同时发生，如例句①④；也可以在其之前发生，如例句②。
(3)while引导的时间状语从句中的谓语动作必须是和主句谓语动作同时发生，如例句③；而before引导的时间状语从句中的谓语动作必须在主句谓语动作之前发生，如例句④。
(4)because引导原因状语从句时，可以置于主句之前，也可以置于主句之后，如例句⑤；而as, since, now that引导原因状语从句时经常置于主句之前，如例句⑥⑦⑧。
一、时间状语从句
1．when, while, as引导的时间状语从句的主从句动作发生的顺序及主从句的时态要求。
我们在Module 3学习了由when, while，as引导的时间状语从句，本课时主要讲一下它们引导时间状语从句时主从句动作发生的顺序及时态要求。
(1)主从句动作发生的顺序
when与as引导的时间状语从句，主从句谓语动词可以同时发生也可以先后发生；while引导的时间状语从句，主从句谓语动词同时发生或主句动作发生在从句动作进行的过程中。
When he had finished his homework, he took a short rest.
当他完成作业后，他休息了一会儿。(从句动作先发生)
When I got to the airport, the guests had left.
当我赶到飞机场时，客人们已经离开了。(从句动作后发生)
Whilewe were working in the fields, it suddenly began to rain.
当我们在地里劳动时，忽然下起雨来。
(2)主从句的时态要求
如果主句的动作发生于表示“当……时”的时间状语从句中的动作进行的过程中，从句常用进行时。
Someone broke into the house when/while/as she was sleeping.
在她睡觉时有人闯入屋里。
WhenTom was reading, Jim went out to play football.
汤姆看书的时候，吉姆出去踢足球了。
2．表示时间先后的连词主要包括before和after。after表示“在……之后”。before可表达多种意义：“……才”；“……就”；“还没来得及……就……”等。
before常用于以下句型：
It will be＋一段时间＋before ...(从句用一般现在时)要过……时间才……
It won’t be＋一段时间＋before ...(从句用一般现在时)过不了……时间就……
It was not long before ...(从句用一般过去时)没过多久就……
It was＋时间段＋before ...(从句用一般过去时)过了……时间才……
It will be half a year before I come back.
半年之后我才回来。
It won’t be long before we meet again.
不久，我们会再见面。
It wasn’t long before he left the country.
没过多久他就离开了这个国家。
After the students came to the lab, the professor brought out three bottles.
学生们到实验室后，教授拿出了3个瓶子。
3．表示“持续性”和“瞬间性”的连词主要包括since, ever since, till/until等。
(1)since, ever since引导时间状语从句时，从句中多用一般过去时，而主句中谓语动词多用现在完成时。
I have lived heresince I came here.
自从我来到这儿，我一直生活在这儿。
(2)till和until(till不可以位于句首)：在肯定句中，主句的谓语动词是延续性动词，而在否定句中，主句的谓语动词是瞬间性动词。
He waited until/tillhis mother came back.
他一直等到他妈妈回来。
I didn’t go to bed until/tillI finished my homework.
直到做完作业我才上床睡觉。
[即时演练1]
(1)用适当的连词填空
①It will not be long before he realizes his dream.
②It is five years since I last met him.
③After the children had gone to bed, she began to prepare her lessons.
④We won’t start our discussion until/till he comes.
⑤When I got home, my parents had fallen asleep.
⑥While we were talking, the teacher came in.
⑦As time goes by, we have a better understanding of things around us.
(2)完成句子
①It is three years since_he_came_to_our_school.
他来我们学校已经三年了。
②It_won’t_be_long_before we have the midterm examination.
过不了多久我们就要期中考试了。
③Mum didn’t_go_to_bed_until I came back last night.
昨晚直到我回来妈妈才上床睡觉。
4．表示“一……就……”的连词有：as soon as, the moment, immediately, directly, no sooner ... than, hardly ...when等。
I told him the news the moment I saw him.
我一看见他就把那个消息告诉他了。
No sooner had he got to the station than the bus left.
他一到车站，车就离开了。
[名师点津] 在no sooner ... than ..., hardly/scarcely ... when ...结构中，主句谓语应用过去完成时，从句谓语应用一般过去时。当no sooner ...和hardly/scarcely ...位于句首时，主句要部分倒装。
I had hardlygot home whenit began to rain.
→Hardly had I got home when it began to rain.
我一到家，天就开始下雨了。
[即时演练2] 一句多译
比赛刚开始，大雨就下了起来。
①It_began_to_rain_heavily_as_soon_as_the_game_started. (as soon as)
②It_began_to_rain_heavily_the_moment_the_game_started. (the moment)
③It_began_to_rain_heavily_immediately_the_game_started. (immediately)
④Hardly_had_the_game_started_when_it_began_to_rain_heavily. (hardly ... when ...)
⑤No_sooner_had_the_game_started_than_it_began_to_rain_heavily. (no sooner ... than ...)
5．表示“经常性或习惯性”的连词有：each time, every time, whenever等。
He is busy working each time I see him.
每次我看见他，他总是忙着工作。
WheneverI see her, she always wears a smile.
无论我什么时候看到她，她总是面带微笑。
[即时演练3] 完成句子
①Every/Each_time_I_was_in_trouble (每次我遇到麻烦), he would come to my help.
②Whenever_you_come (无论你什么时候来), you are welcome.
二、原因状语从句
引导原因状语从句的常用连词有because (因为), as (由于), since (既然), now that (既然)等。
because
语气最强，表示的是直接的理由。可用来回答why 引导的问句，可用于强调句型
它所引导的从句常放在主句后
as
语气较弱，较口语化，表示较明显的原因或已知的事实
它所引导的从句常放在主句前
since/
now that
语气较弱，所表示的原因为人们已知的事实。常译为“既然”
since常和now that互换，但now that可用来说明一种新情况，然后加以推理
I can’t get to sleep because there is much noise outside.
由于外面声音嘈杂我睡不着。
As he was in a hurry, he left this bag home.
由于他太匆忙才把包丢在了家里。
Sinceit is late, I shall go home now.
由于时间太晚了，我现在要回家了。
Now that the rain has stopped, let’s go home at once.
既然雨已停了，我们马上回家吧。
[名师点津] for“因为”后跟句子时，不是从属连词而是并列连词，是用来说明、补充解释或表示一种推理，所以for跟从句时不能置于句首。
The day breaks,for the birds are singing.
天亮了，因为鸟儿都在叫了。
[即时演练4]
(1)用适当的连词填空
①Because he was ill, he was absent from the meeting.
②Since/Now_that you are here, you’d better stay.
③As I have not read the book, I cannot tell you anything about it.
④He must be ill, for he is absent today.
(2)完成句子
①I was late for school because_I_missed_the_first_bus (因为我错过了第一辆公共汽车)．
②Since/Now_that_you_are_well_again (既然你恢复了健康), you can travel.
③It must have rained last night, for_the_ground_is_wet (因为地面是湿的)．
④As_he_wasn’t_ready (因为他没准备好), we left without him.
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．It will not be long before you become an excellent reporter.
2．The head of the company promised to deal with the matter the moment he returned to his office.
3．While we were studying abroad, we learned much about foreign culture and customs.
4．The boy burst into tears immediately (immediate) he saw his mother.
5．He looked at the plane taking off till/until it disappeared.
6．He had no sooner finished his speech than the students started cheering.
7．We haven’t seen each other since we graduated from the university.
8．Since/Now_that he has grown up, you should not tell him what he should do.
9．It was because she caught a bad cold that she didn’t go to school.
10．He must have experienced something unpleasant, for he looks so sad.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．Whenever_I_see_someone_in_need,_I will spare no effort to help him.
每当见到有人需要帮助，我就会尽力去帮助他。
2．They walked about 30 miles before_they_saw_a_village.
他们走了30英里才看见一个村庄。
3．Every/Each_time_I_pass_the_school,_I think of my first English teacher.
每当我经过学校，我就想起我的第一个英语老师。
4．The_moment/As_soon_as/Immediately_the_children_heard_the_news,_they jumped with joy.
孩子们一听到这个消息，就高兴地跳了起来。
5．I went on with my work until_I_finished_washing_all_the_clothes.
我继续工作，直到把所有的衣服洗完。
6．Ever_since_my_friend_Xiaohua_entered_high_school two years ago, his mother has been pushing him hard in his studies.
自从我的朋友小华两年前进入高中，他的妈妈一直在学习上给他施加了很大的压力。
7．Because_my_spoken_English_is_fluent,_I think I am very suitable for this job.
因为我的英语口语很流利，我认为我适合这项工作。
8．Now_that_you’ve_got_a_chance,_you might as well make full use of it.
既然你有机会，就该充分利用。
Ⅲ.短文改错
The first time I decided to leave home was when I was about to graduate from high school. I was having trouble get along with my parents. I had about fifty pound in my pocket, and I thought about leaving home. It took myself only ten days away from home when I started to feel homesick. Living on my own was the totally different experience, which made me more responsible, more decisive or more creative. Because of I was on my own, I had to carry out my duties without being told. I had to be more carefully because my parents were not there to give me their advice. On the other hand, I made my own future plan and I made rules to follow by.
答案：第二句：get→getting
第三句：pound→pounds
第四句：myself→me; when→before
第五句：the→a; or→and
第六句：去掉of; told后加to
第七句：carefully→careful
第八句：去掉by
Module 5 Newspapers and MagazinesSection Ⅳ Other Parts of the Module
[原文呈现] [读文清障]
Daily①Newspapers in Britain and the United States
Newspapers in Britain can be divided into②thequalitypress(more serious newspapers) and thepopularpress. Quality newspapers have home and international③ news, and sports and cultural④ events. They also carry⑤financial⑥ reports, travel news and book and film reviews⑦.
Popular newspapers are also known as⑧tabloids. They have large headlines⑨， a lot of big photographs⑩ and concentrate on? news and events about famous people, and news about the Britishroyal? family.
TheTimes is the most famous of the quality newspapers. It began in 1785. It is read by important people such as politicians?， lawyers? and businessmen. TheSun, founded in 1964?， is the most successful of the popular newspapers. Around? four million people read it every day and it sells more than any other daily newspaper.
In the United States, newspapers usually have the name of the city where they are produced? (for example, TheNewYorkTimes). You can buy the bigger ones all over the country. The US also has a lot of tabloid newspapers, such as TheNewYorkDailyNews, which are similar to? British tabloids.
①daily adj.日常的，每日的
daily还可作名词，意为“日报”。
②be divided into 被分成
③home and international 国内和国际的
④cultural/’k?lt??r?l/adj.文化的
⑤carry vt.刊登，登载
⑥financial/faI’n?n?l/adj.金融的
⑦review/rI’vju?/n.评论
book/film review 书评/影评
⑧be known as 作为……而闻名
⑨headline n．标题
⑩photograph n．照片
?concentrate on 集中于
?royal/’r?I?l/adj.皇家的；皇室的
?politician/?p?l?’tI?n/n.政治家
?lawyer n．律师
?found/fɑ?nd/vt.创立；建立
founded in 1964是过去分词短语作定语。
?around prep.大约
?produce/pr?’dju?s/vt.创作
where引导定语从句修饰the city。
?be similar to 与……相似
英国和美国的日报
[课文译文]
英国的报纸可分成高级报纸(较严肃的报纸)和大众报纸。高级报纸报道国内和国际新闻，以及体育和文化事件。它们也刊登金融报道、旅游新闻以及有关书籍和电影的评论。
大众报纸作为小型报纸也被人们所熟知。它们有大标题和许多大图片，并且集中报道有关名人的新闻与事件以及英国王室的新闻。
《泰晤士报》是高级报纸中最著名的一份。它创刊于1785年。重要的人物如政治家、律师以及商人阅读《泰晤士报》。《太阳报》创刊于1964年，是大众报纸中最成功的一份。每天有大约400万人阅读它，而且它的销售量远高于其他日报。
在美国，报纸通常以出版城市的名字而命名(如《纽约时报》)。在整个国家里你都可以买到较大型的报纸。美国也有许多小型报纸，比如《纽约每日新闻》，它们与英国的小型报纸相似。
Step 1 True (T) or False (F)．
1．Quality newspapers not only have home and international news but also have sports and cultural events except film reviews.(F)
2. Quality newspapers concentrate on news and events about famous people.(F)
3．Both the United States and Britain have a lot of tabloid newspapers. (T)
4．We can find a lot of pictures in tabloid.(T)
5．TheTimes appears earlier than TheSun.(T)
Step 2 Choose the best answers according to the text.
1．In Britain, the popular newspapers are intended for ________.
A．royal family B．politicians
C．famous people D．general readers
2．If you want to learn of the position of British government on Iran problems, you’ll read ________.
A．TheSun
B．TheTimes
C．TheNewYorkDailyNews
D．any popular newspaper
3．American newspapers are easy to remember because ________.
A．they have the names of the places where they are made
B．they have simple names
C．they have lively names
D．we can tell the contents by their names
4．The writer mainly wants to tell us ________ in this text.
A．the British and American newspapers
B．the difference between quality press and popular press
C．what kind of newspapers we should read according to what we need
D．the most famous newspapers in Britain and America
答案：1～4 DBAA
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.astronomern． 天文学家
2.autographn. 亲笔签名
3.partn. 角色
4.producevt. 创作
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.amateuradj.业余的→professional adj.专业的
2.delightedadj.高兴的；快乐的→delight n．高兴；快乐→delightful adj.令人愉快的；可爱的
3.actorn．演员→actress n．女演员
4.beliefn．信念；信条→disbeliefn．不信；怀疑；疑惑
5.evidencen．证据→evident adj.明白的；明显的
6.culturaladj.文化的→culture n．文化
7.financialadj.金融的→finance n．财政；金融
8.foundvt.创立；建立→foundation n．基础；根据；
建立→founder n．创立者；奠基人
1.replace vt.代替；取代
[记法] 前缀re-表示“再，重新”
[联想] 前缀re-动词汇总
①rebuild重建 ②retell复述
③remarry再婚 ④reconsider重新考虑
⑤rewrite重写 ⑥reappear重现
2.telescope n．望远镜
[记法] 前缀tele-表示“远距离的”
[联想] 归纳tele-前缀名词
①television 电视
②telephone 电话
③telegraph/telegram 电报
④telecommunication 远程通信
3.review评论
[词块] ①a book review 书评
②a film review 影评
③a historical review 历史评论
④a weekly review 评论周刊
⑤a news review 新闻评论
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.now_that 既然
2．believe_in 相信
3．come_on 赶紧；加油
4．concentrate_on 集中于……
5．be_similar_to 和……相似
6．get_out_of 从……出来；摆脱；戒除
7．be_delighted_to_do_sth. 很高兴做某事
1.take place 发生
2．make a note of 记录下来……
3．be divided into 被划分成……
4．home and international news 国内和国际新闻
5．book/film review 书评/影评
6．get a big surprise 大吃一惊
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.Amateur astronomer David Bateswas looking at the moon through his telescope last night when he got a big surprise.
昨晚天文爱好者戴维·贝茨在用望远镜观看月球，突然，他大吃一惊。
be doing ... when ... “正在做……这时……”。
I was_walking_along_the_river_when I heard a boy crying for help.
我正沿着河边走，突然听到了一个男童的呼救声。
2.Is this the first time he’s seenaliens landing on the moon？
这是他第一次看见外星人登陆月球吗？
This is the first time＋(that)从句。
This_is_the_first_time_that_I’ve_seen such a good film.
这是我第一次看这么好的电影。
3.You can’tbe serious！
你不可能是认真的！
can’t表示推测。
He can’t_be in the office.
他不可能在办公室。
1．(教材P44)In the first sentence, the word when can be replacedwith assoonas.
在第一句中，单词when可用as soon as代替。
?replace vt.代替；取代；把……放回原处
replace ... with/by ... 用……代替……
replace ... as ... 取代……成为……
take one’s place＝take the place of 代替
in place of＝in one’s place 代替；取代
①You have to replace the books on the shelves before you leave.
你在离开前必须把书放回到书架上。
②Now most Chinese families have replaced coal fires with/by gas.
现在大部分的中国家庭都用煤气代替了煤炭。
③Jane was ill, so I went to the conference in_her_place/in_place_of_her.
简生病了，所以我代替她出席了这次会议。
2．(教材P45)．..and I’m delighted to be here.
……我非常高兴能来这儿。
?delighted adj. 高兴的；快乐的
(1)be delighted at/with/by 对……感到高兴
be delighted to do sth. 很高兴做某事
(2)delight n. &vt. (使)高兴
to one’s delight 令某人高兴的是
take delight in (doing) sth. 以(做)某事为乐
with delight 高兴地
(3)delightful adj. 令人愉快的
①We were delighted that he had passed the exam.
我们很高兴他已经通过了考试。
②I shall be delighted to_show (show) you around the place.
我很高兴领你到处转转。
③To my delight, my son takes delight in learning English.
令我高兴的是，我儿子很乐意学英语。
3．(教材P48)You don’tbelieve inaliens, do you?
你不相信有外星人存在，对吗？
?believe in相信；信仰；信任
believe it or not 信不信由你
It is believed that ... 人们相信……
①Do you believe inChina’s traditional herbal medicine?
你相信中国传统的中草药吗？
②Believe_it_or_not,_we were left waiting in the rain for two hours.
信不信由你，我们冒雨一直等了两个小时。
③It’s_believed_that human beings can walk in the universe in spaceship in the future.
人们相信，将来人类可以乘坐宇宙飞船在宇宙漫步。
[辨析比较] believe in, believe
believe in
常表示相信某人或某事物的存在，信赖、信任某人
believe
表示相信某人的话、相信某事等，believe sb. ＝believe what sb. says “相信某人的话”
选用上述词语填空
④I believe you this time, but I don’t believe_in you.
我这次相信你的话，但我不信任你。
4．(教材P48)But there’s some interesting evidence.
但是有一些有趣的证据。
?evidence n．证据；根据
(1)in evidence 明显的，显而易见的
(2)evident adj. 明显的
It is evident that ... 显然……
①Plenty of evidence shows that smoking can lead to many diseases.
大量证据表明，吸烟能导致很多疾病。
②The first signs of spring are in_evidence.
春天的最初迹象已显而易见。
③It_is_evident_that in competitive society there are both losers and winners.
显然，在充满竞争的社会里，有失败者也有成功者。
[名师点津] evidence为不可数名词，表示“一件证据”要用a piece of evidence，“多件证据”则为many pieces of evidence。
5．(教材P48)Oh, come on! I can’t believe you said that!
哦，得了吧！我不相信你说的事儿！
?come on在本句中表示一种不耐烦的情绪，意为“得了吧”
①Come on, don’t sit there dreaming.
得了，别坐在那儿空想了。
②Come on, Lucy. Don’t be so shy.
来吧，露西，别不好意思。
③Come on! We are going to be late.
快点！我们要迟到了。
④Come on! I’m not afraid of you.
来吧，我不怕你。
⑤“Come on！” shouted the audience again and again.
“加油！”观众一再地喊。
6．(教材P49) They have large headlines, a lot of big photographs andconcentrate on news and events about famous people, and news about the British royal family.
它们有大标题和许多大图片，并且集中报道有关名人的新闻与事件以及英国王室的新闻。
?concentrate on 集中于……；专注于……
①You’d better have a rest when you can’t concentrate on your study.
不能集中精力学习时，你最好休息一下。
②I decided to concentrate all my efforts on finding somewhere to live.
我决定全力以赴找个地方住。
[名师点津] “集中精力于……”搭配面面观：
①focus/fix one’s attention on sth.
②set one’s mind on/to ...
③put one’s mind to ...
④be absorbed in ...
⑤be lost in ...
7．(教材P49)TheSun,founded in 1964, is the most successful of the popular newspapers.
《太阳报》创刊于1964年，是大众报纸中最成功的一份。
?found vt.创立；建立
(1)be founded on 建立在……基础上
(2)foundation n. 基础；根据；建立
founder n. 创立者；奠基人
①His theoryis founded onfacts.
他的理论建立在事实基础上。
②The students in middle schools should build up a solid foundation (found) in English.
中学生学习英语时应打下牢固的基础。
[辨析比较] found, build, put up
found
指“建立，成立(机构、组织等)”，意义同set up，但更强调打基础
build
指“建造，建设，建立”，是最普通的用词，常指建造大的东西，可接具体或抽象的名词
put up
表示“建造，搭建”时，指建造高于地平面以上的建筑物
选用上述词语填空
③We should work hard and try to build a better future.
我们应该努力工作，尽力创建一个更美好的未来。
④The People’s Republic of China was founded in 1949.
中华人民共和国成立于1949年。
⑤The old woman put_up the tent at last.
这位老妇人最终搭起了帐篷。
1．Amateur astronomer David Bates was looking at the moon through his telescope last night when he got a big surprise.
昨晚天文爱好者戴维·贝茨在用望远镜观看月球，突然，他大吃一惊。
(1)be doing ... when ... “正在做……这时……”。when 在句中是并列连词，表示突然性，相当于 and at that time。
①I was walkingalong the street when I heard my name called.
我正在街上散步，突然听到有人喊我的名字。
(2)when用作并列连词的句型还有：
(1)be about to do/be on the point of doing ... when ...
正要做……这时……
(2)had just/hardly done ... when ...
刚做了……这时……
②I was_about_to_go_shopping_when an unexpected visitor came.
我正要出门购物，一位不速之客来访了。
③The activity had_hardly_begun_when it started to rain.
活动刚刚开始，天就下起雨来。
[名师点津] when作并列连词，意为“这时(突然)”，此时when后面的句子一般用过去时。
2．You can’t be serious!
你不可能是认真的！
(1)本句中can’t表示推测，意为“不可能”。can表示推测时常用于疑问句和否定句。
①Theycan’tbe reading in the library.
他们不可能在图书馆读书。
②Canthe work be finished ahead of time?
这项工作有可能提前完成吗？
(2)must表示推测时只用于肯定句，意为“一定”；may/might表示推测时表示不确定的推测或判断，意为“或许，可能”。
③He must be ill. He looks so pale.
他一定病了，他的脸色苍白。
④We may go to the cinema tonight, but we are not sure yet.
我们今晚或许去看电影，但还未确定。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．The factory replaced most of its workers with/by robots.
2．What delighted them most was the delightful things in store for them.(delight)
3．It is evident that he has not evidence to prove his honesty.(evidence)
4．The company founded (found) in 2004 now has several offices in Europe.
5．Come on! You can do it!
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．The boy is honest. He can’t_tell_a_lie.
这个男孩很诚实，他不可能撒谎。
2．To_his_delight,_he met his good friend in a strange place.
令他高兴的是，他在一个陌生的地方遇到了他的好朋友。
3．I believe_in_Tom but I don’t believe_what_he_said this time. I think he told me a white lie.
我信任汤姆但这次不相信他的话，我认为他撒了一个善意的谎言。
4．He was_having_a_bath_when the telephone suddenly rang.他正在洗澡，这时电话突然响了。
5．I wish you’d concentrate_on_what_I’m_saying.
但愿你能集中精力听我讲。
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
[本课语言点针对练习]
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．He holds the belief (信念) that he will be successful some day.
2．This band is very important for the cultural (文化的) life of the city.
3．London is one of the important financial (金融的) centers of the world.
4．Teachers will never be replaced (代替) by/with computers in the classroom.
5．The teacher was delighted (高兴的) that all the students had passed the test.
6．His new book published last month got good reviews (评论)．
7．She produced (创作) a TV series about adopted children.
8．He said he wasn’t there at that time, but he had no evidence (证据)．
9．I am an amateur (业余的) photographer, so I only take photos in my spare time.
10．The company, founded (创立) in 2003, is one of the most famous companies.
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．Do you believe love at the first sight？believe后加in
2．This is the first time I heard such beautiful music.
heard前加have
3．He looks happy; in other words, he looks delightful.
delightful→delighted
4．I was wandering in the street while I met an old friend of mine.while→when
5．He mustn’t be in the classroom, for the light has been turned off.mustn’t→can’t
6．Founding in the early 20th century, the school keeps on inspiring children’s love of art.Founding→Founded
Ⅲ.选词填空
1．Come_on,_or we’ll be too late for the party.
2．My teaching style is_similar_to that of most others.
3．They need a leader they can believe_in.
4．I can’t get_out_of the habit of waking at six in the morning.
5．Now_that the plan has been made, let’s get down to carrying it out.
6．We should concentrate_on our study now, because lost time will never return.
[本单元语言点温故练习]
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．They gave us a warm welcome when we arrived at the factory.
2．Shortly after she went aboard (board) the plane, it took off.
3．He was a man of great achievements (achieve), but with a simple life.
4．Many people have trouble sleeping after a long flight (fly)．
5．We must telephone our congratulations (congratulate) to the happy couple.
6．He is not only a famous politician (politics) but also a great poet.
7．He gave all his historical (history) papers to the library.
8．It’ll be many years before the situation improves.
9．That was the last time (that) I had_seen (see) him.
10．We were walking in the street when the earthquake suddenly happened.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．He can not read this book because_he_does_not_know_English.
他读不了这本书，因为他不懂英语。
2．Tom is the_first_student_in_our_school_to_win such a special honour.
汤姆是我们学校第一个获此殊荣的学生。
3．I wish_you_good_luck with your driving test!
我祝你驾驶考试顺利！
4．I want to take_some_photographs_of the Yellow River.
我想拍几张黄河的照片。
5．The professor is working_on_the_research of a kind of new virus.
这位教授正在研究一种新的病毒。
6．Thousands_and_thousands_of_people poured into the stadium to watch the football match.
成千上万的人涌进体育场观看这场足球赛。
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.阅读理解
If there is one thing I’m sure about, it is that in a hundred years from now we will still be reading newspapers. It is not that newspapers are a necessity. Even now some people get most of their news from television or radio. Many buy a paper only on Saturday or Sunday. But for most people reading a newspaper has become a habit passed down from generation to generation.
The nature of what is news may change. What basically makes news is what affects our lives — the big political stories, the coverage of the wars, earthquakes and other disasters, will continue much the same. I think there will be more coverage of scientific research, though.
It’s already happening in areas that may directly affect our lives, like genetic engineering. In the future, I think there will be more coverage of scientific explanations of why we feel as we do — as we develop a better understanding of how the brain operates and what our feelings really are. It’s quite possible that in the next century newspapers will be transmitted (传送) electronically from Fleet Street and printed out in our own home. In fact, I’m pretty sure how it will happen in the future. You will probably be able to choose from a menu, making your own newspaper by picking out the things you want to read — sports and international news, etc.
I think people have got it wrong when they talk about competition between the different media. They actually feed_off each other. Some people once foresaw that television would kill off newspapers, but that hasn’t happened. What is read on the printed page lasts longer than pictures on a screen or sound in the air. And as for the Internet, it’s never really pleasant to read something just on a screen.
语篇解读：作为传统纸质媒体，报纸会被新兴媒体取代吗？还是它们会相互依存呢？阅读本文，你会找到答案。
1．In the writer’s opinion, in the future, ________.
A．more big political affairs, wars and disasters will make news
B．newspapers will not be printed in publishing houses any longer
C．newspapers will cover more scientific research
D．more and more people will watch TV
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章第二段第三句“I think there will be more coverage of scientific research, though.”可知应选C项。
2．What will probably be on in the newspaper made by yourself?
A．Sports and international news.
B．A menu of important news.
C．The most important news.
D．What I am interested in.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句可知应选D项。
3．From the passage, we can infer ________.
A．newspapers will win the competition among the different media
B．newspapers will stay with us together with other media
C．television will take the place of newspapers
D．the writer believes some media will die out
解析：选B 推理判断题。根据第一段第一句和最后一段第三句可知，报纸将会和其他媒体共存。
4．The phrase “feed off” in the last paragraph means “________”．
A．support B．divide
C．separate D．break up
解析：选A 词义猜测题。根据最后一段可知，不同的媒体之间不是独立的，而是互相依存的。
Ⅱ.语法填空
I was ten years old that year. One cold spring night after I sold my last copy of newspaper. I hurried across the street to the shop just as the owner was locking the door. “Please, sir? Mother’s Day is tomorrow. I want the most __1__ (beauty) flower you have！”
The owner stood there for __2__ while. Finally he nodded, and showed me a plant on the counter. “ I can give you this for 35 cents.”
“But it looks like a weed (杂草)！”“Now trust me, boy, and I promise that tomorrow morning you __3__ (find) your most beautiful flower，” he said.
I ran home. Mom was __4__ (serious) sick, so I quietly set the plant on the table beside her bed.
The next morning when I looked into Mom’s room, she waved __5__ me. When I came in, I glanced over the table __6__ the plant was.
Wow! There was a big yellow flower. It was the __7__ (much) beautiful flower I ever saw!
When I looked at Mom, she was smiling as __8__ (tear) streamed down her cheeks. She held out her hand, then pulled me close.
My dear mom died the next night，__9__ the plant has been in blossom (开花) all along in my heart. Not only did that beautiful plant help show just __10__ much I loved her, but it let me know how much she loved me.
答案：1.beautiful 2.a 3.will find 4.seriously 5.to 6.where 7.most 8.tears 9.but 10.how
Module 5 Newspapers and MagazinesSection Ⅴ Writing-新闻报道
一、基本结构
新闻报道是对最近发生的事情的报道，其目的是为人们提供最新的信息。新闻报道的结构一般分为四个部分：标题、导语、主体、结语。
1．标题：标题是新闻的题目，是编辑对最有新闻价值的内容的浓缩、概括。为了撷取新闻要点、诠释新闻意义、吸引读者阅读，好的标题应该简洁明了。
2．导语：导语是消息开头的第一句话或第一段，它扼要地揭示出新闻的核心内容。
3．主体：主体是新闻的主要部分，它用充足的事实表现主题，是对导语内容的进一步展开和阐述。
4．结语：一般是最后一句话或者一段话，通常对全文内容作概括性的总结，有时作者根据报道在结语中提出令人深思的问题。
二、增分佳句
A．导语常用句式
1．On Sunday, September 28, 2008, three Chinese astronauts landed safely back on the earth.
2008年9月28日，星期天，三名中国宇航员安全地返回地球。
2．A big fire broke out in the forest in the southwest of the United States late in November, 1992.
1992年11月末，美国西南部的森林发生了一场大火。
3．“Saving the Earth” Conference, held in Dalian, came to a close last Saturday.
在大连举行的“拯救地球”大会上周六落下了帷幕。
B．主体常用句式
1．The government sent 3,000 firefighters and policemen there to help them move to a safe place.
政府派了3 000名消防人员和警察到那儿去帮助他们搬到安全的地方。
2．The fire lasted over three weeks, causing a damage of at least twenty million dollars.
大火持续了三个多星期，造成至少两千万美元的损失。
C．结语常用句式
1．In a word, it is necessary for us to learn to protect ourselves.
总之，我们学会保护自己是有必要的。
2．I feel sad. If we all do something for them, things will be sure to get better.
我感到伤心。如果我们都为他们做些什么，事情一定会变得更好。
3．I believe we can certainly overcome the disaster with the public and the government working together.
我相信，由于公众和政府的共同努力，我们一定能够战胜灾难。
[题目要求]
5月1日，高二(3)班的学生志愿者Li Yue 和Zhang Hua 去阳光敬老院 (Sunshine Nursing Home) 开展志愿者活动(送水果、打扫卫生、与老人聊天等)。假如你是校英语报的记者，请按下列要点用英语写一则 100词左右的新闻报道。
1．时间、地点、人物、活动；
2．老人们的反应；
3．简短评论。
注意：报道的标题和记者姓名已给出(不计入总词数)。
Student Volunteers Brought Sunshine to the Elderly
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
ByChenJie, SchoolNewspaper
第一步：审题构思很关键
一、审题
1．确定体裁：本文为新闻报道，属于应用文；
2．确定人称：本文的主要人称为第三人称；
3．确定时态：新闻报道主要用一般过去时。
二、构思
第一部分，报道事实。
第二部分，老人的反应。
第三部分，简短评论。
第二步：核心词汇想周全
1．respectfully 恭敬地
2．do_voluntary_work/volunteer_to_help_others
做志愿者工作
3．welcome_sb._warmly/give_a_warm_welcome_to_sb./give_sb.a_warm_welcome 热烈欢迎某人
4．present_sb._with_sth./present_sth._to_sb./present_sb.sth. 给某人献某物
5．clean_the_windows 清洗窗户
6．sweep/clean_the_floor 扫地
7．chat_with_sb./have_a_chat_with_sb. 与某人聊天
8．thank_sb._for_one’s_kindness/be_grateful_to_sb._for_one’s_kindness 感谢某人的好意
9．bring_joy/happiness_to_sb./make_sb._happy
给某人带来快乐
10．enrich_one’s_life 充实某人的生活
第三步：由词扩句雏形现
1．Li Yue 和 Zhang Hua 是高二(3)班的学生。(主系表结构)
Li_Yue_and_Zhang_Hua_are_students_from_Class_Three,_Grade_Two.
2．5月1 日，他们去阳光敬老院开展志愿者活动。(and连接两个并列谓语)
On_May_Day,_they_went_to_Sunshine_Nursing_Home_and_did_some_voluntary_work.
3．他们一到达就受到了热烈的欢迎，而且他们恭敬地给老人献了鲜花和水果。(and连接两个并列分句)
Upon_their_arrival,_Li_Yue_and_Zhang_Hua_were_warmly_welcomed,_and_respectfully,_they_presented_the_elderly_with_flowers_and_fruits.
4．然后，他们立即开始工作，清洗窗户并扫地。(现在分词作伴随状语)
Then,_they_started_working_at_once,_cleaning_the_windows_and_sweeping_the_floor.
5．一切都做完了，他们坐在院子里和老人聊天。(after引导时间状语从句)
After_everything_had_been_done,_they_sat_in_the_yard_chatting_with_the_elderly_people.
6．当他们该离开了的时候，老人们感谢他们的好意。(when引导时间状语从句)
When_it_was_time_for_the_volunteers_to_leave,_the_elderly_people_thanked_them_for_their_kindness.
7．这是如此美好的一天，他们将会永远记得。(and连接两个并列分句)
It_was_a_very_beautiful_day_and_they_would_remember_it_forever.
8．他们所做的给别人带来了快乐并且也充实了自己的生活。(what引导主语从句)
What_they_did_has_brought_joy_to_others_and_enriched_their_own_lives.
第四步：句式升级造亮点
1．用名词短语作同位语合并句1和句2
On_May_Day,_Li_Yue_and_Zhang_Hua,_students_from_Class_Three,_Grade_Two,_went_to_Sunshine_Nursing_Home_and_did_some_voluntary_work.
2．用独立主格结构改写句5
Everything_done,_they_sat_in_the_yard_chatting_with_the_elderly_people.
3．用such ...that ...结构改写句7
It_was_such_a_beautiful_day_that_they_would_remember_it_forever.
第五步：过渡衔接联成篇
Student Volunteers Brought Sunshine to the Elderly
On_May_Day,_Li_Yue_and_Zhang_Hua,_students_from_Class_Three,_Grade_Two,_went_to_Sunshine_Nursing_Home_and_did_some_voluntary_work._Upon_their_arrival,_Li_Yue_and_Zhang_Hua_were_warmly_welcomed,_and_respectfully,_they_presented_the_elderly_with_flowers_and_fruits._Then,_they_started_working_at_once,_cleaning_the_windows_and_sweeping_the_floor._Everything_done,_they_sat_in_the_yard_chatting_with_the_elderly_people.
When_it_was_time_for_the_volunteers_to_leave,_the_elderly_people_thanked_them_for_their_kindness._It_was_such_a_beautiful_day_that_they_would_remember_it_forever.
Li_Yue_and_Zhang_Hua_were_very_happy._What_they_did_has_brought_joy_to_others_and_enriched_their_own_lives.
ByChenJie, SchoolNewspaper
Module 5 Newspapers and Magazines
The news that China’s taikonaut successful walked in Feitianspace hit the headlinesat home and abroad. The photographs of Zhai Zhigang in spacesuit replaced other pictures in the newspapers. He became acelebrity overnight. All the chinese were very delighted at the good news and proud of our country. Foreign media also made different reviews about it. Mr Zhai walked in space for 20 minutes in total, marking a historicbreakthrough in our country’s ambitious space program. It was also a great achievement to our country.
When Mr Zhai struggled out of capsule of the spaceship with a national flag, all the people watching him burst into applause. Zhai said in outer space, “I am proud of our motherland.” Chairman Hu sent message of congratulations.
Mr Zhai with his two colleagues was warmlywelcomed on landing the ground. People watched them as if they were aliens. People treated them as if they were well-known actors. Many teenagers, like film fans, longed for their autographs. A girl said, “I never believed in man’s walking in space before. But now it has been successful.” A boy said，“Now thatwe have walked in space, I think a permanent space station will be foundedsoon.”
中国的宇航员成功在太空行走这一消息占据了国内外报纸的头版。穿着“飞天”太空服的翟志刚的照片也替换了报纸上的其他图片。他一夜之间成了名人。所有的中国人都因这一消息高兴，为我们的祖国而感到自豪。外国媒体也对此作出了不同的评论。翟志刚在太空一共行走20分钟，这标志着我们国家的航天事业有了历史性的突破。同时这对我们国家来说也是一个巨大的成就。
当翟志刚手持国旗努力地从宇宙飞船的太空舱里出来时。观看他的人都爆发出了掌声。翟在外太空里说：“我为我的祖国而自豪。”胡主席发来了贺电。
他们一着地，翟志刚和他的两名同事立刻受到了热烈的欢迎。人们看着他们好像他们是外星人似的。人们对待他们就像他们是著名的演员似的。很多青少年，像电影迷一样，渴望得到他们的签名。一个女孩说：“我从未相信人类能在太空行走。但现在它已经实现了。”一个男孩说：“既然我们已经能在太空行走了，我想很快就会建起一个永久的空间站。”
Module 6 Films and TV ProgrammesSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading Pre-reading
Hollywood suggests magic. It’s a place where the young star-struck (崇拜明星的) teenagers could, with a bit of luck, realise their dreams. And some big movie stars become millionaires (百万富翁) overnight.
Movies were first made in Hollywood before World War I. Its fame and fortune reached its peak (顶峰) in the 1930s and 1940s, the golden days of the black and white movies. In those days Hollywood was like a magnet (磁石), drawing ambitious young men and women from all over the world.
Hollywood is no longer the heart of the world’s motion picture industry. Most movies today are filmed on location.That is to say,in the cities, in the countryside, and even in any part of the world that the script (剧本；笔迹) demands. The Hollywood studios are still standing, but most of them have been rent to television networks. About 80% of all American TV entertainment comes from Hollywood.
And in this module, we’ll learn about a famous Hollywood movie. It will show us many aspects of the Hollywood movie that everyoneis crazy about. Let’s begin, now!
Section_ⅠIntroduction_&_Reading_—__Pre-reading
[原文呈现] [读文清障]
Film Review:
Crouching Tiger，Hidden Dragon
Martial arts films① are often enjoyable but they are seldom great art. Now, to everyone’s surprise②， Ang Lee, director of a number of excellent films③， has made a martial arts film called CrouchingTiger④， HiddenDragon. The result is a masterpiece⑤.
The film belongs to⑥ a type of ⑦ Chinese story called wuxia. These stories tell of⑧ nineteenth-century martial arts masters with unusual⑨ abilities. Wuxia films are popular in? China, and they are now popular in the west too.
①martial arts films 功夫片
②to one’s surprise 令某人吃惊的是
③a number of 大量的
director of ... films 是Ang Lee的同位语。
④called ... 为过去分词短语作定语。
⑤masterpiece/’ma?st??pi?s/n. 杰作
⑥belong to 属于
⑦a type of 一种
⑧tell of 讲述，关于
⑨unusual adj.不寻常的；非同一般的
⑩ability n．本领，才能；能力
?be popular in 在……流行
影评：《卧虎藏龙》
[第1～2段译文]
功夫片通常好看，却难登大雅之堂。令大家惊讶的是，曾经拍了许多优秀影片的导演李安，现在拍了一部名为《卧虎藏龙》的功夫片。结果成了一部经典之作。
这部电影属于中国武侠故事的一种。这些故事讲述的是19世纪那些有着非凡才能的功夫大师。武侠电影在中国很受欢迎，现在在西方也很受欢迎。
The story takes place in the early 1800s? in China. A man and a woman, Li Mubai(played by Chow Yun-Fat) and Yu Xiulian(played by Michelle Yeoh), both masters of the martial arts, are in love with? each other. But Xiulian had a fiancé? who has died. Because this fiancé was a good friend of Mubai?， Mubai feels that he cannot marry? Xiulian. When someone steals? Xiulian’s sword, Mubai and Xiulian try to get it back. The action takes place on Peking rooftops?， and in places as far away as? the deserts of western China. As in the old wuxia stories, characters?leap through the air every now and then， with beautiful, graceful movements, while audiences shout in surprise.
?in the early 1800s 在19世纪初期
?be in love with 与……相爱(表示状态)
fall in love with 爱上……(表示动作)
?fiancé/fi’?nseI/n．未婚夫
?because 引导原因状语从句。
?marry v．嫁，娶
?steal v．偷，盗 steal ... from ...从……偷盗……
?rooftop/’ru?f?t?p/n．屋顶
?as far as 像……一样远，远达
?character/’k?rIkt?/n．角色；人物
leap/li?p/vi.跳跃；飞跃 leap through the air 在空中跳跃
every now and then 不时，偶尔，有时
from time to time 时而，偶尔
graceful/’greIsfl/adj.优美的；优雅的
in surprise 吃惊地
[第3段译文]
《卧虎藏龙》的故事发生在19世纪初的中国。一男一女两位功夫大师，李慕白?周润发饰?和俞秀莲?杨紫琼饰?相爱了。但是，由于慕白是秀莲过世情郎的生前好友，他觉得无法迎娶秀莲。当秀莲的剑被盗之后，慕白和秀莲试图将其追回。故事情节的发生地从京城房顶到遥远的中国西部大漠。正如在古代武侠故事中一样，影片中的人物不时地在空中飞跃并做出许多优美的动作，观众看到这些时都发出了惊叫声。
Unusually, it is the female characters that interest us most. Brave， good and strong, Xiulian is the character we care about most. Beautiful Zhang Ziyi plays the part of Yu Jiaolong, a young woman who is not as good as she seems. The fight scenes between Jiaolong and Xiulian are some of the most exciting moments in modern cinema. But one cannot forget the wonderful Chow Yun-Fat, who is as good with a sword as he is with a gun. His romantic scenes with Yu Xiulian are very moving， as their eyes show all the love that they must not express in words.
Films like this rarely reach the cinema. Go and see CrouchingTiger, HiddenDragon. It will make your heart leap with excitement at its beauty.
female/’fi?meIl/adj.女的；女性的
interest /’Intr?st/vt.使感兴趣
it is ... that ... 为强调句型。
brave/breIv/adj.勇敢的
care about 关心，注意
Brave, good and strong为形容词短语作状语；we care about most为定语从句。
play the part of 扮演……的角色 play a part 扮演角色
not as good as 不如……好
fight scenes 打斗场面
sword/s??d/n．剑
romantic adj.浪漫的
moving/’mu?vI?/adj.感人的
in words 用语言
make your heart leap with excitement 使你的心灵激荡
[第4～5段译文]
不同寻常的是，正是?影片中的?女性角色最令我们感兴趣。我们最关注秀莲这个角色，她勇敢、善良、坚强。美丽的章子怡扮演玉娇龙，一个并不像外表看起来那样善良的年轻女子。娇龙和秀莲的打斗场面是现代影院里最为精彩的时刻。但是谁也不会忘记周润发，他真是很了不起，他使剑和使枪一样厉害。他和俞秀莲之间的浪漫戏很感人，他们的眼神传递了所有的爱意，这种爱是不可以通过语言表达的。
像这样的影片在电影院很少。去看看《卧虎藏龙》吧。它将用美来使你心灵激荡。
Pre-reading
Please match the words with their proper meanings.
1．sword A．adj.优美的；优雅的
2．character B．vt.使感兴趣
3．rooftop C．adj.勇敢的
4．leap D．adj.感人的
5．female E．n.杰作
6．graceful F．n.剑
7．interest G．vi.跳跃；飞跃
8．brave H．n.角色；人物
9．moving I．adj.女的；女性的
10．masterpiece J．n.屋顶
答案：1～5 FHJGI 6～10 ABCDE
Lead-in
Match the films with the kinds they belong to.
A．romantic film B．cartoon C．adventure film
D．comedy E．thriller F．martial arts film
While-reading
Fast-reading
Skim the text and match each paragraph with its main idea.
1．Para.1 A．The story of the film
2．Para.2 B．The comment on the film
3．Para.3 C．The actor and the actress of the film
4．Para.4 D．CrouchingTiger, HiddenDragon is a
masterpiece of director Ang Lee
5．Para.5 E．The type of the film
答案：1～5 DEACB
Careful-reading
(Ⅰ)True (T) or False (F)．
1．Martial arts films are often enjoyable and they are usually great art. (F)
2．Wuxia films are not only popular in China but also in the west. (T)
3．CrouchingTiger, HiddenDragon is a romantic story taking place in the early 1800s. (F)
4．Watching a martial art film makes you excited. (T)
(Ⅱ)Read the text carefully and choose the best answers.
1．The story of CrouchingTiger, HiddenDragon happened in ________.
A．the USA. B．China
C．the West D．an unknown place
2．Which one of the following statements is TRUE?
A．Wuxia films are only popular in China.
B．Zhang Ziyi plays the part of Yu Xiulian successfully.
C．The story of CrouchingTiger, HiddenDragon takes place in the early 1900s.
D．Li Mubai and Yu Xiulian are in love with each other.
3．From the text, we can know that ________.
A．Wuxia films are popular in China, but not popular in the West
B．Yu Jiaolong was as kind as she looked
C．Wuxia stories tell of 18th-century martial arts masters with unusual abilities
D．Chow Yun-Fat’s romantic scenes with Yu Xiulian are very moving
4．The attitude of the writer towards CrouchingTiger, HiddenDragon is ________.
A．objective B．appreciative
C．critical D．sympathetic
答案：1～4 BDDB
Study-reading
Analyze the following difficult sentences in the text.
1．Now, to everyone’s surprise, Ang Lee, director of a number of excellent films, has made a martial arts film called CrouchingTiger, HiddenDragon.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 令大家惊讶的是，曾经拍了许多优秀影片的导演李安，现在拍了一部名为《卧虎藏龙》的功夫片。
2．As in the old wuxia stories, characters leap through the air every now and then, with beautiful, graceful movements, while audiences shout in surprise.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 正如在古代武侠故事中一样，影片中的人物不时地在空中飞跃并做出许多优美的动作，观众看到这些时都发出了惊叫声。
3. His romantic scenes with Yu Xiulian are very moving, as their eyes show all the love that they must not express in words.
[句式分析]
[尝试翻译] 他和俞秀莲之间的浪漫戏很感人，他们的眼神传递了所有的爱意，这种爱是不可以通过语言表达的。
Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
Walt Disney Co. is buying Lucasfilm in a $4 billion deal that brings the best-selling “Star Wars” series under the Disney umbrella, with plans to release Episode 7 of the long-running saga (传说) in 2015.
Disney has long had a close relationship with closely held Lucasfilm and founder George Lucas, including featured attractions at Disney theme parks such as Star Tours at Disney’s Hollywood Studios in Florida.
The first Star Wars film was released in 1977. When the later Star Wars films were released in the 1990s and 2000s, although they did well at the box office, they were generally not well-received by fans.
“For the past 35 years, one of my greatest pleasures has been to see Star Wars passed from one generation to the next. It’s now time for me to pass Star Wars on to a new generation of film-makers. Star Wars will live on and flourish with Disney，” said Lucas, 68, in a statement.
Lucas will act as a creative consultant on the new “Star Wars” film, with more feature films expected beyond Episode 7.
“Because Lucas is private, I would assume most investors would be surprised (by the deal). My point of view is that Disney already has a great portfolio (作品集) and this adds one more，” said Morningstar analyst Michael Corty.
Kathleen Kennedy, the current co-chairman of Lucasfilm, will become the division’s president and report to Walt Disney Studios Chairman Alan Horn. She will serve as executive producer for the new movies. Directors for the new movies have not yet been announced.
语篇解读：迪士尼公司即将收购卢卡斯影业公司，所有权中也包括了卢卡斯影业的拳头产品《星球大战》系列电影。
1．Lucasfilm was founded by ________.
A．Walt Disney B．George Lucas
C．Michael Corty D．Kathleen Kennedy
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句可知，卢卡斯影业公司是由乔治·卢卡斯创立的，故正确答案为B。
2．The first Star Wars film made by Lucasfilm was put on ________.
A．in the 1970s B．in the 1980s
C．in the 1990s D．in the 2000s
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句可知，第一部《星球大战》是于1977年上映的，故正确答案为A。
3．What’s Lucas’ attitude towards the transaction?
A．Upset. B．Opposed.
C．Optimistic. D．Indifferent.
解析：选C 推理判断题。在第四段中卢卡斯说“在过去的35年中，我最大的喜悦之一就是看到《星球大战》系列电影被一代又一代人传承。现在，是时候把这套电影传递给新一代电影制作人了。加入迪士尼的大家庭后，《星球大战》将继续存在并繁荣发展”，据此我们可以推断卢卡斯对于这次收购是乐观的、支持的，故正确答案为C。
4．It can be inferred from the passage that ________.
A．George Lucas will leave Lucasfilm after the deal
B．all Star Wars films were well-received all over the world
C．Michael Corty is supportive of Disney’s buying Lucasfilm
D．Disney will make a new Star Wars film the following year
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据短文倒数第二段可知，Michael Corty 非常看好迪士尼公司的实力，即他是赞成这次收购的，正确答案为C。
B
This is a story about a mother and her son that happened in the south of Russia. The mother woke up one day and found that her body couldn’t move. She was sent to the hospital and soon she knew about the reason why she couldn’t move, she was paralyzed (瘫痪的) because of a sudden illness.In doctors’ opinion, she was a hopeless case.
Then, following the advice of the doctors, the son gave up his job, and brought his mother back to the country, where he found a job as a farmer and could stay beside her day and night, giving her every spoon of food and keeping patiently massaging (按摩) her already paralyzed arms and legs.
The mother was truly so touched by her son’s care that she decided to pick herself up and prepare for a different life in the future. This idea was just the strongest power that kept her trying and trying to move her fingers. And one day about six months later, she succeeded!
Her son’s care and love helped her to recover gradually. During the next two years, she could even make an effort to move her body and not long after that, she had been able to take the very first step！And after five years, she was even able to dance with the children of the village, and by now she has fully recovered and become a dance teacher.
“I believe in the power of love，” The son said, “I never stopped believing that she would walk again.” It showed its great power that the modern medical treatment can never do.And the real story just shows us a moving example of the power of love and that miracle (奇迹) does happen.
语篇解读：母亲突发瘫痪，儿子辞职照顾她。儿子无微不至的关心以及她自己的信念使她重新站了起来，这是爱的力量产生的奇迹。
5．From the second paragraph, what do you think the author wants to tell us?
A．There are only two people in this family.
B．The son took special care of his mother.
C．The fresh air in the country is good for health.
D．The son spent much money saving his mother.
解析：选B 推理判断题。根据第二段内容可知，母亲瘫痪后儿子辞去工作，以便照料母亲，给予了她无微不至的关怀。
6．The son’s actions in the passage showed that he________.
A．was a brave and patient man
B．was a skillful and experienced doctor
C．believed his mother would be healthy again
D．thought his mother could encourage others
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据前几段儿子的行为以及最后一段儿子的话可知，他始终认为他母亲可以好起来。
7．What can we learn from the passage about the mother?
A．She had performed a miracle.
B．She was hit by a careless car driver.
C．She managed to walk a little after she moved to the city.
D．She could dance with the children with the help of her son.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据文章第一段的“In doctors’ opinion, she was a hopeless case.”可知，医生认为母亲没有希望站起来了；再结合倒数第二段“and by now she has fully recovered”可知，母亲最终康复，由此可知，她创造了一个奇迹。
8．The author wants to tell the readers a truth that “________”．
A．Time waits for no man
B．Rome is not built in one day
C．Money cannot buy happiness
D．Where there’s a will, there’s a way
解析：选D 推理判断题。根据文章可知，儿子坚信母亲能够站起来，母亲也重拾信心面对未来生活，最终他们都得偿所愿，这说明了“有志者，事竟成”这个道理。
C
On a hill 600 feet above the surrounding land, we watch the lines of rain move across the scene, the moon rise over the hills, and the stars appear in the sky. The views invite a long look from a comfortable chair in front of the wooden house.
Every window in our wooden house has a view, and the forest and lakes seldom look the same as the hour before. Each look reminds us where we are.
There is space for our three boys to play outside, to shoot arrows, collect tree seeds, build earth houses and climb trees.
Our kids have learned the names of the trees, and with the names have come familiarity and appreciation. As they tell all who show even a passing interest, maple (枫树) makes the best fighting sticks and white pines are the best climbing trees.
The air is clean and fresh. The water from the well has a pleasant taste, and it is perhaps the healthiest water our kids will ever drink. Though they have one glass a day of juice and the rest is water, they never say anything against that.
The_seasons_change_just_outside_the_door. We watch the maples turn every shade of yellow and red in the fall and note the poplars’ (杨树) putting out the first green leaves of spring. The rainbow smelt fills the local steam as the ice gradually disappears, and the wood frogs start to sing in pools after being frozen for the winter. A family of birds rules our skies and flies over the lake.
语篇解读：本文描述了作者与家人身居大自然怀抱中切身的美丽感受。文章主要展示了作者居住环境的大自然的美景和在此美景怀抱中生活的惬意之情。
9．What can be learned from Paragraph 2?
A．The scenes are colorful and changeable.
B．There are many windows in the wooden house.
C．The views remind us that we are in a wooden house.
D．The lakes outside the windows are quite different in color.
解析：选A 推理判断题。第二段中提到，每个窗户都会有一个不同的风景，森林和湖泊与一小时之前所见到的都不一样。据此可知，作者身居的环境是多彩和变换的。故选A。
10．By mentioning the names of the trees, the author aims to show that ________.
A．the kids like playing in trees
B．the kids are very familiar with trees
C．the kids have learned much knowledge
D．the kids find trees useful learning tools
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第四段话中“Our kids have learned the names of the trees ...”“As they tell all ... white pines are the best climbing trees.” 可知孩子们已经了解了关于周围环境包括树在内的很多知识。故答案选C。
11．What does the underlined sentence in the last paragraph mean?
A．The change of seasons is easily felt.
B．The seasons make the scenes change.
C．The weather often changes in the forest.
D．The door is a good position to enjoy changing seasons.
解析：选A 句意理解题。画线部分的字面意思为：季节就在门外变化着。再根据本段对于周围大自然的变化的描述可知，作者身处此地，能够很容易地感觉到季节的变换。故答案为A。
12．What is the main purpose of the author writing the text?
A．To describe the beauty of the scene around the house.
B．To introduce her children’s happy life in the forest.
C．To show that living in the forest is healthful.
D．To share the joy of living in the nature.
解析：选D 推理判断题。此题推测文章写作目的。通读全文，不难了解，作者是与我们读者分享他身居大自然的快乐生活。故答案为D。
Ⅱ.阅读七选五
TV is not only a convenient and cheap service of entertainment, but also a splendid mass medium of communication. People only have to pay once to buy the TV set, then they can sit at home enjoying the items on TV.__1__ TV keeps us well informed about the current events at home and abroad and the latest development in science and technology. The most distant countries and the strangest customs are brought right into our room. On TV everything is much more living and much more real.__2__ Some people even say that life without television is not worth living.
__3__ They think the TV viewers need do nothing. The viewer does not even have to use his legs if he has a remote control. Many people are glued to seats to look at the movements on TV. __4__ As a result, TV is taking up too much of a person’s life and making him lazy, not to mention its harmful influence upon him, such as the items of violence and pornography (淫秽作品) on television in some countries.
On the whole, there are more advantages than disadvantages in the use of TV. __5__ But we must realize that television in itself is neither good nor bad. Its value to people and society depends on how we look at it.
A．A large number of TV sets are produced every year.
B．All they have to do is to push a button or turn a knob, and they can see plays, films, operas and shows of every kind.
C．Some people argue against TV.
D．Yet different people may have different attitudes toward
TV.
E．They become so dependent on its pictures that it begins to control their lives.
F．As a matter of fact, it has become so much a part of human life that a modern world without television is unimaginable.
G．Most people are couch potatoes (电视迷)．
答案：1～5 BFCED
Module 6 Films and TV ProgrammesSection Ⅱ Introduction & Reading Language Points
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.postern． 海报
2.charactern. 角色；人物
3.masterpiecen. 杰作
4.rooftopn. 屋顶
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.comedyn．喜剧→comic adj. 喜剧的
2.actressn．女演员→actor n. 男演员→act v. 扮演，行动
3.femaleadj.女的；女性的→maleadj.男的；男性的
4.gracefuladj.优美的；优雅的→gracefully adv.优雅地→grace n．优美；优雅
5.interestvt.使感兴趣→interesting adj. 有趣的→interested adj. 感兴趣的
6.braveadj.勇敢的→bravely adv.勇敢地→bravery n．勇敢
7.movingadj.感人的→moved adj.感动的
1.thriller n．充满刺激的电影
[联想] 各类“电影”大全
①a romantic/love film 爱情片
②an adventure film 冒险片
③a martial arts/an action film 功夫片
④a science fiction film 科幻片
2. actress n．女演员
[联想] 后缀-ess表示女性名词小结
①waitress 女服务员
②hostess 女主人
③conductress 女售票员
3.character n．角色；人物；性格；汉字
[词块] ①play a character 扮演一个角色
②dangerous character 危险人物
③main/major character 主要人物
④public character 公众人物
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.come_out 出现；出版
2.fall/be_in_love_with 爱上；喜欢
3.be_popular_in 在……中流行
4.to_one’s_surprise 令某人吃惊的是
5.a_number_of 大量的
6.tell_of 讲述
7.in_surprise 吃惊地
8.care_about 关心；顾虑；在乎
1.play the part of 扮演……的角色
2.take place 发生
3.get back 取回
4.make your heart leap with excitement 使人心灵激荡
5.romantic scene 浪漫爱情戏
6.in the early 1800s 在19世纪初期
7.every now and then 有时，偶尔
8.express in words 用语言表达
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.Unusually, it is the female characters thatinterest us most.
不同寻常的是，正是(影片中的)女性角色最令我们感兴趣。
强调句型，被强调部分为the female characters。
It_was_the_selfless_love_that made us moved.
正是这种无私的爱令我们感动。
2.Brave, good and strong, Xiulian is the character we care about most.
我们最关注秀莲这个角色，她勇敢、善良、坚强。
形容词短语作伴随状语。
These travelers returned to the hotel, tired_and_sleepy.
那些游客们回到宾馆，又累又困。
3.Beautiful Zhang Ziyi plays the part of Yu Jiaolong, a young woman who is not as good as she seems.
美丽的章子怡扮演玉娇龙，一个并不像外表看起来那样善良的年轻女子。
形容词比较等级的否定式：not as ... as。
This dictionary is not_as_useful_as you think.
这本字典不如你想象的那样有用。
1．(教材P51)When did it come out?
它是什么时候出版的？
?come out出现，出来；出版；(花)开放；显示，显出；显露，泄露；结果是
写出下列句中come out的含义
①Her best qualities come out in a crisis.显示，显出
②His new novel will come out next week.出版
③Spring comes, and all kinds of flowers come out.(花)开放
④The sun has come out from behind the clouds.出来，出现
⑤I am confident that everything will come out right in time.结果是
come about 发生，产生
come across 偶遇
come to 共计，达到；苏醒过来
come up with 想出；提出
⑥Can you tell me how the accident came_about?
你能告诉我事故是怎么发生的吗？
⑦After a while, the mayor came_up_with a good idea to solve the problem.
过了一会儿，那位市长想出了一个解决问题的好主意。
[名师点津] come out表示“出版”时，为不及物动词短语，没有被动语态；而publish表示“出版”时，为及物动词，可用于被动语态。
2．(教材P51)Romantic films are about two people who fall in love with each other.
浪漫电影是关于两个相爱的人的故事。
?fall in love with 爱上，喜欢
①I fell in love with her at first sight.
我对她一见钟情。
②He fell_in_love_with music when he was a child.
他还是个孩子时就爱上了音乐。
[辨析比较] fall in love with, be in love with
fall in love
with
“相爱；爱上”，表示动作，不延续，不能与表示一段时间的时间状语连用
be in love
with
“与……相爱”，表示状态，可延续，可以与一段时间连用
③They fell_in_love_with each other at first sight three years ago. Up to now, they have been_in_love_with each other for three years.
三年前他们一见钟情。到现在为止，他们彼此相爱已经三年了。
[名师点津] 类似的短语还有：
3. (教材P52)Now, to everyone’s surprise, Ang Lee, director of a number of excellent films, has made a martial arts film called CrouchingTiger, HiddenDragon.
令大家惊讶的是，曾经拍了许多优秀影片的导演李安，现在拍了一部名为《卧虎藏龙》的功夫片。
?to one’s surprise(＝to the surprise of sb.)令某人吃惊的是
much to one’s surprise ＝ to one’s great surprise
令某人非常吃惊的是
in surprise 吃惊地
be a surprise to sb. 对某人来说是件惊人的事
①To our surprise, he won the first prize at last.
令我们吃惊的是，他最后得了第一名。
②Much_to_everyone’s_surprise/To_everyone’s_great_surprise,_the plan succeeded.
大大出乎所有人的意料，那个计划竟然成功了。
③He said in_surprise that our coming was a surprise to him.
他吃惊地说，我们的到来使他很意外。
[名师点津] (1)“to＋one’s＋名词”表示“让某人……的是”，此类名词有：joy, delight, sorrow, disappointment, astonishment, amazement, amusement, horror, shock等。
(2)名词前可用great, deep 等形容词对其进行修饰，也可在to前加much以加强语气。
4．(教材P52)As in the old wuxia stories, characters leap through the air every now and then, with beautiful, graceful movements, while audiences shout in surprise.
正如在古代武侠故事中一样，影片中的人物不时地在空中飞跃，并做出许多优美的动作，观众看到这些时都发出了惊叫声。
?character n．角色，人物；品质；性格，特性；文字，汉字
形象记忆
①He described the character of thecharacter he played with two Chinese characters.
他用了两个汉字来描绘他所扮演的角色的性格。
in character 符合某人的性格；特征上
out of character 不符合某人的性格
in character with 与……风格相同
character building 品德培养
②Her behaviour last night was completely out_of_character.
她昨晚的行为举止与她的性格完全不符。
③Tough times are always good times for team character_building.
艰苦时刻正是球队品德培养的好时机。
?every now and then有时，偶尔
①I go to see my uncle every now and then.
我偶尔去看我叔叔。
②I every_now_and_then watch a soap opera on TV at my friend’s home.
我有时在朋友家看肥皂剧。
[名师点津] “有时，偶尔”的各种表达法：
5．(教材P53)Unusually, it is the female characters that interest us most.
不同寻常的是，正是(影片中的)女性角色最令我们感兴趣。
? interest vt.使感兴趣 n．兴趣；利益；利息
(1)have/show/take (an) interest in 对……感兴趣
lose interest in 对……失去兴趣
with interest 有兴趣地
in the interest(s) of 为了……的利益
(2)interesting adj. 有趣的
interested adj. 感兴趣的
be/get interested in 对……感兴趣
①As a teacher, what interests him most is theinterestof his students.
作为一名教师，他最关心的是他学生的兴趣。
②Now he no longer takes any interest in his stamp collection; he’s lost_all_interest_in it.
他对集邮不再感兴趣了，已经完全失去了兴趣。
③The government should avoid doing anything that is not in_the_interest_of the public.
政府应该避免做不符合公众利益的任何事情。
④The children are all interested in the interestingstory.
孩子们都对那个有趣的故事感兴趣。
6．(教材P53)Brave, good and strong, Xiulian is the character we care about most.
我们最关注秀莲这个角色，她勇敢、善良、坚强。
?care about 关心；顾虑；在乎
care for 喜欢；照顾；关心
take care of 照顾；处理
take care 当心；留神；保重；珍重
with care 仔细地；认真地
①I really didn’t care aboutwhat he was saying.
事实上，我对他所说的话一点也不在乎。
②She cared_for her father all through his long illnesses.
她在父亲久病期间一直照料着他。
③You must mark “Handle with_care” on the face of the box.
你必须在箱子的正面注明“小心轻放”。
[语境串记] Wendy, whose job is to take care ofchildren, cares about their growth instead of caringonly about her salary, because she cares for them.
温迪的工作是照顾孩子们，她关心他们的成长，而不是只在乎薪水，因为她喜欢他们。
7．(教材P53)Beautiful Zhang Ziyi plays the part of Yu Jiaolong, a young woman who is not as good as she seems.
美丽的章子怡扮演玉娇龙，一个并不像外表看起来那样善良的年轻女子。
?play the part of 扮演……的角色
play a part 扮演角色
play an important part in 在……中起重要作用
take part in 参加
take an active part in 积极参加
for the most part 多半；在很大程度上
①In the film he will play the part ofa policeman.
在影片中他将扮演一位警察。
②Someone said that the world is like a stage and we each must play a part.
有人说，世界像个舞台，我们每个人都必然在其中扮演一个角色。
③Summers in the south of France are for_the_most_part dry and sunny.
法国南部的夏季大部分时间天气干燥且晴朗。
[名师点津] 对play a/an ... part/role in进行考查时，常将其与定语从句结合在一起，即把名词part/role提前用作定语从句的先行词。
④The partteachers play in society is great.
教师在社会中所起的作用是巨大的。
1．Brave, good and strong, Xiulian is the character we care about most.
我们最关注秀莲这个角色，她勇敢、善良、坚强。
句中brave, good and strong是形容词(短语)作状语，说明句子主语的特点或处于某种状态。形容词(短语)作状语可以表示方式、原因或伴随状况等，可位于句首、句末或句中，常用逗号与句子其他成分隔开。
①Surprised and afraid, Tom ran out of the room.
又惊又怕，汤姆从房间里跑了出去。
②One woman was lying in bed, awake,_listening to the rushing winds.
一位妇女躺在床上，醒着，听着那呼啸而过的风声。
③After the long journey, the three of them went back home, hungry_and_tired.
长途旅行后他们三个回家了，又饿又累。
2．Beautiful Zhang Ziyi plays the part of Yu Jiaolong, a young woman who is not as good as she seems.
美丽的章子怡扮演玉娇龙，一个并不像外表看起来那样善良的年轻女子。
(1)not as good as 是“as ... as ...”结构的否定形式，意为“和……不一样……”。否定式中还可用not as/so ...as ...。
①This film is as interesting as that one.
这部电影和那部电影一样有趣。
②He doesn’t study as/so_hard_as his brother.
他学习不如他弟弟努力。
(2)as ... as ...结构跟名词时有以下两种基本形式：
③You’ve made as many mistakes as I have.
你犯的错误和我犯的一样多。
④She is as_good_a_cook_as her mother.
她和她妈妈一样是位好厨师。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．It is believed that if a book is interesting,_it will surely interest the readers.(interest)
2．The museum is not really in character with the rest of the building.
3．Much to my surprise, every student looked at me in surprise when I came into the classroom.
4．The book which came out last year proved to be a great success.
5．He has played an important part in carrying through the whole plan.
6．Luckily (luck), she had got another chance.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．To_my_great_surprise (令我非常吃惊的是), he failed the exam again.
2．He fell_in_love_with (爱上) her the first time he met her at college.
3．And when you care_about_other_people (关心他人), they tend to think a lot of you.
4．He doesn’t_play_the_piano_as/so_well_as (钢琴不如……弹得好) his elder sister.
5．Sad_and_tired (既伤心又疲惫), he slept all day long.
6．Every_now_and_then (时不时地) you’ll recall your childhood days.
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．We all think the film Hero is a masterpiece (杰作)．
2．They put up new film posters (海报) all over the city.
3．The young man came in with a sword (剑) in his hand.
4．What interests (使感兴趣) me most is the history of these places.
5．The fish leaped (跳跃) out of water and landed on the shore.
6．I found all the characters (人物) in the play very interesting.
7．The story was so moving (感人的) that all of us were moved to tears.
8．All the rooftops (屋顶) of the houses in our school need repairing.
9．It was a brave (勇敢的) decision to give up her job and start her own business.
10．We were deeply impressed with the graceful (优美的) movements of the ballet dancers.
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．The first attempt may fail, but we don’t care for that.for→about
2．The film’s scenes were so moved that a lot of people liked it.moved→moving
3．The magazines that he is reading are come out every Monday.去掉are
4．She has fallen in love with Tom for two years.fallen→been
5．He came back after a trip, tired but happily.happily→happy
6．In everyone’s surprise, he didn’t attend the important meeting.In→To
7．It was what he said which gave me a big surprise.which→that
8．Tom sounds interesting in the job, but I wonder whether he can manage it.interesting→interested
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．When your_new_book_comes_out next month, do tell us about it.
你的新书下月出版时，一定要告诉我们。
2．The girl felt lonely as_if_no_one_cared_about her.
这个女孩感觉很孤独，好像没有人关心她。
3．I fell_in_love_with_Beijing the first time I visited the city.
我第一次参观北京就喜欢上了这座城市。
4．The work is not_as/so_difficult_as_you_imagine.
这工作没有你想象的那么难。
5．Surprised_and_happy,_Tony stood up and accepted the prize.
又惊又喜，托尼站起来领了奖。
6．Much_to_our_surprise/To_our_great_surprise,_the actress played_an_important_part in the comedy.
令我们非常吃惊的是，这位女演员在这出喜剧中起着重要的作用。
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
The film CrouchingTiger, HiddenDragon, directed by Ang Lee, 1.belongs (belong) to a type of martial arts film. It tells of a story 2.taking (take) place in the early 1800s. Li Mubai, 3.played (play) by Chow Yun-Fat, and Yu Xiulian, 4.who is played by Michelle Yeoh, are in love with each other, but Mubai feels that he can’t marry Xiulian 5.because her fiancé was his good friend although her fiancé has died. When someone steals her sword, they try 6.to_get (get) it back. Yu Jiaolong, another female character, is not as good as she seems and the fight 7.scenes (scene) between her and Xiulian are 8.exciting (excite). 9.As in the old wuxia stories, characters leap through the air every now and 10.then,_with beautiful, graceful movements, while audiences shout in surprise.
Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达
前几天，公园里举行 (take place)了一场特别的婚礼。许多 (a number of) 人吃惊地 (in surprise) 看着新郎和新娘。因为新娘像白雪公主一样漂亮 (as beautiful as)，而新郎却是一个盲人。一个漂亮的女孩怎么会爱上 (fall in love with) 一个这样的人呢？令人非常吃惊的是 (much to one’s surprise)，正是女孩 (it was ... who/that ...) 乐意要嫁给那个盲人的，这位优雅的 (graceful) 女孩讲述了(tell of) 他们之间感人的 (moving) 故事。女孩说她的爱只属于 (belong to) 这个勇敢的(brave) 和无私的人并且她很在乎 (care about) 她的丈夫。
A_wedding_took_place_in_the_park_the_other_day._A_number_of_people_looked_at_the_bride_and_the_bridegroom_in_surprise,_because_the_bride_was_a_beautiful_girl_while_the_bridegroom_was_a_blind_man._How_could_a_beautiful_girl_fall_in_love_with_such_a_man?_Much_to_everyone’s_surprise,_it’ s_the_girl_that_was_willing_to_marry_the_man_and_the_graceful_
girl_told_of_their_moving_story._The_girl_said_her_love_only_belonged_to_the_man_who_was_brave_and_selfless_and_that_she_cared_about_her_husband_very_much.
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.完形填空
I’m in Africa right now on a peacekeeping mission with the army. This is the fifth time I’ve taken part in the peacekeeping mission and I __1__ for every one of them without expecting any reward. Anyway, this story is not about me. It’s about the way in which people can help and __2__ others even when they are in __3__ of love themselves.
I started an online programme for soldiers, where we put our __4__ on the website so that some people could write to us and __5__ packages and thank-you letters. I got one the other day that was a __6__ from a lady living in Pennsylvania. She was thanking us for all we did and telling us how much she __7__ for the troops. This lady was originally from Russia, __8__ an American soldier and moved to Pennsylvania. She __9__ all of this in her letter.
I was __10__ by the strong feeling of sympathy and the thoughtfulness (体贴) of her __11__. The letter went on to explain that she lived with the family of her __12__. I was knocked over when she told us her husband __13__ a month ago and he was __14__ into supporting the troops through this programme when he retired from the army. She said his family became her family and they didn’t __15__ her to go back to Russia. She wrote she would __16__ what her husband started because it was her way of __17__ him and his memory.
I wrote her back to tell her __18__ her words impressed us. I thanked her instead and that was from Africa, with love. It’s __19__ that people who are in need of love still __20__ to give some away.
语篇解读：关爱别人是善举，而在自己最需要别人关爱的时候去关爱别人更伟大。那位远嫁美国的俄罗斯女士给我们诠释了这一点。
1．A.charged B．hid
C．volunteered D．paid
解析：选C 由“without expecting any reward”可知，作者是“志愿(volunteered)”参加维和任务的。
2．A.find B．comfort
C．teach D．examine
解析：选B 从下文这位妇女的善举可知，这里指“安慰 (comfort)”别人。
3．A.case B．memory
C．view D．need
解析：选D 下文讲到这位妇女遭遇的不幸，像她这样的人需要关爱。in need of “需要”。文章最后一句中的“in need of love”也是提示。
4．A.addresses B．accents
C．costs D．conditions
解析：选A 由本空后的“some people could write to us”可知，人们要想给我们写感谢信必须先知道“地址 (addresses)”。
5．A.receive B．check
C．send D．collect
解析：选C 从本空后的“packages and thank-you letters”可知，人们可以“邮寄 (send)”这些东西。
6．A.telephone B．letter
C．message D．signature
解析：选B 从宾夕法尼亚州邮来的一封信 (letter)。第9个空后的her letter也是提示。
7．A.left B．called
C．looked D．prayed
解析：选D 由下一段内容可知，这位妇女和她的丈夫都很支持部队的工作。由此可知，这里指她为部队“祈祷 (prayed)”。
8．A.married B．blamed
C．adopted D．cured
解析：选A 她出生在俄罗斯，移民到美国是因为她“嫁给 (married)”了一个美国士兵。
9．A.heard B．explained
C．read D．experienced
解析：选B 从上下文可知，她在信中详细地“说明 (explained)”了自己的情况。
10．A.moved B．amused
C．confused D．excited
解析：选A 由本空后的“the strong feeling of sympathy”和“the thoughtfulness(体贴)”以及下文的事实可知，“我”被她的话“感动 (moved)”了。
11．A.gestures B．performances
C．words D．skills
解析：选C 这位女士在信中的“话语 (words)”表达了她的同情和体贴。
12．A.neighbor B．classmate
C．brother D．husband
解析：选D 根据第15个空所在句子可知，她现在跟丈夫的家人住在一起。
13．A.survived B．died
C．rose D．hesitated
解析：选B 从本空前令“我”极其吃惊的事实以及第17个空后的“memory”可以推断，她的丈夫“去世 (died)”了。
14．A.heavily B．hopelessly
C．slightly D．slowly
解析：选A 她丈夫是一名军人，退役后他仍然“极其 (heavily)”关心和支持军队的事业。be into ...“对……感兴趣”。
15．A.encourage B．beg
C．want D．forbid
解析：选C 这位女士和丈夫的家人关系融洽，所以他们也不“想 (want)”让她返回俄罗斯。
16．A.introduce B．change
C．delay D．continue
解析：选D 她现在支持军队的行动，就是在“继续 (continue)”丈夫的事业。
17．A.praising B．calming
C．honoring D．disturbing
解析：选C 把丈夫的事业继续下去，这是她“纪念 (honoring)”他的一种方式。
18．A.however B．how
C．whatever D．what
解析：选B “我”给她回信说她的信给我们留下了“多么 (how)”深刻的印象。
19．A.great B．strange
C．foolish D．dangerous
解析：选A 在自己最需要关怀的时候仍然关心别人的人是“伟大的 (great)”。
20．A.stop B．refuse
C．fail D．manage
解析：选D 这样的人在自己最需要关怀的时候仍然能向别人奉献爱心。manage to do sth.“设法做成某事”。
Ⅱ.短文改错
I went to see the film after supper. On my way to the cinema, I met an English woman, that lost her way. I gave up the chance see the film and take her to her hotel. While go there, I told her about great changes that had been taken place in the past few years and she told me something about her country. Although I missed the film, but I still felt very happy, for I had not only helped her out of trouble but also practiced my speaking English. If I had not worked hardly at English, I wouldn’t have been able to help him.
答案：第一句：the→a
第二句：that→who
第三句：在see之前加to; take→took
第四句：go→going；去掉been
第五句：去掉but; speaking→spoken
第六句：hardly→hard; him→her
Module 6 Films and TV ProgrammesSection Ⅲ Grammar 频度副词和地点副词及副词（词组）作状语
?语法图解
?探究发现
①Martial arts films are often enjoyable but they areseldomgreat art.
②Films like this rarely reach the big screen.
③Ang Lee had neverdirected a martial arts film before.
④Do you often go to the cinema?
⑤Wuxia films are popularin China.
⑥Everyone in it acts so brilliantly.
⑦I saw a brilliant oneyesterday.
⑧The child plays happily in his bedroom every evening.
[我的发现]
(1)例句①②③④中为频度副词作状语。频度副词通常放在be动词、助动词、情态动词之后，实义动词之前。
(2)例句⑤⑥⑦中分别为地点副词、方式副词和时间副词作状语。
(3)例句⑧中副词的排列顺序依次为：方式副词、地点副词和时间副词。
一、频度副词和地点副词
1．频度副词
频度副词多置于实义动词之前，be动词、助动词、情态动词之后。常见的频度副词(词组)有：often, always, usually, frequently, seldom, ever, never, rarely, sometimes, occasionally, from time to time, every now and then, every two days等。
图解“频度”副词
Theyoftenvolunteer to sweep the street.
他们经常自愿清扫街道。
My parents have alwaysencouraged me in my choice of career.
在我选择职业时，父母总是鼓励我。
You must often keep this in mind.
这一点你要牢记在心。
[名师点津] 当表示否定的副词，如seldom, never, rarely置于句首时，句子要部分倒装。
Never in all my life have I heard such nonsense!
我这辈子从没听过这种废话！
[即时演练1]
(1)完成句子
①He is_often_late (经常迟到) for school.
②She usually_goes_out (通常出去) on Saturday nights.
③My uncle will_never_forget (将永远不会忘记) what happened to him yesterday.
(2)句型转换
①I have never seen such a moving film.
→Never have_I_seen such a moving film.
②He seldom goes to see a film.
→Seldom does_he_go to see a film.
2．地点副词
地点副词通常放在句尾，也可放在句首、句中。地点副词常分为两类：地点副词和方位副词。常见的表示地点的副词有：here, there, home, upstairs, downstairs, anywhere, everywhere, nowhere, somewhere, abroad, elsewhere等；常见的表示方位的副词有：above, below, down, up, out, in, across, back, along, over, round, around, away, near, off, on, inside, outside, past等。
I remember having seen him somewhere.
我记得在什么地方见过他。
There you can find the boy.
在那儿你可以找到那个男孩儿。
I was astonished to hear a big noise above.
我听到从上面传来一声巨响，非常吃惊。
[名师点津] 表示地点、方位的副词置于句首，且主语是名词时，句子需全部倒装。
There goes the bell. Let’s go into the lecture hall.
铃响了。我们进入演讲大厅吧。
The door opened and out came a policeman.
门开了，走出来一名警察。
[即时演练2]
(1)用适当的地点副词填空
①Although I looked everywhere,_I couldn’t find it.
②He waved us goodbye and then drove away.
③Class was over and out rushed the children.
(2)句型转换
①Her diary about her new school life is below.
→Below is_her_diary about her new school life.
②You can’t find such a beautiful scene anywhere else.
→Nowhere can_you_find such a beautiful scene.
③A bird is flying up in the sky.
→Up in the sky is_flying_a_bird.
二、副词和副词词组作状语
1．以-ly结尾的副词作状语
副词的主要作用就是作状语，特别是以-ly结尾的副词，它们可以修饰动词、形容词、副词等。
You should listen carefully to the teacher in class.
在课堂上，你应该认真地听老师讲课。
Slowly he opened the door and left the house.
他慢慢地打开门，离开了房间。
Perhaps you’re partly right.
或许你在某种程度上是对的。
[名师点津] 某些以-ly结尾的副词可以充当连词引导状语从句，常见的有：immediately, directly, instantly等。
I gave him the moneyimmediatelyI arrived home.
我一到家就把钱给他了。
2．不以-ly结尾的副词作状语
还有相当多副词不以?ly结尾，它们可以修饰动词，也可以修饰形容词或副词。
She speaks French well.
她法语讲得很好。
The bag isn’t big enough.
这袋子不够大。
3．修饰整个句子的副词作状语
有一些副词可以修饰整个句子，表明说话人的态度，作句子的状语。常见的这类副词有actually, briefly, certainly, clearly, fortunately, honestly, luckily, surprisingly, anyway等。
Honestly, I think you’re very brave.
说真的，我认为你很勇敢。
Fortunately, he caught the last bus at the last moment.
幸运的是，他在最后一刻赶上了最后一班车。
4. 以-ly结尾的单词的不同词性
有些副词有两种形式，一种与形容词同形，表示具体意义；一种以-ly结尾，表示抽象或引申含义。
close 接近地 closely仔细地；密切地
wide广阔地 widely广泛地
high高 highly高度地；非常地
deep深地 deeply(抽象意义)深深地
loud大声地 loudly大声地(含“喧闹”之意)
They live close to the church.
他们住在教堂附近。
He is looking at the bill closely.
他正仔细地看着账单。
[名师点津] friendly, lively, lovely, likely, orderly, sickly, motherly, fatherly等形式像副词，而实际上为形容词。
He is very friendly to us.
他对我们很友好。
[即时演练3]
(1)用所给词的适当形式填空
①Everyone thinks he is a highly (high) skilled engineer.
②Surprisingly (surprise), the baby survived the earthquake.
③We decided not to climb the mountain because it was raining heavily (heavy)．
④The apples tastes good and sells well.(good)
⑤She looked sad at the news and looked sadly at the picture of her lost son.(sad)
⑥I have heard lately that the president was never late for work when he was alive.(late)
(2)单句改错
①His teacher spoke high of what he did.high→highly
②I was deep moved by his words.deep→deeply
③As long as you work hardly, you will be surely rewarded.hardly→hard
④Our school is a big family, where we study together happy.happy→happily
⑤Would you like to go outing in order to get closely to nature.closely→close
Ⅰ.用所给词的适当形式填空
1．As a student, you should put a dictionary where it is easily (easy) accessible.
2．Mr. Smith used to smoke heavily (heavy) but he has given it up now.
3．Generally (general) speaking, women live longer than men.
4．You must drive more carefully (careful) next time, or there may be another accident.
5．He usually (usual) drives to work; it takes him about twenty minutes.
6．We occasionally (occasion) meet for a drink after work.
7．He is a very serious man. He rarely (rare) smiles.
8．There was a fire in the building, but thankfully (thank) no one was hurt.
9．The novel is a wonderful one. It’s wonderfully written.(wonderful)
10．Luckily,_the old man was not badly hurt. I think he was really lucky just now.(luck)
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．Because of hard work, I have made_great_progress_in_my_English_recently.
由于努力学习，我最近在英语上取得了很大的进步。
2．John opened the door. There_stood_a_girl he had never seen before.
约翰打开门，那里站着一个他从来没见过的女孩。
3．Anyone, whether he is an official or a bus driver, should_be_equally_respected.
任何一个人，不管是政府官员还是汽车司机都应该同样受到尊敬。
4．If you check_your_test_paper_carefully,_you will find that some mistakes can be avoided.
如果你仔细检查试卷，你会发现有些错误是能够避免的。
5．Fortunately/Luckily,_she promised me another chance to interview.
幸运的是，她答应给我一个重新面试的机会。
6．Rarely_do_I_make_mistakes in my homework.
我很少在作业中出错。
7．No one can deny the fact that the environment is getting polluted more_and_more_seriously.
不可否认的事实是，环境污染越来越严重了。
8．She sang_the_song_beautifully at the concert last Saturday.
上周六的音乐会上，她那首歌唱得悦耳动听。
Ⅲ. 短文改错
Last Sunday Mr. White and his wife went to see a film. They arrived home very lately. Mr. White unlocked the front door and they all went into the house. It was very dark so Mrs. White turned on the light. On the way upstairs Mrs. White spoke in a low voice, “Listen! I can hear someone talk in the living room.” They both went downstairs again and stood quiet outside the living room door.“You are right，” Mr. White said, “There are two man there. They are talking.” Then he call out loudly, “Who is there？” And no one answered. Mr. White opened the door quickly and turned on the light. The room was empty. When they saw radio, they laughed. The radio was still on! It should have turned off this morning when we left.
答案：第二句：lately→late
第三句：all→both
第五句：talk→talking
第六句：quiet→quietly
第八句：man→men
第九句：call→called
第十一句：And→But
第十四句：在radio前加 the
第十六句：在turned前加been; we→they
Module 6 Films and TV ProgrammesSection Ⅳ Other Parts of the Module
[原文呈现] [读文清障]
Steven Spielberg — Film Director
Ask a young person in the street who the greatest American film director is, and you may get the answer Steven Spielberg①. He has certainly made more successful films② than any other director in the west③.
Spielberg was born in the state of Ohio④， America, in 1946. He showed that he had unusual abilities when he was very young⑤， completing his first 15-minute home movie at the age of 13⑥. When he was 16 he made a 135-minute home movie called Firelight⑦. This was shown at a local cinema⑧ and made $100.
①may表示推测，意为“或许”
本句为“祈使句＋and＋陈述句”结构。
②make films 拍电影
③in the west 在西方
④the state of Ohio 俄亥俄州
⑤when引导时间状语从句。
⑥completing ...为现在分词短语作状语。
at the age of 在……岁时
⑦called Firelight为过去分词短语作定语。
⑧local cinema 当地电影院
史蒂文·斯皮尔贝格——电影导演
[第1～2段译文]
到大街上去问一个年轻人谁是美国电影界最伟大的导演，你也许会得到答案：史蒂文·斯皮尔贝格。他确实比西方任何其他导演拍了更多成功的电影。
斯皮尔贝格于1946年出生于美国俄亥俄州。他年幼时就显露出非凡的才华，在13岁时就完成了他的第一部长15分钟的家庭影片。在16岁时，他制作了一部长135分钟的叫做《火光》的家庭影片。这部影片在当地电影院公映，票房收入100美元。
At the age of 24, Spielberg made a 26-minute film called Amblin. A Hollywood film studio⑨ liked it and employed Spielberg to make a full-length film?. This film, SugarlandExpress?， made in 1974?， had some success. Spielberg’s next film was Jaws, a film about a sharkthat ate people?. This was one of the most successful films of all time?. Other wonderful films followed: E. T. — TheExtraTerrestrial(1982) , TheIndianaJonesTrilogy, JurassicPark(a film about dinosaurs), and Schindler’sList. For this last film Spielberg won? an Oscar, Hollywood’s highest prize?.
For many years, Spielberg could not make a mistake?. However, in the last fifteen years?， some of his films have been less successful. But it is generally agreed, that? he, more than anyone else in the history of films, understands the meaning of the word “entertainment”．
⑨film studio 电影工作室
⑩employ vt.雇用
employ sb. to do sth. 雇用某人做某事
?full-length film 长片电影
?SugarlandExpress为This film的同位语。
?made in 1974为过去分词短语作后置定语。
?shark/?a?k/n. 鲨鱼
a film ... people为Jaws的同位语，其中含有that引导的定语从句。
?of all time 有史以来
?win v. 赢，赢得(won, won)
?Hollywood’s highest prize作Oscar的同位语。
?make a mistake 犯错误
?in the last fifteen years 在过去的15年里
?“it is＋过去分词＋that ...”结构，其中it为形式主语，真正的主语为that从句。
entertainment n．娱乐
entertaining adj.有趣的；令人愉快的
[第3～4段译文]
24岁时，斯皮尔贝格制作了一部长26分钟的叫做《慢步前行》的电影。一个好莱坞电影工作室看好这个片子，并雇斯皮尔贝格制作一部长片。这部影片《横冲直撞大逃亡》，拍摄于1974年，票房收入不错。斯皮尔贝格的下一部影片是《大白鲨》，讲述一条吃人的大白鲨的故事。这是有史以来最成功的影片之一。接下来是其他优秀的电影：《E. T. ——外星人》(1982)，《夺宝奇兵》三部曲，《侏罗纪公园》(一部有关恐龙的电影)和《辛德勒的名单》。因为这最后一部影片，斯皮尔贝格荣获奥斯卡奖——好莱坞的最高奖。
多年来，斯皮尔贝格没犯过一个错误。但是，在过去的15年里，他的一些影片不是很成功。但是，大家普遍认为，在电影史上，他比其他任何人都更理解“娱乐”这个词的含义。
Step1 Skim the text and answer the following questions.
1．What’s the main idea of Paragraph 1?
Steven_Spielberg_is_a_famous_film_director_in_the_west.
2．What film made him win an Oscar?
Schindler’sList.
3．Why is Spielberg so special as a film director?
Because_he_knows_how_to_entertain_his_audience.
Step 2 Choose the best answers according to the text.
1．Spielberg is popular among ________.
A．film directors B．Americans
C．young people D．westerners
2．Which of the following is NOT Spielberg’s masterpiece?
A．Jaws. B．Schindler’sList.
C．JurassicPark. D．Amblin.
3．Steven Spielberg’s films are most successful because ________.
A．he likes to use sharks and dinosaurs as the materials for films
B．he is best at directing films
C．he knows how to entertain audience best
D．there is not a mistake in his films
4．Please arrange the following sentences in an order according to the text.
a．Spielberg produced a lot of famous films.
b．Spielberg is most famous.
c．Spielberg knows best how to get along in the film industry.
d．Spielberg showed his great talent in filming as a child.
A．a→b→c→d B．b→c→a→d
C．b→d→a→c D．d→b→a→c
答案：1～4 CDCC
一、这样记单词
记得准·写得对
记得快·记得多
Ⅰ.基础词汇
1.channeln． 频道
2.plotn. 情节
3.sectionn. 部分；节
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
1.occasionallyadv.有时；偶尔→occasional adj.有时的；偶尔的→occasion n．场合；机会
2.arguevi.争论→argument n．争论；辩论
3.entertainingadj.有趣的；令人愉快的→ entertain vt.使快乐→ entertainment n．娱乐
4.draman．戏剧→dramatic adj.戏剧(性)的
5.settingn．(小说、戏剧、电影的)背景→ set vt.以……为背景
1.drama n．戏剧
[词块] ①put on a drama 上演戏剧
②a musical drama 音乐剧
③a radio drama 广播剧
2.ad(简称)→advertisement(全称) n．广告
[联想] ①st. (简称)→street (全称) n. 街道
②Dr. (简称)→doctor (全称) n. 医生；博士
③Co. (简称)→company (全称) n. 公司
3.argue vi. 争论
[比较] ①discuss v. 讨论
②quarrel v. 争吵
③debate v. 辩论
二、这样记短语
记牢固定短语
多积常用词块
1.from_time_to_time 有时
2.at_the_end_of 在……的尽头
3.good_for_you 干得好
4.at_the_age_of 在……岁时
5.of_all_time 有史以来
6.in_the_last_fifteen_years 在过去的15年里
1.in the west 在西方
2.three times a week 一周三次
3.every two days 每两天
4.all the time 一直；从头到尾
5.at the weekend 在周末
6.make a mistake 犯错误
三、这样记句式
先背熟
再悟通
后仿用
1.Do you ever argue with your family about which TV programme to watch？
你曾经和家人争论过看哪个电视节目吗？
“疑问词＋不定式”结构作宾语。
I haven’t decided which_dictionary_to_buy.
我还没有决定买哪一本词典。
2.How often do you watch it？你多久看一次？
how often为特殊疑问词，意为“多久一次”。
How_often do you go home？你多久回家一次？
3.But it is generally agreed, that he, more than anyone else in the history of films, understands the meaning of the word “entertainment”．
但是，大家普遍认为，在电影史上，他比其他任何人都更理解“娱乐”这个词的含义。
It is ＋过去分词＋that ...，it作形式主语，that从句为真正的主语。
It_is_agreed_that this is the best novel he has ever written.
大家一致同意这是他写得最好的小说。
1．(教材P54)It has occasionally been done.
偶尔做这件事。
?occasionally adv.有时，偶尔
occasional adj. 偶尔的，不时的，特殊场合的
occasion n. 场合，时机，机会
on occasion(s) 有时
on the occasion of 在……的时候；在……之际
①We go for walks in the fields occasionally.
我们偶尔去田野里散步。
②There will be occasional (occasion) showers during the day.
白天将偶尔有阵雨。
③He was presented with the watch on_the_occasion_of his retirement.
他在退休时获赠这块表。
2．(教材P54) every two days每两天
每几……
every other＋单数名词 每隔一……
every few＋复数名词 每几……
①The Olympic Games take place every four years.
奥运会每四年举办一次。
②We have English lessons every other/second day; that is on Monday, Wednesday and Friday.
我们每隔一天上一次英语课，就是在星期一、星期三和星期五。
③Trees should be planted every few metres (metre)．
树应每间隔几米种一棵。
3．(教材P55)Do you agree or disagree that advertisements are entertaining?
你同意不同意广告有趣这一说法？
?entertaining adj.有趣的；令人愉快的
(1)entertain vt. 使娱乐，使快乐；招待
entertain sb.to sth. 用某物招待某人
entertain sb.with sth. 用某物使某人快乐
(2)entertainment n． 娱乐，文娱节目；招待，款待
to one’s entertainment 使某人高兴的是
①There are lots of entertainingprogrammes on TV.
电视中有许多令人愉快的节目。
②He entertained us for hours with his stories and jokes.
他给我们讲故事、说笑话，让我们高兴了好几小时。
③To_my_great_entertainment,_he promised to entertain us to ice cream.
令我非常高兴的是，他答应请我们吃冰淇淋。
4．(教材P55)Do you ever argue with your family about which TV programme to watch?
你曾经和家人争论过看哪个电视节目吗？
?argue vi.争论；辩论
(1)argue with sb. about/over sth. 与某人辩论某事
argue for/against sth. 赞成/反对某事
argue sb. into/out of doing sth.
说服某人做/不做某事
(2)argument n. 争论；辩论
①They argued with each other aboutwhere to spend their summer vacation.
他们就去哪儿过暑假这个问题争论不休。
②We argued her out_of going on such a journey.
我们说服她不要去做这样一次旅行。
③I accepted the decision without argument (argue)．
我没有争论就接受了那个决定。
[辨析比较] argue, quarrel
argue
指一方坚持自己的意见、立场和观点，企图通过争论说服对方
quarrel
“争吵，争论”，表示由于不满或愤怒与他人就某事进行激烈的争辩，这种争辩的气氛通常是不愉快、不友好的
形象记忆
选用上述单词填空
④People generally quarrel after they argue about something for a long time.
人们通常因为某事辩论很长时间而争吵起来。
5．(教材P57)—I won!
—Good for you!
——我赢了！
——干得好！
?good for you干得好
be good for 对……有益处/好处
be good to 对……友好/和善
do good to 对……有好处
be no good 没用处，没好处
①He passed the College Entrance Exam.Good for him!
他考上大学了。真棒！
②Eating more fruit and vegetables is good for one’s health.
吃更多的水果和蔬菜对人的健康有好处。
③My friends were_good_to me when I was ill.
我生病时朋友对我关怀备至。
1．How often do you watch it?
你多久看一次？
(1)本句为特殊疑问句，how often意为“多久一次”，表示频率。
①How often do you have a haircut?
你多久理一次发？
(2)类似的结构还有：
how far 多远，对距离提问
how long 多长，对时间或长度提问
how much 多少，对数量提问，后接不可数名词
how many 多少，对数量提问，后接可数名词复数
how soon (将来)多快；(过了)多久。对“in＋时间段”型状语提问
②—How_far is your house from here?
—Twenty kilometres.
——你家离这里多远？
——20公里。
③—How_soon can you finish it?
—In three hours.
——你多快能做完？
——三个小时。
2．But it is generally agreed, that he, more than anyone else in the history of films, understands the meaning of the word “entertainment”．
但是，大家普遍认为，在电影史上，他比其他任何人都更理解“娱乐”这个词的含义。
(1)本句中的it is generally agreed, that ...属于“It is＋过去分词＋that ...”结构。其中it是形式主语，真正的主语是that从句。常见的还有：
It is said that ... 据说……
It is thought that ... 大家认为……
It is believed that ... 人们相信……
It is hoped that ... 人们希望……
It is reported that ... 据报道……
It is proved that ... 据证实……
①It is said that the meeting will be put off.
据说这次会议将要被推迟。
②It_is_believed_that the place will become a paradise if all people live in peace.
人们相信，如果所有的人能和平共处，那个地方就能变成天堂。
(2)该句型可以转换成下面的两种句型：
·People say/report/believe/know/think ... ＋ that ...
·Sb. ＋be ＋ said/reported/believed/known/
thought ... ＋ 不定式
③It is said that she is as effective as God, bringing the dying back to life.
＝People_say_that she is as effective as God, bringing the dying back to life.
＝She is_said_to_be as effective as God, bringing the dying back to life.
据说她能妙手回春。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．We don’t meet often. We only see each other occasionally (occasion)．
2．We should try to settle the problem by arguing (argue), not by fighting.
3．The club offers us many entertaining activities, bringing us much entertainment.(entertain)
4．The sports meeting is said to_be (be) successful.
5．Is the light good enough to take photographs?
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．It_is_agreed_that free time should be made full use of.
人们一致认为要充分利用空闲时间。
2．—I won the first prize in the English competition last week.
—Good_for_you! Congratulations!
——我在上周的英语竞赛中得了一等奖。
——干得好！祝贺你！
3．—I wonder how_often you water this kind of flower.
—Every_other_day/Every_two_days/Every_second_day.
——我想知道你多久浇一次这种花。
——每隔一天。
4．Many experts argue_for_the_ban_of_riding_motorcycles in the city.
许多专家赞成禁止在该城市中骑摩托车。
一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高
[本课语言点针对练习]
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．We occasionally (偶尔) go fishing during the vacation.
2．He argued (争论) with John about which to choose.
3．The setting (背景) of the story is Paris in the 1920s.
4．The plot (情节) of the movie is really complicated.
5．Some students think the TV play is entertaining (有趣的) and is well worth seeing.
6．He is the editor in charge of the newspaper’s sports section (部分)．
7．He studied drama (戏剧) at college, because he wanted to be an actor.
8．There are more than 100 television channels (频道), but CCTV 5 is my favourite.
Ⅱ.单句改错
1．I have argued him in giving up smoking.in→into
2．I don’t know how to do next.how→what或do后加it
3．The book is so entertained that he is crazy about it.entertained→entertaining
4．The flood there is believed be the biggest in 100 years.be前加to
5．He spent five years in Paris, with occasionally visits to Italy.occasionally→occasional
6．He went back home every other weeks and never failed to do that.weeks→week或other→two
Ⅲ.选词填空
good for you， at the age of， every five days， how often， from time to time， of all time
1．She began to learn English at_the_age_of three.
2．I used to have a rest every_five_days.
3．It is generally agreed that he is the greatest scientist of_all_time.
4．How_often do you phone your parents?
5．—I have finished the work ahead of time.
—Good_for_you.
6．Many of my former patients continue to visit me from_time_to_time to check in.
[本单元语言点温故练习]
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．His words are entirely in character with his actions.
2．They had_been (be) in love with each other for many years before they got married.
3．All the guests were impressed with the hostess’graceful (grace) manner.
4．Their love story was very moving and the audience were deeply moved.(move)
5．An interesting book for children must interest them and make them interested in it.(interest)
6．It is brave of her to go into the burning building, so we all respect her for her bravery.(brave)
7．The flowers came out late this year because of the cold weather.
8．She was busy preparing for the entertainment (entertain) of the guests.
9．A large/great number of children are (be) playing in the park.
10．Running a company is not simply (simple) a matter of hiring people — they also need to be trained.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．It_is_often_said_that human beings are naturally equipped to speak.
人们常说人类天生就会说话。
2．Healthy habits will_play_an_important_part_in our daily life.
健康的习惯将在我们的日常生活中起到重要的作用。
3．I am thinking about how_to_answer the question.
我正在考虑如何回答这个问题。
4．Much_to_my_delight/To_my_great_delight,_my son was admitted to a key university.
令我非常高兴的是，我的儿子考上了一所重点大学。
5．The little girl was walking in the street, cold_and_hungry.
小姑娘又冷又饿地走在大街上。
6．When he came in, all of us held_our_breath_in_surprise.
当他进来时，我们所有人都惊奇地屏住了呼吸。
7．He hopes to earn as_much_money_as his friend.
他希望能和他朋友挣一样多的钱。
8．A selfish person can’t get others’ help, because he never cares_about_other_people’s_problems.
自私的人是得不到别人的帮助的，因为他从不关心别人的困难。
二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧
Ⅰ.阅读理解
From high definition (高清) television to 3D TV, if we asked our screens to produce life-like and realistic pictures, that is certainly what we got. As the 3D TV revolution picks up pace, it’s time to stop studying the technology itself and to start seeing exactly how we, as television fans, can benefit from it, and how it will change our viewing experience.
It is true that what you’ve got is good if you don’t know what you’re missing out on; in other words, if you’re living with a perfectly common television, which has on HD capabilities, the chances are that you’re not hoping for HD TV and that your picture looks as clear as you need it to be.But as soon as you try HD TV, you’ll be amazed at the difference it makes to your viewing pleasure and the same is true of 3D TV.
3D TVs are rapidly becoming as common as other TVs on goods shelves (货架) of retailers and in the homes of people across the UK.And as the technology develops, the picture becomes clearer, sharper and more real.Television shows that look particularly good in 3D are sports, nature programs and those that are exciting and full of special effects, and lovers of these are in for a real treat when they buy a 3D TV.
More and more football matches are shown on 3D TV, and those fans who have experienced a 3D football match compare it to being there in person.The same is true of nature programs, particularly those that feature brightly colored animals and plants, the details of which are quite realistic when viewed on 3D TV.
Exciting films have always lent themselves to 3D technology, with dinosaurs surrounding you in your own living room and so on — it can be a frighteningly realistic experience for viewers!
语篇解读：3D电视是继高清电视之后的新产品，它给人逼真的感觉，很受人们欢迎。
1．Some people are happy with perfectly common televisions because ________.
A．they don’t know the benefits of HD TV and 3D TV
B．their common televisions are very expensive
C．they don’t have enough money to buy HD TV or 3D TV
D．their televisions must have some HD capabilities
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第二段的“It is true that what you’ve got is good if you don’t know what you’re missing out on ...”可知选A。
2．What does the underlined word “retailers” in Paragraph 3 probably mean?
A．People who study HD television.
B．Businessmen who sell goods to consumers.
C．People who are ready to buy something.
D．Places where a lot of goods are stored.
解析：选B 词义猜测题。从其前文“... other TVs on goods shelves (货架) of ...”可知其他电视机摆在货架子上，由此猜出“retailers”是“零售商们”，因此选B。
3．What television programs look particularly good on 3D TV?
A．Sports programs and nature programs.
B．Music programs and education programs.
C．Education programs and nature programs.
D．Art programs and writing programs.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第四段的内容可知体育与自然类节目在3D电视上效果特别好。因此选A。
4．This text is written mainly to tell readers ________.
A．the difference between HD TV and 3D TV
B．there is a need to buy HD TV or 3D TV
C．the rapid development of technology
D．3D TV gives viewers a realistic experience
解析：选D 写作意图题。根据第一段的 “...can benefit from it, and how it will change our viewing experience”与最后一段的 “...it can be a frighteningly realistic experience for viewers”可知本文主要告诉读者3D电视的好处或3D电视给人带来逼真的感觉。
Ⅱ.语法填空
I have changed much since I entered senior high school. In the past I __1__ (use) to play computer games in __2__ Internet bar in the street.__3__ a result, the more I played, the __4__ (lazy) I became. To me, study seemed boring and __5__ (end), which made me fall behind others in my class. Now I’ve realized time is too precious __6__ (waste). So I’m trying to make up for the __7__ (lose) time and spare no effort to study hard. I’ve made __8__ a rule to rise early and pay my attention to books immediately I sit down. The final-term exam is coming and I am doing __9__ I can to prepare for it. And I believe I can make great progress and live my dreams __10__ (final).
答案：1.used 2.an 3.As 4.lazier 5.endless 6.to waste 7.lost 8.it 9.what 10.finally
Module 6 Films and TV ProgrammesSection Ⅴ Writing-影评
一、基本结构
影评就是观众在观看完电影以后的所感所想。影评一般可分为三个部分。
第一部分：简介背景。对电影名称、导演等做简单介绍。(此部分可以省略)
第二部分：简述情节。包括主演及影片内容概述。影片概述只需要叙述大概情节，最主要的是分析人物和情节安排，重点突出作者自己要评论的内容。
第三部分：发表评论。就影片中自己感兴趣和有价值的故事情节发表观点，可有选择性地就电影的结构、节奏、演员角色、宣传、票房等方面有重点、有选择地展开评论，最后可以对电影进行总体评价。
注意：电影评论中一定要有自己鲜明的观点，不可人云亦云，要有论据来证明自己的观点。
二、增分佳句
1．The film is set in a remote mountainous village.
这部电影是以一个偏远的山村为背景。
2．This is a very touching film, a must-see.
这是一部非常感人的电影，一部必看的电影。
3．In a word, this film is well worth seeing.
总之，这部电影非常值得一看。
4．Even with these small problems, the film is still a great film, and I really enjoy it!
即使有这些小问题，这部电影仍然是一部伟大的电影，我非常喜欢它。
5．Judging from the wild clapping and cheers that filled the cinema, everybody agreed that it was indeed the best film of the year.
从电影院里热烈的掌声和欢呼来判断，大家一致认为，这部影片的确是今年的最佳影片。
[题目要求]
根据表格提示信息，写一篇关于电影《2012》的影评，词数100左右。
Name
2012
Director
Roland Emmerich
Film stars
John Cusack, Chiwetel Ejiofor, Amanda Peet, Oliver Platt, Danny Glover, Thandie Newton and Woody Harrelson
Plot
由于太阳活动异常，人类将遭遇灭顶之灾(catastrophe)。以写小说谋生的Jackson在带孩子们到黄石公园度周末时发生了一连串怪事。最后Jackson带领自己的家人靠着互爱和对生命的尊重渡过了难关
你的感想
……
第一步：审题构思很关键
一、审题
1．确定体裁：本文为影评，属于议论文；
2．确定人称：本文的主要人称为第三人称；
3．确定时态：影评主要用一般现在时。
二、构思
第一部分，背景简介。
第二部分，故事情节简介。
第三部分，个人评价。
第二步：核心词汇想周全
1．tell_of/relate/give_an_account_of 讲述
2．main_character/leading_actor/role 主角
3．be_good_at/be_expert_in/be_skilled_in 擅长
4．a_series_of 一系列的
5．go_through_the_difficulty/pull_through 渡过难关
6．respect_for_life 对生命的尊重
7．take_measures/steps/action 采取措施
8．protect_the_earth/care_for_the_earth/save_the_earth
保护地球
第三步：由词扩句雏形现
1．《2012》是一部灾难电影，它由罗兰·艾默里克执导。(and连接两个并列分句)
2012 is a disaster film and it is directed by Roland Emmerich.
2.这部电影由John Cusack, Chiwetel Ejiofor, Amanda Peet, Oliver Platt, Danny Glover, Thandie Newton and Woody Harrelson主演。(主谓宾结构)
The_film_stars_John_Cusack,_Chiwetel_Ejiofor,_Amanda_Peet,_Oliver_Platt,_Danny_Glover,_Thandie_Newton_and_Woody_Harrelson.
3．这部电影讲述了主要人物如何在由太阳活动异常引起的人类大灾难中幸存下来的故事。(how引导的宾语从句作介词的宾语；过去分词短语作定语)
The_film_tells_of_how_the_main_characters_survive_the_human_catastrophe_caused_by_unusual_sun_activity._
4．杰克逊擅长写小说，他和孩子们在黄石公园经历了一系列奇怪的事情。(and连接两个并列谓语)
Jackson_is_good_at_writing_novels_and_experiences_a_series_of_strange_things_with_his_children_in_Yellowstone_Park.
5．最后杰克逊和他的家人用互爱和对生命的尊重渡过了难关。(主谓宾结构)
At_last_Jackson_and_his_family_go_through_the_difficulty_with_love_for_each_other_and_respect_for_life.
6．我认为它是一部最令人满意的电影之一并且可以被称为“灾难电影之母”。(and连接两个并列的宾语从句)
I_think_it_is_one_of_the_most_satisfactory_films_and_it_really_can_be_called_“the_mother_of_all_disaster_movies”.
7．从这部电影中我们知道人类应该采取措施来保护我们的地球。(that引导宾语从句)
From_it_we_learn_that_human_beings_should_take_measures_to_protect_our_earth.
8．如果我们不保护我们的地球，这样的灾难可能会在未来发生。(if引导状语从句)
If_we_don’t_protect_our_earth,_such_a_catastrophe_might_come_in_the_future.
第四步：句式升级造亮点
1．用过去分词短语作定语改写句1
2012 is a disaster film directed by Roland Emmerich.
2．用形容词短语作状语改写句4
Jackson,_good_at_writing_novels,_experiences_a_series_of_strange_things_with_his_children_in_Yellowstone_Park.
3．用if省略句改写句8
If_not,_such_a_catastrophe_might_come_in_the_future.
第五步：过渡衔接联成篇
2012 is a disaster film directed by Roland Emmerich. The film stars John Cusack, Chiwetel Ejiofor, Amanda Peet, Oliver Platt, Danny Glover, Thandie Newton and Woody Harrelson.
The film tells of how the main characters survive the human catastrophe caused by unusual sun activity. Jackson, good at writing novels, experiences a series of strange things with his children in Yellowstone Park. At last Jackson and his family go through the difficulty with love for each other and respect for life.
I think it is one of the most satisfactory films and it really can be called “the mother of all disaster movies”. From it we learn that human beings should take measures to protect our earth. If not, such a catastrophe might come in the future.
Module 6 Films and TV Programmes
CrouchingTiger, HiddenDragon, directed by Taiwan famous director, Ang Lee, came out in May, 2000. It is a wuxia film and a thriller. The famous star Chou Yun-Fat plays the leading male part, and actresses Michelle Yeoh and Zhang Ziyi play the leading female parts in this film. Much to many people’s surprise, the wuxia film should have won four prizes in the 73rd Oscar. It was really a masterpiece.
The main characters in this film are Li Mubai, Yu Xiulian and Yu Jiaolong. Its setting is in China in the early 1800s. Theplotis entertaining and complex. The characters’ movements are very beautiful and graceful. The film’s music is moving and inviting. All of thisinterests the audience. The audience looked at the characters’ actionsin surprise and burst into cheers every now and then. They often heatedlyargue about what will happen next.,
由台湾著名导演李安导演的《卧虎藏龙》于2000年5月上映。它是一部武侠电影，也是一部充满刺激的电影。著名影星周润发扮演男主角，女演员杨紫琼和章子怡在电影里扮演女主角。令很多人吃惊的是，这部武侠电影竟然在第73届奥斯卡上获得四个奖项。它真是一部杰作！
电影里的主要角色是李慕白、俞秀莲以及玉娇龙。它是以19世纪的中国为背景的。它的情节复杂有趣。它的人物的动作既美丽又优雅。电影的音乐也非常的动人、迷人。所有这些都使观众很感兴趣。他们吃惊地看着角色的武打动作，不时地爆发出欢呼声。他们经常热烈地争论下一步会发生什么事。
